RESTRICTED

WORK MANAGEMENT
PROCEDURES

Copyright © 2019, Brunei Shell Petroleum Company Sendirian Berhad (“BSP”). BSP
disclaims any responsibility or liability towards any third parties for any use or misuse of this
document or the accuracy and suitability of any information contained herein.

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0
27TH NOVEMBER 2019

0
RESTRICTED

APPROVAL AND CHANGE HISTORY

WMP OWNER: OTHMAN, OSMERA BSP-HSE

TOPIC OWNER: REFER SECTION 8 OF EACH TOPIC

Revision Details
Date Revision Description of revision

February 2.0 Include feedback, modify HSE compliance pictures, placement of Life Saving
2018 Rules and Process Safety Fundamentals and added 4 topics; Blasting &
Painting, Temporary Flexible Hoses Assemblies, Hands Free and Fatigue Risk
Management.
Added new Doc No. to WMP and remove Doc No. in each topic.
November 3.0 Included feedback. Major changes in Confined Space Entry, Driver Safety,
2019 Electrical Safety, Handling Chemicals, Handling Compressed Gases, Hazard
Recognition, Hydrogen Sulphide, Incident Reporting, Investigation & Case
Management, Offshore Travel, Permit to Work, Personal Protective
Equipment (PPE) and Isolation. Added 4 new topics: Ionising Radiation,
Permit to Work (Hot Work), Waste Management and Worker Welfare.

This document has a maximum validity of five year from the last revision date. Within this period, this
document must be assessed for relevance and re-validated in accordance with the BMS Document Control
Procedure. Suggestions for further improvement in this document should be made via the feedback form
provided at the back of this manual.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

LIFE-SAVING RULES

Work with a valid work Conduct gas tests when

permit when required required

Verify isolation before work Obtain authorisation

begins and use the specified before entering a confined
life protecting equipment space

Obtain authorisation before Protect yourself against a

overriding or disabling fall when working at height
safety critical equipment

Do not walk under a Do not smoke outside

suspended load designated smoking areas

No alcohol or drugs while While driving, do not use

working or driving your phone and do not
exceed speed limits

Wear your seat belt Follow prescribed Journey

Management Plan

These work management procedures contain reference to BSP’s 12 Life Saving Rules (LSR). Failure to
comply with these rules will result in disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

PROCESS SAFETY FUNDAMENTALS

Always use two barriers Do not leave an open drain

for hydrocarbon and or critical transfer unattended
chemical drains & vents

Take interim mitigating For all defined high risk

measures in case of failure activities, follow the
of Safety Critical procedures and sign off after
Equipment each step
Walk the line – Verify and Do not make a change
validate any line up without a proper MOC
change

Verify for complete Always check that equipment

tightness after is pressure free and drained,
maintenance work and provides safe isolation
before starting maintenance
work
Perform MOC and install Respond to critical alarms
backflow protection when
connecting utilities to
process

These work management procedures contain reference to BSP’s 10 Process Safety Fundamentals (PSF).
Failure to comply with these fundamentals may result in loss of process containment and extensive assets
damage, injury and even death.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
1. Adverse Weather Condition ...................................................................................... 1
2. Blasting & Painting ................................................................................................. 11
3. Confined Space Entry ............................................................................................. 19
4. Driving Safety & Journey Management..................................................................... 29
5. Electrical Safety ...................................................................................................... 39
6. Excavation ............................................................................................................. 47
7. Fatigue Risk Management ....................................................................................... 55
8. Hand & Power Tools ............................................................................................... 59
9. Hands Free ............................................................................................................ 65
10. Handling Asbestos .................................................................................................. 69
11. Handling Chemicals................................................................................................ 77
12. Handling Compressed Gas Cylinders ....................................................................... 81
13. Handling Explosives and Arms ................................................................................ 89
14. Hazard Recognition ................................................................................................ 99
15. Housekeeping ...................................................................................................... 107
16. Hydrogen Sulphide ............................................................................................... 111
17. Incident Reporting, Investigation & Case Management ............................................. 121
18. Ionising Radiation................................................................................................. 133
19. Isolations ............................................................................................................. 143
20. Lifting & Hoisting .................................................................................................. 153
21. Management of Change (MoC) ............................................................................. 163
22. Manned Diving & Remotely Operated Vehicle (ROV) Operations ............................. 175
23. Manual Material Handling .................................................................................... 185
24. Mobile Machinery ................................................................................................ 189
25. Offshore travel ..................................................................................................... 193
26. Permit to Work ..................................................................................................... 199
27. Permit to Work – Hot Work .................................................................................. 217
28. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) ....................................................................... 227
29. Safety Signs & Colour Codes ................................................................................. 247
30. Safety System Isolation & Override Control ............................................................. 253
31. Temporary Flexible Hoses Assemblies .................................................................... 257
32. Waste Management ............................................................................................. 263
33. Worker Welfare ................................................................................................... 275
34. Working at Height ................................................................................................ 285
35. Feedback Form .................................................................................................... 299

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

NOTES FROM ASSET DIRECTOR

Work Management Procedures version 3 contains several significant changes requiring

implementation effort. These cannot reasonably be complied with upon initial publication of WMP
v3. Implementation of the following procedural clauses will be staged as follows:

▪ WMP 3 Confined Space, clause 2.7

- Training requirements for Area Operating Technicians (Permit Issuer) will be
effective starting 1st June 2020.
- Training requirements for Permit Approvers will be effective starting 1st Sep 2020.

▪ WMP 5 Electrical Safety, clause 4.4

- White coloured padlocks implementation will be effective starting 1st May 2020.

▪ WMP 19 Isolations, clause 4.5

- Isolation Control Point (ICP) and padlocks implementation will be effective starting
1st May 2020.

▪ WMP 33 Worker Welfare, clause 2.3.4

- Working hours and rotation will be effective starting 1st May 2020.

▪ WMP16 Hydrogen Sulphide (H2S), clause 2.4

- MSA SavOx may continue to be used until 1st Sep 2020, Avon NH15 to be used
after 1st Sep 2020.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

1. Work Management Procedures – Adverse Weather

Conditions

1 OVERVIEW
Adverse weather condition includes fog, lightning, heavy rain, high winds and squall, low cloud base,
poor visibility, severe sea states, extreme water levels and strong currents. These conditions may impact
people, equipment or the facilities. Controls and precautions shall be applied to ensure work are
performed safely during adverse weather.
This work procedure is applicable to all BSP staff and contractors. The following Life-Saving Rules (LSR)
shall be adhered to.

2 REQUIREMENTS
2.1 Weather forecast shall be checked by supervisors prior to the start of outdoor activities and re-
check to be done when change in weather condition is observed.
2.2 Weather forecast reports can be accessed via the following link:
http://sp-bspportal.bsp.shell.bn/functions/TD/DVM/TSM/SitePages/Weather%20Forecast.aspx

3 PRECAUTIONS
3.1 Activity Planning and Execution
▪ The effect of adverse weather shall be considered in the planning and execution of the activity.
▪ Weather forecast report shall be reviewed and Metocean Services (TSM/3) to be engaged for
all weather sensitive activities.
3.2 Contingency Planning
▪ Activity plans shall include contingency to ensure weather limiting parameters and actions are
captured in the event of deteriorating weather, identify an individual to authorise the cessation
or continuation of work under marginal weather conditions.
3.3 Movement of Personnel
▪ Supervisors responsible for the area shall continue to monitor at 30-minute intervals throughout
periods of adverse weather and apply controls to minimize risk.
3.4 The Crew Boat Passenger Transfer Advisory (IPC/3) shall be consulted to ensure weather
conditions are within acceptable limits. See Appendix 1.
▪ Forecasted sea conditions shall be used for planning purposes and real-time measurements are
critical to determine the movement of the vessels and passengers.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 1

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

▪ Crew boat transfer being planned for the following morning will be dependent upon weather &
sea state observations by 16:00, where the sea state is;
- 1.5m steady or lower; the programmed sailing will be planned to go ahead.
- 1.5m or higher (Hs); the swing rope transfer and crew boat sailing for the following
morning shall be postponed. Advanced written advisory notice is to be provided by
IPC team.
- 1.5m or higher; motion compensated gangway access system will be used where
available, the activity shall be risk assessed and may be progressed at the discretion of
the vessel master.

4 KEY POINTS
4.1 Personnel shall comply to the requirements stated in SMR Manual Of Permitted Operations
(MOPO), see Appendix 2.
4.2 Vessel activity, passenger transfer, MO(D)U moves shall be risk assessed against the environment
and weather conditions.
4.3 Tasks to be suspended under condition, the following conditions.
4.3.1 Wind
▪ > 20 Knots to 25 Knots Wind Speed
- No SPM oil offtake operations
- No dumb barge e.g. helideck operations
▪ > 25 Knots Wind Speed
- No vessel lifting operations
- No towing dumb barge operations
- No bunkering operations
- No personnel transfer operations (FROG/swing rope/gangway)
- All other operations to be risk assessed
▪ 30 – 40 Knots Wind Speed
- Stop rope abseiling access to work.
- Stop Over Side Work (depends on capabilities of rescue/standby craft in vicinity of
the work being undertaken).
- Stop handling sail like object – tarpaulins, scaffolds, etc.
- Cargo operations to cease with sustained wind speed of 30 Knots (Tanker Loading
Operation at SCOT).
- Suspend free standing lubricator/wireline mast operations, running and retrieval of
production riser on subsea production wells (Semi-Submersible Rig).
- Suspend operations through production riser on subsea production wells at 40 Knots
(Semi-Submersible Rig).
▪ 40 – 50 Knots Wind Speed
- No access to scaffold structures.
- Suspend ‘man riding’ activities within derrick.
- Suspend shuttle flights to Normally Unmanned Installations (NUI) (45 Knots).
- Do not fly out non-essential staff from heliport to platform (45 Knots).
- Stop all routine crane operations; boom shall be secured.
- Consider suspending drilling ahead and hang off oil drill string at 45 Knots (Semi-
Submersible Rig).

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 2

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

▪ > 50 Knots Wind Speed

- Restrict personnel to wind affected area.
- Maximum for flying operation limit (Helicopter). Flying operation shall be suspended.
- Mandatory closure of helideck.
- Prohibit external movement of personnel, discontinue operations and go to sheltered
water (Survey Vessels).
- Review disconnect and recover marine riser and move off station if necessary at 55
Knots (Semi-Submersible Rig).
- Plan evacuation of all non-essential personnel at 85 Knots (Semi-Submersible Rig).

4.3.2 Sea State

▪ > 1.5m to 2.0m Significant Wave Height
- No SPM oil offtake operations
- No dumb barge e.g. helideck operations
- Cease in-sea tail buoy repairs (Survey Vessels).
▪ > 2.0m to 2.5m Significant Wave Height
- No anchor handling operations
- No GP launch operations
- No supply vessel operations
- No towing dumb barge operations
- No bunkering operations
- No man overboard exercises (Multi-Role Vessels, Standby Vessels & Emergency
Response And Rescue Vessel).
- Stop deployed cable work (Survey Vessels).
- Stop deployment of survey equipment (Survey Vessels).
- Stop surface diving operation (Diving Support Vessel).
▪ > 2.5m Significant Wave Height
- Recover guns, survey sensors and/or seabed survey towed equipment (Survey
Vessels).
- Stop over side work on installation
▪ > 4.0m Significant Wave Height
- Leave equipment and cease all back deck operations (Survey Vessel).
▪ > 5.0m Significant Wave Height
- Stop operations at 5.0m Significant Wave height on rising forecast (Diving Support
Vessel).
▪ > 6.0m Significant Wave Height
- Suspend running and landing subsea BOP/Riser/Subsea equipment (Semi-
Submersible Rig).
▪ > 10.0m Significant Wave Height
- Disconnect and recover production riser on subsea production wells (Semi-Submersible
Rig).

4.3.3 General
▪ Visibility <250m
- No SPM oil offtake operations
- No anchor handling operations
- No GP launch operations
- No supply vessel operations
WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 3
BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

- No bunkering operations
- All other operations to be risk assessed
- Cease operations if unable to see banksman, deck crew, hook or load clearly (Crane).
- Stop all operations for all road, jetty and yard operations if heavy rain severely
reduced visibility < 50m.
▪ SAV Aircraft Weather Criteria
- Suspend routine helicopter flying operations during poor visibility; fog density within a
5 nautical mile radius of the installation.
- Routine helicopter operations are limited to daylight hours (Helicopter).
- Night helicopter operation is allowed upon approval from Incident Management
Team. See Appendix 3 for SAV unscheduled launch approval form.
▪ Sea Spray
- Close helideck if sea spray is over helideck.
▪ Flood
- Stop all operations and re-assess if flood > 0.3m for all road, jetty and yard
operations, or when flooding impacts the way work is executed.
▪ Forest Fire
- Stop operations and assess impact of spread of fire and haze/smoky condition.
▪ Heat
- Keep hydrated at all times.
- Stop work if personnel feel dizzy.
- Stop work if personnel feel dehydrated.

4.3.4 Electrical Storm

▪ 90% Probability of lightning
- Discontinue operation using non-Radio safe explosives.
- Stop diving activities.
▪ Lightning/Thunder
- Restrict access to external areas.
- Stop loading and close all cargo valves (Oil Tankers).
- All crane operations and crane maintenance activities shall be suspended (Crane).
- Stop all activities for all road, jetty and yard operations.

4.3.5 Vessels and Equipment

▪ Power Utilization
- Stop operations if power required to maintain station reaches the DP ASOG limits set
for each vessel
- Stop operations for non-DP vessels if power required to maintain station approaches
50% when on the working weather side (Vessels Engaged in supply duties –PSVs,
AHTs).
▪ 33% of Anchor Line Break load
- Move to "stand off" position (Workboat/Accommodation Vessels).
▪ 90% of Anchor Line Test Tension
- Move to "stand off" position (Workboat/Accommodation Vessels) Disconnect and
recover marine riser and Secure vessel to survival conditions (Semi-Submersible Rig).
▪ Vessel Offset Reaches 3.0% of Water Depth
- Disconnect and recover marine riser.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 4

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

▪ Pitch/Roll
- 1.5 degree Pitch/Roll – Suspend running and landing subsea BOP/Riser/Subsea
equipment. (Semi-Submersible Rig).
- 2.5 degree Pitch/Roll - Stop seabed lifts, recover divers to bell/basket, Stop diving
operations, Recover/park ROV (Diving Support Vessels on Anchors – Monohulls).
- 3.0 degree Pitch/Roll - Disconnect production riser on subsea production wells. (Semi-
Submersible Rig).
- 4.0 degree Pitch/Roll - Suspend all drilling activities (Semi-Submersible Rig).
▪ Semi-Submersible Rig
- 4.0 degree Ball Joint Angle - Suspend drilling activities.
- 6.0 degree Ball Joint Angle - Disconnect and recover marine riser.
- 4.0 degree Riser Angle - Suspend operations. Hang-off pipe.
- Riser Tension 80% Maximum Available - Suspend operations and hang off drill string
(Semi-Submersible Rig).
- When weather parameters exceed limits stated in the specific mooring analysis

4.4 For people movement from Normally Unmanned Installation (NUI) the following shall apply:
▪ Transfers of personnel shall comply with the limits set out in 4.3.2.
▪ Planned movement of personnel to and from NUI’s shall comply with the requirements set out in
the last paragraph of section 3.4.

4.5 If people are stranded at a Normally Unmanned Installation (NUI) at night, the following steps shall
be taken:
1) Offshore Installation Manager (OIM) and Head of Aircraft Service (SAV) or delegate shall do a
risk assessment to understand the risks involved leaving people on the NUI vs using the SAR
helicopter to recover people. SAV/2 and SAV/5 shall be informed.
2) OIM, Offshore scheduler, IPC and SAV shall prioritize flights based on risk assessment.
3) If recovery at night is required then Incident Commander (IC) verbal approval shall be obtained
and the Operation Manual (SAR Supplement) shall be followed.

In case an activity is not listed or in case of doubt the respective Manual of Permitted Operation (MOPO)
(Appendix 2), custodian shall be contacted as follows:

Activities MOPO Contact

Aviation: Helicopter and helideck operations SAV
Marine: Vessels, Emergency Response vessels, Rescue vessels, SMR
Accommodation vessels, Workboats, marine access for passenger transfer,
Jetty operations, tanker loading operations, MODU(s) moves
Drilling and wells operations TWD, TWC
Road transport, crane operations and yard operations STL
Diving Operations, including diving vessels OAI/5

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 5

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

5 REFERENCES AND RESOURCES

5.1 TSM/3 (Technical Authority) can be further contacted for any weather-related questions.
5.2 SAV Operations Manual (SAR Supplement) Part A, Section 2.3 – Authorization to launch for SAR,
secondary Tasking or Training.
5.3 SMR Marine Manual of Permitted Operation (MOPO)

6 IMPLEMENTATION
Managers, Team Leaders and supervisors shall ensure implementation of this work practice within their
areas of accountabilities.

7 INTERPRETATION AND UPDATING

Logistic Manager shall ensure interpretation of this procedure.
BSP Safety Operations Committee (SOC) shall ensure 3 yearly update of this procedure.

8 APPROVAL SIGNATURES
Role Name Publish Date Signature
Owner Head of HSE & Security (HSE) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Reviewer Head Geomatics (TSM) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Reviewer Head Marine Logistics (SMR) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Reviewer Head of Aircraft Service (SAV) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 6

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 1 – PASSENGER SAILING ADVISORY GUIDELINE

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 7

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 2 – SMR MANUAL OF PERMITTED OPERATION (MOPO)

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 8

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 3 – SAV UNSCHEDULED LAUNCH PROCESS

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 9

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 10

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

2. Work Management Procedure – Blasting & Painting

1 OVERVIEW
This work management procedure covers painting and abrasive blasting execution. Blasting and painting
activities are performed to renew, restore and maintain the surface coatings to protect structures, plant
and equipment from corrosion and damage.

Blasting involves entraining special abrasive in an airstream and directing the stream against surface to
be prepared, while removing existing coatings, corrosion and scale in the process. Painting often
contains volatile solvents, pumped at high pressures to apply coatings to surfaces prepared by blasting or
other means such as washing or wire brushing.

This work procedure is applicable to all BSP staff and contractors. The following Life-Saving Rules (LSR)
and Process Safety Fundamentals (PSF) shall be adhered to.

2 REQUIREMENTS
2.1 Only competent blasting and painting personnel (hereafter referred to as painters) shall carry out
blasting and painting activities by meeting the requirements for each job category as shown below:

JOB CATEGORY QUALIFICATION / TRAINING EXPERIENCE

Painting Inspector Minimum NACE Coating Inspector Level Minimum 5 years in oil and
II [Preferred] gas industry in painting
OR
BGAS Painting Inspector Level 2
Painting Supervisor Minimum NACE Coating Inspector Level Minimum 3 years working
I [Preferred] as a painter
OR
BGAS Painting Supervisor Level 4
Blaster/ Painter One of the below, Minimum 1-year
experience
1. Energy Industry Competency
Framework (EICF) Graduates
2. PPK- IP (Pusat Pembangunan
Kapisiti) -Industrial Placement

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 11

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

3. BGAS-CSWIP 5A (Blaster) and

5B (Painter)
4. OPITO Blaster / Sprayer Level 2
5. Equivalent Approved by BSP
OAI/2 or AED/15
AND
Trade test witnessed by BSP AEQ
Inspector
Trainee Blaster / HSE induction and familiarisation with Minimum 1-year
Painter / Blasting / blasting and painting equipment run by experience in painting field
Potman contractor as rigger, helper or Potman
Trade Test

2.2 All blasting and painting equipment (air receivers, blasting pots, pressure hoses and paint
pumping units) shall have valid test and inspection certificates. Equipment shall be tagged with a
unique identifier, test and certification records shall be available on-site.

2.3 Blasting guns and paint spray guns shall be fitted with deadman shutoff triggers. Securing the
blasting guns and paint spray guns trigger in the ON position is strictly prohibited.
2.4 All components in a blasting system (air compressors, air receivers, blasting pots, hoses and guns)
and a painting system (air receivers, paint pumps, hoses and guns) shall have electrical continuity
and shall be electrically earthed to the objects or structures being blasted and painted. Electrical
earthing test results shall be available on-site for each equipment set-up and equipment transfers.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 12

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

2.5 Blasting hoses shall have secondary hose end retaining or locking devices fitted to retain the hose
end in the event of primary connector failure.

2.6 Permit to Work :

▪ Hot Work Permit shall be obtained for the operation of internal combustion, engine-driven air
compressors and for abrasive blasting, needle gunning, powered wire brushing and pressure
paint spraying.
▪ Cold Work Permit shall be required for all other activities related to blasting and painting in a
production area.
▪ Work permits are not required for blasting and painting in areas designated for that specific
purpose, e.g. blasting and spray booths and approved areas in onshore fabrication yards.
▪ A confined space permit shall be required where barriers erected to enable blasting or painting
has reduced access to a single point.
▪ An approved equipment layout plan is required to determine all equipment are laid out safely
relative to platform HAC diagrams. The plan must be available at work site.
2.7 Personal Protective Equipment:
▪ Abrasive Blasting - In addition to personal protective equipment requirements, protection shall
also include air-fed helmets with a constant supply of quality breathing air. The addition of an
air cooler to maintain air supply within the acceptable temperature range of the equipment and
the use of visor outer surface 'tear-offs' in acetate or similar material to enable operators to
maintain full visibility are strongly recommended.
▪ Painting - In addition to the personal protective equipment requirements, protection for painters
shall be given in open air and confined space circumstances as follows:
- Open air Filter mask or cartridge type respirator and shielded or baffled goggles.
- Confined space air-fed helmet.
2.8 Firefighting capability shall be provided e.g. portable fire extinguishers dry chemical type.
2.9 Screens, barrier and warning signs shall be in place for any blasting and painting activity.

2.10 Maintain good housekeeping at all times including removal of blasting grit by the end of each shift,
return paint containers to hazardous materials storage area and neatly coiled hoses.
2.11 When breaks are taken, all air supplies & pressurized equipment shall be switched OFF & Bled off.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 13

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

2.12 Inhaling spray paint could penetrate the skin or enters the eyes resulting in unusual effects
experienced during painting such as dizziness, nausea or a burning sensation in the eyes, medical
attention shall be obtained immediately.
2.13 Always display MSDS at worksite, paint mixing stations shall be provided with eye wash bottles.
Emergency phone numbers, designated person in charge and duty engineers contact number shall
be clearly printed and made available at worksite.

3 PRECAUTIONS
3.1 Dry Abrasive blasting shall not be carried out near running machinery, engine and ventilation
system air intakes, valve spindles and actuators, instrument gas pipework, electrical cables, light
fittings etc. Dry Abrasive blasting can only be performed if the items have been protected and
approved by Area Operating Technician and the relevant technical expert such as Authorized
Electrical Personnel (AEP).
3.2 Alternative abrasive blasting method such as vapour abrasive blasting is recommended on live
wellheads, sensitive equipment skids, rotary equipment vicinities and area surrounding HVAC
system.
3.3 Operate equipment at the lowest pressure necessary to achieve the required quality. Never exceed
the Safe Working Pressure of the equipment. The safe working pressure shall be stated on the
equipment.
3.4 Conduct compressed air supply breathing air tests for carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide and oil
mist for health risk protection before commencement of the activity. Instrument air shall never be
used for breathing purposes. Test results must be available at the work site.
3.5 Carry out servicing or adjustment of equipment only after it has been depressurized. Release the
system pressure, close all isolating valves and open drains and vents before disconnecting any part
of the system.
3.6 Never point a blasting or spray gun at a person.
3.7 Check that the spray gun fan guard is in place before spraying.
3.8 Always engage the trigger safety catch when work is interrupted.
3.9 Always carry a blasting or spray gun by the handle with fingers removed from the trigger.
3.10 Clean up any spillage of abrasive, paint, thinners, solvent and detergent immediately and dispose
of cleaning material correctly.
3.11 At offshore locations, establish and maintain radio communication between area operating
technician and the painting supervisor on the platform.
3.12 No eating or drinking during materials transfer, mixing, thinning and application.
3.13 Paint thinners and solvents shall always be placed in spill tray to avoid containment to the
environment.
3.14 Minimise the risk of foreign bodies in eyes and prevent eye injury, remove the build-up of debris
on an individual after completion of a dust producing operation or time spent in a dust laden
environment. This is to prevent the passage of the debris to eyes. Best practice is to use a hand-held
vacuum or hand held brush (Appendix 1- Recommended Brush Down Steps).

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 14

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4 KEY POINTS
4.1 Storage of Blasting Materials
▪ Abrasives for blasting shall be stored in designated storage areas, kept dry to prevent excessive
deck loadings from the added weight of water and with warning signage.
▪ Bags and sacks shall be pyramid-stacked to prevent toppling and shall not block access ways.
▪ Personnel directly involved in lifting abrasive bags shall be trained in manual lifting or rigging
techniques
4.2 Storage of Painting Materials
▪ All painting materials including paint, solvents, thinners, additives and cleaners shall be stored in
a non-enclosed area remote from sources of heat and combustion and protected from direct
sunlight.
▪ All paint materials shall have Materials Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs) or Safe Handling of
Chemicals (SHOC) information shall be made available for all painting materials.
▪ Materials shall be stored in a spill container that can retain at least 30% of the total volume of the
material.

IBC Spill container 208L drum spill container Spill Tray

▪ All paint materials shall be preferentially contained in manufacturers original containers, durably
and legibly marked with descriptions of the contents.
▪ Where paint is transferred to smaller containers paint contents shall be labelled on the smaller
containers. Drink bottles shall never be used for these purposes.
▪ A dry-chemical or foam fire extinguisher shall be maintained 10m from the storage location.

4.3 Blasting and Painting Equipment

▪ The use of jubilee clips / clamps is prohibited.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 15

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

5 REFERENCES AND RESOURCES

5.1 Work Management Procedure – Permit to Work
5.2 Work Management Procedure – Housekeeping
5.3 Work Management Procedure – Manual Material Handling
5.4 Work Management Procedure – Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
5.5 Work Management Procedure – Confined Space Entry
5.6 Work Management Procedure – Working at Height
5.7 Work Management Procedure – Incident Reporting, Investigation and case management
5.8 Work Management Procedure – Handling Chemical
5.9 Work Management Procedure – Hazard Recognition
5.10 Work Management Procedure – Flexible Hoses Assemblies
5.11 Brunei Workplace Safety & Health Order and Regulations

6 IMPLEMENTATION
Managers and Team Leaders shall ensure implementation of this work practice within their areas of
accountability.

7 INTERPRETATION AND UPDATING

HSSE Manager shall ensure the interpretation of this procedure.
Work Management Committee shall ensure updating of this procedure.

8 APPROVAL SIGNATURES
Role Name Publish Date Signature
Owner Asset Integrity Excellence Lead (OAI) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Reviewer Head of Fabric Maintenance (OAI/6) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Reviewer Coating & Marine Coordinator 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
(OAI/61)

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 16

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 1 – BRUSH DOWN GUIDANCE

Recommended Brush Down steps

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 17

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

3. Work Management Procedure – Confined Space Entry

1 OVERVIEW
Confined Space is a fully or partially enclosed space that is not designed and constructed for continuous
human occupancy, has limited or restricted means for entry or exit, and where there is a risk of injury or
health effect from hazardous substances or conditions. Confined Space entries may be required for
inspections, maintenance, repairs, cleaning, process vessels and construction projects.

This work procedure is applicable to all BSP staff and contractors. The following Life-Saving Rules (LSR)
and Process Safety Fundamentals (PSF) shall be adhered to.
This procedure does not apply to diving operations.

Entry into Confined Spaces is a high-risk activity and has potential to harm workers due to the following
conditions:
▪ An atmosphere that is lack of oxygen or oxygen enrichment, flammability, explosivity, toxicity, or high
temperature.
▪ A space not designed/intended for continuous human occupancy and has restricted means for exit or
entry.
▪ Activities that can release the hazards within the space and result in harmful consequences (e.g.,
carrying out hot work, disturbing solids or fluids within the space).

For example; floating roof where roof is greater than 2 meters below tank rim, storage tanks, boilers,
furnaces, pits, pipes, drains, sewers, sewage pits, tunnels, wells and well cellars, trenches, ducts and
process vessels. Full Confined Space Entry rules apply if head & shoulders are inserted into a confined
space via a manway hatch.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 19

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

2 REQUIREMENTS
2.1 Perform Risk assessment and determine if confined space entry and risks can be eliminated or
reduced. Do the following checks:
2.1.1 First: Can we eliminate the need for Confined Space Entry?
2.1.2 Second: Can we avoid the need for Breathing Apparatus or skin protection by eliminating
flammable, toxic, asphyxiant or other hazards through emptying, flushing, clearing, and
ventilating?
2.1.3 Third: Specify Breathing Apparatus and/or other protective equipment and apply working
methods that reduce the exposure time of people in the Confined Space.
2.2 Classification of Confined Space shall be assessed by Permit Verifier/Team lead. Refer to Table 1 –
Confined space classifications.
Confined Space Confined Space Confined Space
LEVEL 3 LEVEL 2 LEVEL 1
(Medium Risk Permit) (Medium Risk Permit) (High Risk)
Greater than 16% to max.
Oxygen % 20% to max. 21.5% Less than 4%
21.5%
Explosive or Less than 1% LEL Less than10% LEL
Flammable For Hot Work – Not For Hot Work – Not Less than10% LEL
% LEL detectable detectable
Airborne
concentration of Greater or equal to 50%
Less than 50% OEL Not applicable
Toxic substances OEL
% OEL

Allowed General – Cold Work General – Cold Work

Inspection Only
Work scopes General – Hot Work General – Hot Work

Entry into Without Respiratory With Respiratory Inert entry (only by

Confined Space Protection Protection specialist Contractor)

Table 1 Confined Space Classifications

2.3 Do not proceed with confined space activity for any readings outside the classification indicated in
Table1.
2.4 Inert Gas Confines Space refers to a confined space where the existing atmosphere is intentionally
displaced with an inert gas such as nitrogen. Such entry is handled differently and is done by
specialist contractor with specific skills, procedures, equipment and rescue plans to manage the risk
of this work
2.5 In some instances, tailored confined space entry test may be required to test common toxics that may
be present such as benzene, mercury, hydrogen sulphide, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, oxides
of nitrogen, painting or coating fumes, and chemicals used in the operating/maintenance process.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 20

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

2.6 Hotwork with positive sources of ignition in a confined space is a high risk activity (see Hotwork
section). Before executing hot work in a confined space, personnel must first check if alternative
method is possible. Ensure no hydrocarbon is present or remains in hidden pockets and gaps in
the confined space. Ventilation plan and additional PPE should consider the risk such as (welding)
fumes.
2.7 Trainings attended shall be from BSP recognized training center or other training centers subject to
acceptance by BSP HSSE. The following trainings are mandatory:
▪ Confined Space Entry training – For all personnel involved in Confined Space Entry including
the permit approver, issuer and Area Operating Technician (AOT).
▪ Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) training – For personnel involved in the use of
SCBA including the permit approver and Area Operating Technician (AOT).
▪ Gas Testing training – For Authorized Gas Tester (AGT).
2.8 Confined Space entries are potentially dangerous and can be extremely hazardous without the
required assessment to identify and mitigate the hazards. (See Appendix 1). This assessment shall
only be valid for the shift duration or until hazard and/or conditions change.
2.9 Entry into a Confined space shall be accompanied by a valid Confined Space Entry Work Permit
that includes controls from appropriate Job Hazard Analysis (JHA), Isolation certificate and
Evacuation (Rescue) plan. Work Permit must be held at Confined place entry point including signed
Tool Box Talk (TBT), Confined Space Entry Guide (Appendix 1) and 10 Questions for Safe Work in
Confined Space (Appendix 2). Records of confined space training for all personnel involved in
confined space entry activities must be available at the entry point. This includes training records
for supervisors and Area Operating Technician (AOT).
2.10 Maximum exposure time for personnel working in the confined space shall be stated in work
permit controls. In particular, the temperature in the confined space shall never exceed 38 degrees
C. Additional controls (e.g. regular breaks and drinks) shall be required at temperatures above 35
degrees C.
2.11 AOT and COS/FOS are required to check permits and verify controls are in fully in place and wet
countersign for the first issue of confined space permits.
2.12 Permit Holder, work supervisors, team members, AOT and COS/FOS shall verify that the Confined
Space is positively isolated (physical mechanical isolation using spades or physical break and
blanks, spools removed) from all potential sources of hazardous material and energy sources,
including radiation. With the isolation points as close as possible to the confined space. Deviation
from positive isolation can only be approved by Operation Installation Manager (OIM).
Verification must be completed at the start of every shift. Refer WMP – Isolation.
2.13 A confined space entry attendant must always be present at the entry point of a Confined Space
when the confined space is open and entry barriers are not in place.
2.14 For entrance tracking of a Confined Space, the following shall be made available:
▪ Personnel ID cards on ID board at the entrance of Confined Space.
▪ Entry and exit log shall be placed outside the Confined Space.
▪ Entry and exit from one area, unless noted in hazard assessment.
2.15 Continuous gas monitoring is required for LEL, H2S, O2 and CO whilst personnel are in the
Confined Space. Continuous gas monitoring can be achieved through use of a personal monitoring
device or standalone portable gas monitoring system.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 21

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

2.16 Gas tests shall be done by BSP competent Authorized Gas Tester (AGT) prior to the initial confined
space entry and repeated after each designated break. The maximum validity period of gas test
shall be 4 hours. Results must be recorded on the gas test record sheet (see Appendix 3). Should
there be any changes in the oxygen level or containment level of toxics/ flammables outside initial
confined space classification (Table 1), stop the job, notify AOT, reassess the risks and take
appropriate actions. Gas test must be done in multiple locations in the confined space:
▪ Inside the entry way to the confined space but within arm’s reach.
▪ In the middle of the space. Wearing breathing apparatus may be required to perform the test.
The measurement of this gas test can be delegated from the AOT to a contractor where the
contractor has gas testing and breathing air certification. The AOT must be present outside the
confined space during gas test.
▪ At the farthest point from the entry to the space.
▪ At floor level inside the space.
▪ A single test result can be recorded on gas test records if all test results are identical.
2.17 Confined spaces shall be ventilated with air to remove the gases used to purge flammable or toxic
contaminants. Do not use oxygen or oxygen-enriched air to ventilate a Confined Space.
2.18 If electrical equipment is needed inside the Confined Space (e.g. lighting) use Low Voltage
equipment if available. If low voltage equipment is not available, an earth leakage current device
or ground fault circuit interrupter shall be used to protect entrants against electric shock.
2.19 Effective means of communication e.g. UHF radios must be available. Tested prior to use and
battery fully charged.
2.20 Rescue equipment relevant for the Confined Space Entry (lifelines, harnesses, rescue equipment)
shall be readily available onsite and PPE appropriate to the task (e.g, safety helmet, masks, gloves,
appropriate foot wear) shall be worn and inspected prior to use.
2.21 Have an Evacuation (Rescue) Plan agreed with the Emergency Rescue Team for the worksite and
ensure the Emergency Rescue Team is briefed on the confined space location, work scope and
practice the rescue as per Evacuation Plan. Evacuation (Rescue) plan shall be attached to Work
Permit.
2.22 Operations Manager approval is required for entry into Confined Space Level 1 (High Risk) with
Breathing Apparatus.
2.23 Entry into Confined Space Level 1 (High Risk) inert atmospheres shall only be performed by
specialist contractor and is only permitted with specific written procedures prepared and
authorized in writing by the relevant Asset Manager and countersigned on the Permit.
2.24 Roles and Responsibilities:
▪ Notify the emergency response team of the confined space entry work
and brief the team on the scope.
▪ Carry out ‘toolbox’ talks prior to start of activity to ensure personnel are
familiar with the hazards present in confined space.
Supervisor ▪ Ensure suitable personnel are trained and competent in usage of
& Permit Holder safeguarding and monitoring equipment for controlling the hazards.
▪ Ensure atmosphere in the confined space is tested for oxygen, toxic and
flammable materials by BSP nominated Authorized Gas Tester (AGT).
▪ Ensure isolations are in place before work commencement by inspection
and witness of Zero Energy checks along with Isolation Authority (IA).
WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 22
BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

▪ Prepare ventilation plan and verify that ventilations are in place prior to
entry.
▪ All personnel working within the area of supervision shall be informed
and comply to the requirements of confined space entry.
▪ Keep a record of all personnel, tools and materials entering and leaving
the confined space.
▪ Ensure a set of emergency procedures including confined space rescue
plan has been developed and the work crew are familiar with the
procedures.
▪ Ensure an attendant is available and work is conducted safely by all
personnel.
▪ Check condition of work site upon completion of all work. It is
recommended to have a second person to duplicate the inspection.
▪ Ensure physical barrier is in place at confined space entry point after
completion of work each shift.

▪ Conduct gas tests before start of shift and after each meal breaks. The
maximum validity period of gas test shall be 4 hours. Record results of
tests on gas test sheet attached to work permits.
▪ Conduct safety checks on site and perform Risk Assessment with Work
Supervisor prior to start of any activities.
▪ Ensure work crew has required respiratory protection and functional
ventilation equipment.
▪ Verify that Confined Space is isolated from all potential sources of
hazardous material and energy, including radiation.
▪ Check the integrity of the isolation points, to demonstrate status of
Permit Issuer isolation points and conduct Zero Energy check (prove equipment
(AOT) depressurized) with Permit Holder prior to start of any activities.
▪ Verify isolation points are as close as possible to the Confined Space and
in line with safe isolation – Lock Out Tag Out.
▪ Indicate the Entry points to be used and ensure barricade and signages
are available at other openings to prevent unauthorised entry.
▪ Verify all personnel involved in the confined space have dedicated
confined space training records available at site.
▪ Where the BSP Authorised Gas Tester (AGT) is not SCBA trained and this
equipment is required to conduct gas test, the AOT can request a
qualified contractor in both gas testing and SCBA to conduct gas test. The
AOT must be present during the gas test.
▪ Maintain register of personnel, tools and materials entering and exiting
the confined space.
▪ Always monitor the confined space from outside while personnel are
working inside. Do not leave confined space un-attendant when work is
ongoing.
Attendant
▪ Maintain communication and visual contact with all personnel in the
confined space. Ensure communication with the control room and
emergency response team is functional.
▪ Maintain emergency rescue equipment onsite during confined space
work.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 23

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

▪ Stop work and evacuate personnel from confined space if ventilation

system fails, contaminants exceed agreed limits, conditions become
unsafe.
▪ Activate Emergency Response Team in the event of an emergency.
▪ The attendant shall not attempt rescue.
▪ Prevent unauthorized entry.

3 PRECAUTIONS
3.1 Permit Verifier, supervisors and team members involved in Confined Space entries shall understand
the precautions stated on the Work Permit and associated certificates. Their roles and
responsibilities in protecting themselves and others who enter Confined Spaces are identified and
understood.
3.2 Entry into a confined space shall not be authorized unless the atmosphere has been tested by BSP
Authorized Gas Tester (AGT) and results are accepted for the planned activity. Results shall be
documented in the Confined Space Entry permit. It is strictly prohibited to use personal gas
monitors for gas tests. Certified gas test equipment shall be used.
3.3 Physical barrier shall be put in place to prevent unauthorized entry when the operation is
suspended or during breaks.
3.4 Temporary barrier such as warning tape is not considered a physical barrier.
3.5 Examples of physical barrier are, but not limited to, scaffold pipe, handrail, locked entry point,
hard fencing supplemented by a ‘No Entry’ sign, etc.

4 KEY POINTS
4.1 Monitoring of oxygen levels and harmful gasses shall be continuous whilst personnel are in the
confined space. Regular gas testing shall be done. Gas tests shall be defined and completed by
AOT prior to initial confined space entry and to be repeated after each designated break.
4.2 Entry points shall be indicated by safe entry tags and barricaded. Signages (Danger – Do Not
Enter without authorisation) shall be installed at all other openings to prevent unauthorized Entry.
Use hard barriers around open hatches.
4.3 Each Confined Space Entry shall have an Evacuation (Rescue) Plan. The plan must be available at
the entry point. All equipment required to execute the plan must be available at the work site.
4.4 Each Confined Space Entry shall have a documented communication process available at the work
site:
▪ Between the persons inside a confined space;
▪ Between the persons inside a confined space and the attendant outside;
▪ Between the attendant and the control room and/or emergency response team.
4.5 Allow entry into Confined Spaces with Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) only when the
source, nature and concentration of the hazardous atmosphere are fully understood (See Appendix
1).

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 24

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4.6 The Permit Issuer shall approve the selection for respiratory protection and this shall be documented
in the permit. A competent person shall verify the quality of air supply from bottles, compressors or
ventilators.
4.7 Verify lighting in the confined space provide good visibility to work safely and allow personnel to
evacuate immediately during an emergency.
4.8 Supervisor shall ensure work completion and all personnel, tools and materials removed from the
confined space before Area Operating Technician (AOT) authorizes the confined space to be
closed.

5 REFERENCES AND RESOURCES

5.1 Shell HSSE & SP Control Framework November 9, 2016, Personal Safety Manual, Section 4 –
Confined Space
5.2 Shell HSSE & SP Control Framework November 9, 2016, Personal Safety Manual, Section 2 –
Cleaning of Storage tanks
5.3 Brunei Workplace Safety and Health Order, 2009, Part IV – General Duties of Persons at work
place
5.4 Work Management Procedure – Isolation
5.5 10 Questions for Safe Work in Confined Space (Appendix 2)

6 IMPLEMENTATION
Managers, Team Leaders and supervisors shall ensure implementation of this work practice within their
areas of accountabilities.

7 INTERPRETATION AND UPDATING

HSSE Manager shall ensure interpretation of this procedure.
Work Management Committee shall ensure updating of this procedure.

8 APPROVAL SIGNATURES
Role Name Publish Date Signature
Owner Head of HSE & Security (HSE) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Reviewer Head Prod & Maint. Excellence 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
(OPM)

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 25

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 1 – CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PLANNING GUIDE

✓ / X
Review Alternative Consider alternative work method without confined space entry.
work method Is confined space entry essential?
Hazard Identification Check for:
• general hazards
• bad/poor visibility and lighting
• oxygen deficiency
• flammable/toxic gases/liquids
Permit Controls Specify on permit:
• test for oxygen levels and harmful gases (specify types of
gas)
• position of barriers and warning signs
• systems to be isolated (mechanical and/or electrical)
• identity of isolation certificates
• identity of confined space entry certificate
• continuous monitoring of oxygen content (stop work if
oxygen level falls below 20% or monitoring fails)
• personal protective equipment to be used

Other Hazards Check for:

• exposure to fall from height
• special hazards identified in safety case
• hazardous substances (radioactive sources inert gas –
nitrogen fibrous material)
• manual handling of heavy, awkward objects
• any other hazard not listed above

Communication Ensure:
• all members of workforce are briefed briefing covers permit
contents, hazards, controls

Control Checks Confirm:

• gas cylinders not to be taken into the confined space
• torches to be removed when not in use
• emergency procedures explained and understood
• access and escape routes are clear
• ventilation and/or breathing equipment arrangements made
• worksite and surrounds checked for unsecured objects
• illumination adequate

Date: __________________ Permit Holder

Name: ________________________________

Signature: _____________________________

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 26

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 2 – 10 QUESTIONS FOR CONFINED SPACE

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 27

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 3 – GAS TEST RECORD SHEET

PERMIT NO. Continuos Monitoring required?
YES NO
Carbon Hydrogen Carbon
Oxygen Hydrocarbons
DATE TIME Dioxide Sulphide Monoxide Benzene Other
(O2) (LEL) AGT NAME AGT SIGNATURE
(CO2) (H2S) (CO)
d/m/y Hrs % % PPM PPM PPM PPM

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 28

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4. Work Management Procedure – Driver Safety and Journey

Management

1 OVERVIEW
This work procedure applies to all BSP staff, contractors and subcontractors who drive and transport
people and materials for BSP business. It does not apply for commuting from/to an individual’s
designated place of work to their home.
The following Life Saving Rules (LSR’s) shall be applied. For some operating areas, a valid Permit to
Work may be required depending on site requirements.

2 REQUIREMENTS
2.1 Perform self-risk assessment to determine if the journey and its risks can be minimised by doing the
following checks:
▪ First: Can we eliminate the journey? Is the journey necessary?
▪ Second: Can we use chauffeured driven company vehicle? Can we combine the journey?
▪ Third: Can we use self-driven company vehicle? Can we combine the journey?
▪ Fourth: Can we use private driven vehicle? Can we combine the journey?
2.2 The following requirements shall be met for all drivers driving on work-related journeys:
▪ Have a valid driver's license for the type/class of vehicle.
▪ Attended and passed Defensive Driving Training from any Shell Accredited Defensive Driver
Training providers when driving a company vehicle or when driving on business.
2.3 Additionally, the following requirements shall be met for all professional drivers i.e. staff who are
employed primarily to drive vehicles.
▪ Complete Rollover Awareness Training.
▪ Complete Driver Fatigue Awareness.
▪ Complete Journey Management Planning Awareness.
These courses can be assessed from Shell Open University ‘Global HSSE Courses’ for BSP staff and
‘Contractor HSSE’ webpage for contractors.
2.4 Professional drivers shall inspect the vehicle every day (see checklist; Appendix 1), maintain a
record of inspections and to comply with the duty.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 29

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

2.5 The following requirements shall be met for all private and company vehicles used on work-related
journeys:
▪ Three-point seatbelts.
▪ Anti-lock braking systems (ABS), front airbags and seat head rest (restraints).
▪ >1.6 mm tyre tread depth.
▪ Correct tyre pressure.
▪ Valid car insurance and road tax.
▪ Lights and signal indicators fully functioning.
▪ Motorcycles (2-wheels and 3-wheels) and electric bike are not permitted to be used.
2.6 The following requirements shall be met for all BSP, contractor and subcontractor registered
vehicles used in the conduct of BSP business:
▪ All light vehicles shall be NCAP-5 star standard.
▪ In-Vehicle Monitoring System (IVMS) shall be fitted and operational. The system shall produce
journey data to be analyzed and fed back to the drivers on their behavior on a weekly basis.
Supervisors shall assess driver’s performance on monthly basis. Speeding exceedances or
violations should be reported accordingly (Fountain Incident Management) and investigated.
▪ Dry powder fire extinguisher (securely mounted), first aid kit and torchlight (securely stowed).
2.7 The following requirements shall be met for all Heavy Good Vehicles (HGV) used on work-related
journeys. A HGV is any motor vehicle with a gross weight greater than 3.5 tonnes which is
specifically designed to pull a trailer or carry cargo.
▪ Inspected by BSP vehicle inspectors at STL and found compliant with the Company Vehicle
Standard BSP-14.02-Standard-001.
▪ During Defensive Driving Training Assessment, the driver must be assessed based on the type of
HGV that he/she will be assigned to operate.
▪ If there are loads, they are secured in a safe manner and when transporting hazardous
chemicals or goods, ensure Safety Data Sheet (SDS) is available in the vehicle. Driver is
responsible to check that the load is well secured at all time.
▪ Ensure Journey Management checklist (Appendix 4) and Trailer checklist (Appendix 5) are
completed and available in the vehicle.

3 PRECAUTIONS
3.1 The following requirements shall be met for all drivers driving on work-related journeys:
▪ Fit to drive. No driving under influence of drugs and alcohol.
▪ No smoking in company vehicles.
▪ Drivers and passengers shall always use three-point seatbelts and shall intervene if anyone in
the vehicle is not wearing seatbelts.
▪ Obey the speed limits. Passengers shall intervene if driver exceeds the speed limit.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 30

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

▪ Drivers are not allowed to use a mobile phone or two-way radio (including hands-free
equipment) whilst driving. Exceptions as follows:
- During security & emergency response (declared by on-scene commander at minimum),
provided it is via hands-free equipment only.
- When using mobile phone as a GPS/navigation device.
- As part of convoy management, provided its hands-free.
3.2 Driving at night and under conditions of reduced visibility:
▪ Use day running lights (or headlights).
▪ Keep windscreen and windows clean.
▪ Reduce speed.
▪ Be alert for vehicles without headlights, cyclists, pedestrians, obstructions, animals, potholes,
road works, etc.

4 KEY POINTS
4.1 Commuting vs Business Travel
▪ Commuting is the journey from home to the designated BSP work location and the journey from
the BSP work location to home.
▪ Business travel is the journey from home to any external location or between two work locations.
See Appendix 2 for more examples.
4.2 A Journey Management Plan (JMP) is required for all business related travel outside the green
zones as shown in Figure 1. A JMP template can be found in Appendix 3.
4.3 JMP shall be discussed and approved by Line Manager/JMP focal point before and after the
journey is executed (Appendix 3). Individuals are required to inform their Line Managers/JMP
focal points (via phone call or text message), before the start of the journey(s) and once arriving to
the destination(s).
4.4 Line Manager/JMP focal point must ensure that the following are discussed and met as part of JMP
approval process:
▪ Staff is fit to drive.
▪ Staff hold a valid DDT for self-driven vehicles.
▪ If private vehicle is used, it shall meet the minimum vehicle specifications (See 2.5).
▪ JMP is discussed and signed off before and after the journey is executed. A feedback to be
given to the line manager/ JMP focal point for any learning.
▪ Verify arrivals via a phone call or a text message. If the Line Manager/JMP focal point does not
receive a call after one hour from the estimated time of arrival (ETA), the Line Manager/ JMP
focal point should call the individual to check on the status.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 31

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4.5 Individuals can drive on business without JMP within two Green Zones (see Figure 1) excluding
highways.
▪ KB/Seria (Southern) green zone: Rasau up to Telisai Surplus Yard.
▪ Bandar (Northern) green zones: Jerudong metering station to STL Muara.

Figure 1 - Green Zones

4.6 Bookings for STL vehicles must be made in advance via STL via BSP Land Transport Request (LTR)
online (http://sww-webapps.bsp.shell.bn/ICE/LTR/Default.aspx). In case STL vehicle is not
available, individuals are allowed to use their private vehicle provided that section 2.2 and 2.5 are
met and approval is granted by Line Manager.
4.7 If an individual resides within Northern or Southern Green Zones and require to attend meeting/
worksites within the same Green Zones, private vehicle can be used. No JMP is required.
4.8 If an individual resides in KB or Seria (Southern Green Zone) and require to attend work meeting/
worksites in Bandar (Northern Green Zone), STL vehicle and driver shall be arranged for the trip.
JMP to be prepared by STL driver.
4.9 If an individual resides in Bandar (Northern Green Zone) and attends to routine work within Seria
or KB (Southern Green Zone) in the morning, private vehicle can be used to attend work meetings/
worksites in Bandar (Northern Green Zone) and to allow the individual to complete journey going
back home. The individual is required to prepare JMP for the trip between routine workplace and
the meeting locations in Bandar.
4.10 If an individual resides outside the Green Zones with routine place of work within KB or Seria
(Southern Green Zone) and require to attend a meeting/ worksite in Bandar (Northern Green
Zone), private vehicle can be used to allow the individual to complete the journey back home.
Individual is required to prepare JMP for the journey between home and the meeting
location/worksite in Bandar. STL vehicle and driver can also be arranged. In this case, STL driver
will prepare the JMP.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 32

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4.11 For work-related journey that is on a cross border route (to/from Miri, Limbang, Labuan, etc.) STL
chauffeur driven vehicle shall be arranged. STL driver will prepare the JMP.
4.12 For Shell visitors organized to visit BSP for work related businesses, the BSP host shall arrange STL
chauffeur driven vehicle for their visitors.
4.13 For business travel outside of Brunei, hierarchy of control should be utilized to select the preferred
choice for local transport services. Staff can also refer to Country Travel Brief via the following
website for usage of taxis. If rideshare service is approved for a city or country, passengers should
take the same precautions as they do in taxis.
Link: https://eu001-sp.shell.com/sites/AAAAB1732/Pages/Country_travel_brief.aspx

5 REFERENCES AND RESOURCES

5.1 Shell HSSE & SP Control Framework on Professional Driver Safety Version 4, August 2018

6 IMPLEMENTATION
Managers and Team Leaders shall ensure implementation of this work practice within their areas of
accountability. JMP Focal Points shall exercise their Roles & Responsibilities.

7 INTERPRETATION AND UPDATING

Logistics Manager shall ensure interpretation of this procedure. Safety Operations Committee (SOC) shall
ensure 3 yearly update of this procedure.

8 APPROVAL SIGNATURES
Role Name Publish Date Signature
Owner Logistics Manager (LSM) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Head of Land Transport & 1st Nov 2019
Reviewer Retained on sign-off form
Supplies Ops (STL)
Reviewer Head of HSE & Security (HSE) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Road Safety Team Lead 1st Nov 2019
Reviewer Retained on sign-off form
(HSE/44)

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 33

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 1 – VEHICLE CHECKLIST FOR PROFESSIONAL DRIVERS

Driver Name:____________________ Vehicle No. :____________________

Contractor :____________________ Vehicle type:____________________
Date :____________________ Dept User :____________________
Time : Odometer/Hours reading:
VEHICLE CHECKLIST - Items to be checked by driver before driving
MARK: (✓) SATISFACTORY - (X) DEFECT - (N/A) NOT APPLICABLE - (M) MISSING
(01) ROAD TAX (16) STEERING (31) EXHAUST
- Validity - Operation - Freeplay - Condition - Smoke
(02) CERTIFICATION (17) WINDSCREEN (32) SUSPENSION
- Validity WIPERS/WASHERS - Operation - Condition
- Operation - Fluid
(03) FIRST AID KIT (18) LAMPS (33) TRAILER COUPLING AND
- Condition - Indicators - Stoplamps CONNECTIONS
- Headlamp - Operation - Condition - Leaks
(04) FIRE EXTINGUISHER (19) THIRD BRAKE (34) TAIL GATE RAMP
- Operation - Condition LIGHT - Operation - Condition
- Operation - Condition
(05) ENGINE (20) REVERSE (35) HYDRAULICS
- Oil - Water - Fuel - Level ALARM/LIGHT - Operation - Condition - Leaks
- Leaks - Operation - Condition
(06) BATTERY (21) REFLECTORS (36) LIFTING EQUIPMENT
- Condition - Levels - Markings - Warning - Chain – Loadbinder- Wiresling
- Devices - Shackle
(07) PARKING HANDBRAKE/ (22) NUMBER PLATE (37) LIFTING TACKLE
ELECTRONIC BRAKE - Condition - Light - Canopy - Dunnage - Net
- Operation - Condition
(08) SERVICE BRAKE (23) TYRES (38) COLOUR CODE
- Fluid - Operation - Leaks - Warning - Inflation - damage - wear - Condition - Expiry date
Devices
(09) SEAT (24) WHEELS (39) CARGO AREA
- Condition - Condition - Stud - Nut - Condition - Load Security
(10) SAFETY BELTS (25) MUD FLAPS (40) MAST / CHAIN
- Operation - Condition - Condition - Security - Operation - Condition
- Leaks
(11) AIR CONDITIONING (26) VEHICLE BODY (41) FORKS
- Operation - Condition - Damage - Rusty - Attachments - Lockpins
- Cleanliness - Condition
(12) COMMUNICATION RADIO (27) SAFETY SIGNS/ (42) OUTRIGGER
- Operation - Condition MARKINGS - Operation - Condition
- Visibility
(13) HORN (28) ANTENNAE (43) HOOKBLOCK
- Operation - Condition -Security - Condition
(14) IVMS/GPS (29) WARNING (44) OVERLOAD CUT OFF
- Operation - Condition TRIANGLE - Operation - Condition
- Condition
(15) MIRRORS (30) TRANSMISSION (45) TOOLS
- Condition - Operation - Condition - Condition
CONSUMABLES ADDED : Type Litres
Oil
Hydraulic fluid
Battery
Radiator
DRIVER’S REPORT Note any vehicle faults or deficiencies observed during period of duty

Signature of driver:.................................................
WORKSHOP ACTION: Copy of this report to be filed in Vehicle Service and Repair Record File

Signature of Supervisor:........................................ Date: ………………………………..

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 34

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 2 – COMMUTING VS. BUSINESS TRAVEL

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 35

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 3 – JOURNEY MANAGEMENT PLAN

No Hand phone whilst driving
Seat Belts Save Lives

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 36

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 4 – JOURNEY MANAGEMENT CHECKLIST FOR VEHICLES

Checked
Driver Questions on JMP - Apply to ALL vehicles 
YES NO
Driver 1) Do you have sufficient rest and sleep before reporting to work today?  
declaration 2) Have you declared your fitness for duty, drive and sign the Trip Order?  
3) Have you brought your I/C and driving licence and are they valid?  
4) Have you brought your valid passport and travelling documents? (For light vehicle  
professional driver)
5) Do you carefully read and understand the Trip Order instruction?  
6) Are you aware the restricted maximum 12 working hours per day and maximum six  
working days per week?
7) Are you aware the allowable continuous 4.5 hrs driving and requirement for fifteen minutes  
break?
8) Are you aware the allowable maximum 9 driving hours per day?  
9) Are you familiar with the emergency numbers (police, ambulance and fire brigade)?  
10) Are you aware to stop at the safe place when you are fatigue (sleepy, dizzy etc.)  
Time - Apply to ALL vehicles
Assess YES NO
hazards 1) Has sufficient time been allowed to make the trip at a safe speed, timely arrival on site for
pickup and drop off including a rest if necessary?  

Vehicle selection - - Apply to ALL vehicles

YES NO
1) Have you been allocate with the right vehicle for the trip?  
2) Have you check the vehicle insurance, road tax and STL compliance sticker validity?  
3) Have you check the vehicle, ensure cleanliness, roadworthy and safety equipment are  
available and serviceable?
4) Have your check your communication equipment (hand phone / vehicle FASCOM radio)  
are working?
5) Have you check the vehicle IVMS/GPS is working?  
6) Have you completed the vehicle checklist?  

Load – Apply to heavy vehicles only

YES NO
1) Check security and don’t overload  
2) Fully briefed on the next location to check the condition and security of load (10km after  
the start of the journey for heavy vehicle)
3) Is the load of a hazardous nature? (if so - refer to Land Transport procedures and HSE  
standards on transport of hazardous good)
4) Is the load too large for the vehicle (are special precautions necessary e.g. Police escort?)  
Route - Apply to ALL vehicles
YES NO
Safest, most direct route (safety considerations shall take priority)
Avoid:
1) busy roads  
2) road works  
3) schools, residential and other built-up areas, especially during peak time  
4) off-road travel (if unavoidable, Risk Assessment to be carried out)  
5) violating restrictions on load/height (hazardous or abnormal loads may require Police  
notification and assistance)
6) Has the driver briefed on to whom to report at the end of journey? (Who in turn shall report  
back to schedule on timely arrival)
Make a If, having challenged the need the journey has to be made and if the options to minimise exposure have been
reasoned considered and if hazards have been assessed and taken into account then make a reasoned choice based on
choice urgency, importance, cost and, above all, safety considerations

__________________________ _______________________________
Driver Scheduler / Supervisor
Date: Date:

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 37

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 5 – TRAILER CHECKLIST

Check
Trailer’s Checklist
 or 

When uncoupling semi-trailers:

• ensure ground is flat and hard where legs shall stand (use planks if not) 
• apply the trailer brake 
• trailer legs fully lowered and locked 

When coupling semi-trailers:

• check brake is on 
• check trailer at correct height for coupling 
• after reversing under trailer, pull forward slightly to test coupling 
• check kingpin engaged and apply safety catch 
• connect electrical lines and turn on air taps 
• raise trailer legs and remove wheel chocks 
• test brakes as soon as possible after moving off 

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 38

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

5. Work Management Procedure – Electrical Safety

1 OVERVIEW
This procedure forms the basis of electrical safety requirements and ensures all electrical work are
conducted in a safe manner. This procedure applies to all electrical work within BSP facilities where the
Electrical Safety Rules (ESR) does not apply (see Figure 1).

ESR Module 10 Applies

(BSP-02-S-1629)

Work Management Procedure

-Electrical Safety Applies

Figure 1 Boundary between ESR Module 10 (BSP-02-S-1629) vs Work Management Procedure Electrical Safety

If the works falls under ESR, an Authorized Person (Electrical) such as Responsible Person Electrical (RPE)
appointed by Holder/ Operating Department shall be contacted. The RPE shall be responsible for
electrical safety and the control of Work and Testing within a specified geographical area or facility. For
Electrical isolation padlock key requirements refer to WMP – Isolation.

This procedure applies to mobile electrical equipment, single-phase low-voltage electrical equipment in
domestic, commercial, industrial premises and temporary electrical installations. This work procedure is
applicable to all BSP staff and contractors. The following Life-Saving Rules (LSR) shall be adhered to.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 39

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

2 REQUIREMENTS
2.1 Only Qualified Electrical Persons are permitted to perform work on electrical equipment or systems
including installations, testing and fault finding.
2.2 Minimum requirement for Qualified Electrical Person shall be met:
▪ General Electrical Knowledge, e.g. complete diploma, degree or certified program in the
Electrical field
▪ Assess competent as per the Electrical Safety Rules
▪ Three (3) years of electrical field experience
2.3 No electrical works shall be allowed without Permit to Work.
2.4 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) shall be worn.
2.5 Work on any portion of an electrical installation shall only be performed after circuit is confirmed
isolated and proved de-energised.
2.6 For fault finding work on live equipment, additional controls inclusive of buddy system shall apply.
These additional controls must be listed on the work permit.
2.7 Electrical switching activities by qualified electrical person does not require a permit to work.
2.8 Electrical system isolation must be in place prior to physical interaction with electrically controlled
equipment. Isolation must be registered in the Permit Vision system, except for Personal isolation
which is defined in WMP – Isolation, Section 2.8.

3 PRECAUTIONS
3.1 All electrical tools, appliances and mobile equipment shall be constructed to international standards
and designed for rated supply voltage and frequency.
3.2 The following requirements for Plugs and Socket Outlets shall be met:
▪ For outdoor or industrial usage, it shall have a minimum current rating of 13A with IP66 and
shall be individually and manually-switched.
▪ A multi-socket outlet box shall not have more than four (4) socket outlets. Adaptors are strictly
prohibited.
▪ Two-pin plugs without fuses shall be replaced with three-pin plugs with rated fuses.
3.3 The following requirements for Leads and Extension Cords shall be met:
▪ For outdoor or industrial usage, rubber-insulated and sheathed type with heavy duty neoprene
shall be used.
▪ For indoor domestic or commercial usage, PVC or rubber-insulated and sheathed type with
heavy duty PVC shall be used.
▪ The cable size shall be rated no less than the rating of the circuit protection device and shall not
be less than 1.5mm2.
▪ Extension cords shall not be more than 50m long and shall not be used to extend more than one
level above or below the worksite. It shall be protected and kept clear from the floor or ground.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 40

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

▪ Extension cord may serve more than one socket outlet. Mount on common outlet box, “daisy-
chained” from a single extension cord is prohibited.
3.4 The following requirements for Mobile Generators shall be met:
▪ Mobile generator sets shall be diesel-engine driven.
▪ The frame and equipment neutral or star-point shall be connected to earth.
▪ Mobile generator sets shall be provided with over-current and earth-fault protection devices.
▪ Mobile generators shall be mounted on a skid or in a frame.
▪ The means for isolation and protection devices shall be installed at the skid. or at the
switchboard.
▪ When installed at the switchboard, the cables between the generator and the switchboard shall
be mechanically protected and kept as short as possible.
3.5 The following requirements for Electric Welding Machines shall be met:
▪ Only DC type shall be used. AC welding machines should only be used if approved, in writing,
by the contract holder.
▪ A return cable (Figure 1 – circled in red) shall always be connected between the work piece and
the welding machine, with the connection to the work piece being as close as possible to the
point of work. The return cable shall be an integral part of the machine. Steel structures and
pipelines shall not be used as return paths (See figure 1 below).

Figure 1

▪ Diesel-engine driven welding machines including portable generator set shall be earthed and
the auxiliary power supply shall be protected with a 30mA ELCB or RCD and its neutral bonded
to earth.
▪ When using the HF starters of GTAW welding machines in operational areas, care shall be
taken to minimise potential interference with instrumentation and communication equipment. The
precautions are to install as close as possible to the work piece and ensure casing’s earth
terminal is connected to local earth.
▪ Ensure welding machine frequency generator is not operated within 15m of any communication
and/or instrument circuits. If this is not possible, the potential for interference shall be discussed
with operator of the facility and seek approval before starting work. A risk assessment shall be
carried out before starting the work.
WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 41
BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

▪ Always check the welding equipment, especially welding cables and the electrode holder. They
shall be repaired or replaced immediately once damage. Do not use worn, damaged,
undersized or cables with joints.
▪ Welding cable and return cables shall be heat resistant, oil resistant and flame retardant.
▪ For welding cable running through hazardous area, the cables shall be provided with adequate
protection and be adequately supported throughout the length to avoid any accidental damage
to the cable insulation layer and exposing of the inner copper conductor.
▪ Welding machines shall be located in non-hazardous area.
▪ Do not use non-Ex certified cable connectors in hazardous area unless they are covered under
hot work permit. Ex type connectors are suitable for usage in zone 1 or zone 2.
3.6 Earthing and Bonding of Electrical Installations and Steel work
▪ All electrical installations and steel work shall be earthed or bonded to the main 70mm2 earth
grid with minimum earth wire size of equal to the supply cable and up to 70mm2 maximum.
Typical earth wire for steel work is 25 and 70mm2.
▪ Where connection to the main grid is not available, a dedicated 70mm2 earth grid with earth
pits shall be installed with total earth resistance not more than 4 ohms for electrical installation
and not more than 10 ohms for steel work. Precaution shall be taken to ensure the ground is
free from any live cables or process lines when installing earth pits with the control of
excavation permit/certificate.
▪ Earting and bonding shall be completed prior to energising of electrical equipment and 30mA
earth fault protection devices, if installed, shall be tested with earth leakages tester at sockets.
▪ Portable hoses for transferring of hydrocarbon shall be bonded to earth prior work begins to
prevent static built up.
3.7 Temporary Electrical Installations shall be inspected, tested, logged and verified by Responsible
Person Electrical (RPE).
3.8 Electrical hook-up between the work boat/drilling tender and platform shall be carried out in
accordance with the approved electrical installation drawings
3.9 Certified Equipment in Hazardous Areas
▪ Verification of the certified equipment shall be carried out against the Hazardous Area
Certification (HAC) drawings. The asset holder shall rectify any discrepancies.
▪ Non-certified equipment shall be removed from the hazardous area unless it is covered under
the hot work permit procedure. Refer to WMP Permit to Work – Hot Work.
3.10 The following requirements for Overhead Line shall be met:
▪ When work is to be carried out within 6m (horizontal distance) of an overhead line, the
Responsible Person Electrical (RPE) of the Asset (PPA/1) shall be notified to determine whether
the correct process has been followed.
▪ If there is no work or passage under the overhead lines, ground level barriers shall be erected
parallel to the overhead line and placed at least 6m away. The minimum distance of the
ground level barriers from the overhead lines shall be increased to one jib length plus 6m.
Where the work is only at ground level (e.g., pipe-laying), the safe clearance beneath the
overhead lines shall be advised by the RPE.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 42

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

▪ If there is a passage under, but not work under overhead lines, the previous section shall apply
and defined passageways of approximately 10m wide shall be made in the barriers. Each
passageway shall be fenced to define its route. The surface of the passageway shall be level to
minimise bouncing of crane jibs. ‘Goal posts’ constructed from rigid insulating material shall be
erected at each end of the passageway at a height no greater than 3m below the lowest point
of the overhead line. The crossbar height shall be approved by the RPE prior to starting work.
Warning notices stating the crossbar clearance height shall be placed on both goal posts.
▪ Equipment that could reach beyond the safe clearance limit shall not be taken under the line.
Mobile equipment such as cranes and excavators shall be restricted, either by physical restraints
or by barriers.
3.11 The following requirements for inspections and testing of mobile electrical equipment shall be met:
▪ The proof of inspections and testing shall be attached with a tag to the electrical equipment. The
test report shall be maintained for a period of 6 month by the electrical equipment owner.

▪ Electrical equipment owned by BSP shall be inspected by an Authorised Person (Electrical)

(AP[E])1. Tools and equipment owned by business partners shall be inspected and tested by their
own qualified electrical person. Any Third-Party Inspector shall be agreed/approved by BSP
Electrical Technical Authorities (AED/4 or OME/4). Contractors owning the equipment shall
maintain an Inspection Register of all equipment inspected.
1 AuthorisedPerson (Electrical) is a person, authorised by the Senior Electrical Authority (AED/4) to carry out specified
Low Voltage Operations on Electrical Power Systems and Work on Electrical Equipment

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 43

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4 KEY POINTS
4.1 BSP Staff and contractors shall ensure the 10 questions for electrical safety are asked before
conducting work. Refer to Appendix1.
4.2 All permanent or temporary electrical installations within BSP facilities shall be recorded, inspected
and tested by a qualified electrical person prior to first energization. Temporary installations shall be
re-inspected every 6 months or whenever the equipment is relocated. The results of all inspections
and tests shall be recorded and records maintained for the duration of the installation. Inspection
records must be available for review at the installation.
4.3 All electrical installations must be isolated and proven dead before work can commence. Electrical
isolation means disconnection and separation of the electrical equipment from every source of
electrical energy in a secured manner. For all work on LV electrical equipment or circuits, it is
important to ensure the correct point of isolation is identified and appropriate means of isolation is
applied. Supply cannot be inadvertently reinstated while work is in progress. For single circuit
isolation, an MCB shall be used.
4.4 Electrical isolations must be documented in BSP PV system.
This is an integrated system that manages the interactions between work permit and isolation. Refer
to WMP – Isolation for more details. For electrical isolations, the following requirement must be met:
▪ Two points of electrical isolations must be provided prior to any interaction with equipment. Most
commonly this will comprise an isolation at the power distribution board and the local equipment
ON/OFF switch. If two points of electrical isolations cannot be achieved, consult Responsible
Person Electrical (RPE) to determine requirement of a deviation. If RPE indicate a deviation is
required, then this deviation should be managed in PV and routed to the OIM for approval.
▪ Where possible, the power distribution board or circuit breaker isolation shall be physically held
in an unenergized position by using a white electrical isolation padlock with unique key. Where
this is not possible, a circuit isolation fuse must be removed. Isolation identification will be by
application of a tag as per ESR requirements.
▪ Throughout BSP, all switchroom, electrical room, field auxiliary room and battery rooms will be
locked to prevent unauthorize accessed. These rooms may have individual door locks and keys.
Where the door lock is not available, a common silver padlock with a common key will be used
throughout BSP.
▪ Testing shall be performed on the equipment to be worked on once isolations are completed to
ensure energy sources are cut off.
▪ Notice shall be attached at the point of isolation by using a caution tag.
▪ When isolating the main source of energy, it is also essential to isolate any secondary sources
such as standby generators and uninterruptible power supplies (UPS).
▪ Isolation and energization of main, sub man switchgear and distribution board shall only be
carried out under ESR procedure by Authorised Person (Electrical), see Figure 1.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 44

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

5 REFERENCES AND RESOURCES

5.1 Electrical Enactment, 1972, Brunei Darussalam
5.2 Workplace Safety and Health (Construction) Regulations, 2014, Brunei Darussalam
5.3 BSP_02_Standard_1629_Electrical Safety Rules (ESR)

6 IMPLEMENTATION
Managers and Team Leaders shall ensure implementation of this work practice within their areas of
accountability.

7 INTERPRETATION AND UPDATING

Head Electrical Engineering shall ensure interpretation of this procedure.
Work Management Procedure Committee shall ensure updating of this procedure.

8 APPROVAL SIGNATURES
Role Name Publish Date Signature
Owner Head Electrical Engineering (AED/4) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Reviewer Head of HSE & Security (HSE) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Reviewer Lead Electrical Engineer (AED/42) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 45

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 1 - 10 QUESTIONS FOR ELECTRICAL SAFETY

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 46

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

6. Work Management Procedure – Excavation

1 OVERVIEW
Excavation refers to any man-made hole or depression that results from digging and moving the extracted
material elsewhere. This procedure forms the basis of excavation requirements to ensure all excavation
and trenching work in BSP are conducted without harm to personnel, assets, community, environment and
complies with Excavation Safety from the Ministry of Development (Health Safety and Environment
Manual).

This work procedure is applicable to all BSP staff and contractors. The following Life-Saving Rules (LSR)
shall be adhered to.

This procedure does not apply to subsea excavation.

2 REQUIREMENTS
2.1 Apply the hierarchy of controls when preparing for an excavation:
▪ First: Eliminate the need for Excavation by applying Trenchless Technology, such as directional
drilling, water cutting and micro tunneling.
▪ Second: Apply Maximum Allowable Slopes or Benching.
▪ Third: Use Shoring or Trench Shields.

2.2 Prior to any excavation activity, valid work permit shall be in place and geomatic (TSM) drawings
of the area shall be requested from BSP Land Surveyor (TSM/2). The excavation checklist in
Appendix 1 shall be used. The checklist and the TSM drawings must be attached to the work
permit.

2.3 Upon receiving the TSM map, an underground services scan shall be done by the contractor to
identify any existing cable or pipe before the excavation. The scanning shall be wider than the
trench width. CAT scan/Pilot Trenching shall be performed at every subsequent 1.5 metres depth.
For any excavations requiring clearance of vegetation or trees, contact HSE/5 for advice on any
approvals.

2.4 A Job Hazard Analysis (JHA) shall be conducted to identify and control hazards prior to excavation
activity. Refer to WMP – Hazard Recognition. Controls identified in the JHA will be carried through
into work permit as permit controls.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 47

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

2.5 For excavations exceeding > 1.5 meters depth or where the banks are undercut; adequate shoring
by underpinning, sheet piling, bracing or equivalent shall be provided to prevent collapse of the
excavation. Excavation plan shall be approved by the relevant site supervisor prior to application of
Permit to Work. The plan must be attached to the work permit.

2.6 For excavations exceeding > 4 meters depth, excavation plan and procedures shall be approved by
Civil Engineer (AED/21). These excavations shall be considered a confined space. Refer to WMP –
Confined Space Entry.

2.7 AED/21 shall assess the soil condition and provide feedback and input into method statement.

2.8 Mechanical digging is not permitted unless excavation area has been checked by using a locating
tool and pilot trenches have been dug and verified by BSP CAR (Company Authority
Representative). Pilot trenches shall always be dug manually in maximum depth of 1.5 meters,
relative to the adjacent ground level.

2.9 All excavations shall be barricaded, physical barrier such as safety fences, lockable gates or
equivalent shall be in place along with barrier tapes and tags. If a temporary cover is used to cover
an excavation it shall be clearly marked “Open Hole”.

2.10 Ensure safe means of entry and escape in the event of emergency. Access ladders shall be installed
on firm grounds. These ladders shall be located within 25 feet (7.6 meters) of all workers.

2.11 Adequate signboards and solid barriers shall be displayed near to the excavation.

2.12 If ground water is present, the excavation shall be supported by interlocking steel sheeting and a
de-watering unit or pump shall be installed. This shall be included in the excavation plan and work
permit (hotwork). The dewatering checklist in Appendix 2 shall be used.

2.13 When underground water is mixed with hydrocarbon after excavation, appropriate central pit is
required for dewatering to segregate contaminated soil and water prior to disposal method
approved by Environment Advisors (HSE/5).

2.14 Gas test do not need to be conducted for excavation at BSP sites where the excavation depth is less
than 4 meters. Any detection of hydrocarbon, all work shall be suspended and AOT shall be
informed to assess the situation.
WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 48
BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

3 PRECAUTIONS
3.1 The approved excavation plan shall always be followed.

3.2 Trained First Aider shall be available on-site during excavation work.

3.3 Adequate barriers shall be in place, taking into account adverse weather conditions such as strong
wind, heavy rain, etc.

3.4 Stops for lorries and dumpers shall be in place to prevent from falling into the trenches. A flag man
must be available for all unloading of lorries and dumpers.

3.5 No scaffolding material to be used for shoring, only timber or metal prop.

3.6 Sign boards shall be visible on site so that people are aware of the excavation.

3.7 Foot bridges and vehicle bridges shall be in a safe condition, supported and with hand rails in
place.

3.8 Safe access and exit shall be maintained.

3.9 The ground water table shall be indicated in the excavation plan.

3.10 De-watering pump shall not remove fine particles from the soil; it could weaken the structure. If fine
particles pass thru, repair the suction cap by installing finer filter.

3.11 Wedges shall be secured via timber and sheet piling to provide sufficient support during
compaction operation.

3.12 Exhaust from generators, crane, etc shall be positioned at least 15m distance from the trench or
excavation pit.

3.13 The ground next to the trench shall be kept at least 1.5 metres clear of hazards (falling loads and
mobile equipment).

3.14 Pipe materials shall not be stowed next to the excavation or trenches unless a physical barrier is
installed to prevent the materials rolling into the excavation or trench.

3.15 Supervisor shall only allow entry to the trenches after controls are in place to address cave-in
hazards.

3.16 Supervisors shall ensure visibility and lighting are adequate at night or during low visibility
conditions.

3.17 The edges of the excavation shall be clear of soil and debris for a distance equivalent to the
excavation depth and shall be at least 1.5 metres for excavations less than 1.5 metres depth.

3.18 Work shall be suspended if an underground service is damaged. Broken cables and burst pipes
shall be reported to the Asset Holder as soon as possible to obtain isolations and repairs. All
incidents shall be reported in accordance with WMP – Incident reporting, Investigation and Case
Management.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 49

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

3.19 Upon discovery of a suspicious object believed to be an explosive device, e.g. unexploded bomb,
the following action shall be taken immediately:

3.20 Notify Security and Fire Dept. on telephone extensions 2999 and VSL on 2558.

3.21 Evacuate all personnel from the area following the normal evacuation procedure. Set up road
barriers if required. For an object up to 10 metres in length, an area with a radius of 100 metres
from the object shall be evacuated. For larger objects - an area with a radius of 250 metres shall
be cleared.

3.22 Using poles and flutter tape, set up a cordon around the evacuated area, then notify management
of the action taken.

3.23 Prevent access to the cordoned-off area until Security and Fire Dept or the Police arrive.

3.24 If the object is discovered in or near a company installation, all the services in the area shall be
isolated to minimise the effect of possible ruptures to pipelines and vessels. The decision to close in
hydrocarbon facilities shall be made at Asset Unit’s division head level.

3.25 If items of possible cultural heritage or archaeological interest are discovered, contact the BSP
Operations Manager for advice.

4 KEY POINTS
4.1 The checks below shall be followed:

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 50

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4.2 Checklist in Appendix 1 shall be used before commencing the excavation work.
4.3 Checklist in Appendix 2 shall be use if Dewatering unit or pumps are needed.

5 REFERENCES AND RESOURCES

5.1 Brunei Workplace Safety and Health (Construction) Regulations, 2014

5.2 Work Management Procedure Confined Space

5.3 BS 8004:2015 Code of Practice for Foundations

5.4 BS 4074:1982 Specification for Metal Props and Struts

5.5 BS EN 1997-2:2007 Eurocode7: Geotechnical Design – Part 2: Ground Investigations and testing

5.6 BS 6031:2009 Code of Practice for Earthworks

6 IMPLEMENTATION
Managers and Team Leaders shall ensure implementation of this work practice within their areas of
accountability.

7 INTERPRETATION AND UPDATING

HSE and AED/21 shall ensure interpretation of this procedure. Work Management Procedure Committee
shall ensure updating of this procedure.

8 APPROVAL SIGNATURES
Role Name Publish Date Signature
Owner Head Civil Structural Engineering (AED/2) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Reviewer Head of HSE & Security (HSE) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 51

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 1: EXCAVATION CHECKLIST

EXCAVATION CHECKLIST

PROJECT: ________________________________________________________________________
LOCATION:_______________________________________ DATE: _________________________
CONTRACTOR : ___________________________________ PERMIT NO: ___________________

ITEM DESCRIPTION CHECKLIST REMARKS

1 Valid Permit In Order Not in Order
2 U/G service drawing available Yes No
3 Scanning with cable detector Yes No
4 Pilot trenching by hand Yes No
5 Ground condition dry Yes No
6 Available of Banksman during excavation Yes No
7 Dewatering pump provided (checklist) Yes No
8 Spoil clear from excavated area Yes No
9 Shoring/battered on excavation exceed 1.5M deep Yes No
10 Ladder used as access Yes No
11 Barrier when work temporary stopped Yes No
Not
12 Warning lights (open trench, at night) Applicable Applicable
13 Deep excavation (>4m) gas test performed (must) Yes
14 Heavy traffic next to work site Yes No
15 Clear access around excavation Yes No
16 Adjacent ground loading supported Yes No
17 Standby vehicle available Yes No

CHECK BY: _______________ DATE: _______________

Date Re-check
REMARK
Action needed immediate attention:

*Note: This is to be updated if any site foundation change.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 52
BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 2: DEWATERING UNIT CHECKLIST

Project Title :

Site Location : Date Inspected:

Contractor :

Equipment Registration No:

Description Yes No Remarks

Hotwork permit requirement / SPARK
POTENTIAL
Previous equipment checklist carried out
Action taken on previous checklist
Position of equipment placed acceptable
Sufficient nos. of well points installed (head or
pipe at one / both side of trench).
Sufficient supports for suction headers
Sufficient support for discharge header
Condition of header support acceptable
Suction header clamped securely
Discharge header clamped securely
Discharge line properly flushed to drain
Fire extinguisher provided on site
Diesel drum placed on site, properly capped and
located
A standby operator provided (if unit operated
overnight)

Checked by: _____________________________ Date: __________________________

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 53

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

7. Work Management Procedure – Fatigue Risk Management

1 OVERVIEW
Fatigue is the lack of mental alertness, or drowsiness, arising from the lack of sleep. It does not include
effects of physical effort, exposure to heat, or stress.

Fatigue causes accidents. The only solution for fatigue is to have adequate sleep, however it is best not to
get fatigued primarily.

This work procedure is applicable to all BSP staff and contractors.

2 REQUIREMENTS
2.1 Working time shall comply with WMP – Worker Welfare, Section 2.3.4.

2.2 BSP employees in Frontline Barrier Management (FLBM) positions, Technical Authority Level 1 or 2
and HSSE Critical Leaders are required to complete the Fatigue Risk Management (FRM) training
modules as determined by Panaga Health Centre (PHC), IFM/5.

2.3 Brunei Shell Petroleum do not interfere and is not responsible for employee’s activities outside
working hours. The requirements are only applicable within working hours.

3 PRECAUTIONS
3.1 Effects of fatigue
Most people do not realise when they are fatigued.
Psychological state Performance Health
▪ Drowsiness and lack of ▪ Losing the ‘big picture’ ▪ Fatigue may affect our
alertness ▪ Impaired thinking and health. Lifestyle and other
▪ Reduced motivation and reasoning factors are also involved.
energy ▪ Lack of awareness of risk
▪ Change of mood and ▪ Poor communication
emotions
An individual may experience micro sleep or fall asleep due to fatigue.

4 KEY POINTS
4.1 What causes fatigue?
▪ Being awake when our body’s circadian rhythm (sleep/wake cycle) naturally wants to sleep.
▪ The length of time an individual is awake. The longer the awake time, the greater the pressure
and desire for sleep. The desire will completely be removed after gaining sufficient amount of
sleep.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 55

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

▪ The amount and quality of sleep an individual obtained. How much sleep an individual requires
varies and depends on the individual’s requirement.
▪ The absolute minimum amount of sleep most individual need to maintain a safe level of alertness
is about 5 hours every 24 hours and at least 12 hours in every 48 hours. This is only sustainable
for short periods. Over the long term, adequate amount of sleep is required to meet body’s
demand to stay healthy, work safely and productively.

4.2 How to Recognise Signs of Fatigue?

4.2.1 How Fatigued individual look?

▪ THE FACE: eye not fully open (perhaps red); frequent eye-blinks; sometimes eyes closed
for a few seconds; mouth and jaws dropping and poor skin pallor.
▪ BODY POSTURE: slouched; dropping shoulders and arms and nodding head.

4.2.2 What Fatigued individual do?

▪ Yawning; rubbing or stretching eyes; resting head on desk; holding head in hand;
drinking a lot of coffee or high energy drinks; opening a window or turning on music,
especially while driving and washing face.

4.2.3 How Fatigued individual behave?

▪ Quiet; emotional or easily angered; lack of care, attention to detail or concern about
their work; making simple mistakes; taking chances; missing or ignoring risks; not
engaging in conversations and not contributing to meetings.

4.2.4 How Fatigued individual Communicate?

▪ Speaking less often and more abruptly; saying incomplete sentences; more mumbling,
mispronunciations, slurring words, relying on clichés; losing track of what is said;
getting details wrong or forgetting important points; speaking unusually quiet, with
longer pauses; and “flattened” or softened intonation.

4.3 Managing Risk of Fatigue

4.3.1 Managing risks from fatigue is a shared responsibility between employer (BSP or Business
Partners) and each individual employee (BSP employees or Business Partners employees).
4.3.2 Individual Employee’s Responsibility:
▪ Fatigue due to a serious lack of sleep should be self-reported to the supervisor.
▪ Take appropriate steps to maintain alertness while on duty like taking small breaks,
working in teams can help maintain alertness, change to activity that involves interacting
with others and get up from the seat.
▪ Intervene if a co-worker shows sign of fatigue especially when performing a critical or
hazardous activity.
▪ Remain continuously aware of your own level of fatigue when on duty.
▪ Secure adequate sleep during non-working hours.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 56

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4.3.3 Company’s Responsibility:

▪ A self-report of fatigue shall be treated seriously and the individual to be treated fairly.
▪ Ensure that work schedules provide adequate sleep opportunity.
▪ Consider risk from fatigue in planning work.
▪ Develop a culture that supports fatigue reporting and treat reports of fatigue seriously.
▪ Ensure that sleeping arrangements allow quality of sleep.

4.3.4 Some examples of mitigating controls include but are not limited to the following:
▪ Tea or coffee drink – the caffeine in these drinks can be effective in increasing alertness
for a short time. It shall be remembered it takes about 20 minutes to take effect and is
not an alternative to sleep. However, excessive caffeine to be avoided.
▪ Rest Breaks – adequate and regular breaks to rest, eat and rehydrate.
▪ Task Rotation – it can alleviate the risk of fatigue by changing the physical or mental
work demands. Where this is not possible, changing work position standing up /
sitting down, taking a short walk can also be of benefit.
▪ Task reallocation – ask someone else with the same competence to perform the activity.
▪ Increased team cross checking – if the fatigued employee is expected to follow a
detailed procedure, the fatigued employee shall read the steps in the procedure to the
team while performing the task.
▪ Buddy system – do not allow a fatigued employee to work alone. Always ensure the
work is observed and checked by someone who is not fatigued.
▪ Safety critical tasks to be supervised – If employee is fatigue, do not make critical
decisions without consulting others.

4.3.5 Fatigue Risk Management Plan (FRMP)

▪ Where the effects of fatigue and or the nature of the work being performed induces
fatigue causing impairment to a person’s health and/or safety, a team will develop a
fatigue risk management plan (FRMP) to enable appropriate and reasonable
management action to be taken to manage this risk.

4.4 Fatigue and Ramadhan

4.4.1 Prolonged fasting during the day coupled with inadequate sleep during the night can
increase the impact and risks of fatigue.

4.4.2 Fasting tips

▪ Ensure that your Line Manager or Supervisor is informed and employee shall be
monitored.
▪ Plan high demand activities in the morning when you are more alert.
▪ Avoid dehydration.
▪ Drink plenty of fluids throughout the evening and early morning.
▪ Avoid safety critical work when you are fatigued.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 57

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

▪ Avoid driving when fatigued.

▪ Eat well before and after fasting – achieve a balanced diet.

4.4.3 Advice for Line Managers during Ramadan

▪ Monitor your employees for signs of fatigue
▪ Allow Muslim employees to take frequent breaks.
▪ Where possible, avoid allocating Muslim employees to safety critical tasks, particularly
late in the day.

5 REFERENCES AND RESOURCES

5.1 HSSE CF & SP Health Manual: Fatigue Risk Management Manual and Guidance
5.2 Shell Open University (SOU) Module (1) Introduction to Fatigue
5.3 Shell Open University (SOU) Module (2) Fatigue Self-Management
5.4 Shell Open University (SOU) Module (3) Principles of Fatigue Risk Management.
5.5 Fatigue Website: http://sww.shell.com/health/HealthyWorkplace/Fatigue.html
5.6 Sleep Website: http://sww.shell.com/health/ThrivingPeople/SleepWell.html
5.7 Fatigue: Ramadan. Shell Health LFI:
https://eu001sp.shell.com/sites/AAAAA3024/FAT/Promotion%20Material/Fatigue_and
_Ramadan.doc
5.8 Managing fatigue in the workplace: Fatigue Information Sheets:
https://www.iogp.org/bookstore/product-category/health/

6 IMPLEMENTATION
Managers and Team Leaders shall ensure implementation of this work practice within their areas of
accountability.

7 INTERPRETATION AND UPDATING

Chief Medical Officer of PHC (IFM/5) and HSE/4 shall ensure the interpretation of this procedure.
BSP Safety Operations Committee (SOC) shall ensure 3 yearly update of this procedure.

8 APPROVALS SIGNATURES
Role Name Publish Date Signature
Owner Chief Medical Officer (IFM/5) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Reviewer Head Occupational Health (IFM/543) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Reviewer Head of Personal Safety (HSE/4) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 58

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

8. Work Management Procedure – Hand and Power Tools

1 OVERVIEW
This procedure establishes a minimum requirement for safe use of hand and power tools in BSP facilities.
Safety precautions shall be followed to ensure workers are protected against personal injury.

Power Tools Hand Tools

This work procedure is applicable to all BSP staff and contractors. The following Life-Saving Rules (LSR)
and Process Safety Fundamentals (PSF) shall be adhered to.

2 REQUIREMENTS
2.1 Hand tools shall be inspected by the user prior to each use. In addition, supervisors shall regularly
check the condition and ensure the correct use and maintenance of hand tools.

2.2 Personal protective equipment (PPE) suitable for the activity shall be worn when using hand and
power tools. Refer to WMP – Personal Protective Equipment (PPE).

2.3 All electrical and pneumatic powered tools shall be inspected and approved prior to first use by
using the inspection checklist (see Appendix 1).

2.4 Supervisors shall ensure all electrically powered hand tools and portable electrical
equipment are inspected and tested regularly by using the inspection checklist, with
intervals between inspections/tests not exceeding 6 months (See Appendix 1). Proof
of inspections and testing shall be attached with a tag to the equipment tested.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 59

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

2.5 Electrical tools owned by BSP shall be inspected by an Authorized Person - Electrical [AP(E)]. Tools
owned by business partners shall be inspected and tested by their own qualified electrical person or
a qualified third-party inspector agreed by Electrical Engineer (AED/4 or OME/4). Contractor
owned equipment shall maintain an Inspection Register to record all inspected equipment.

2.6 No maintenance on hand and power tools shall be undertaken on a BSP facility without a work
permit being issued.

2.7 Equipment with incorrect tag, without tag and/or not inspected
shall not be used. A “Defective, Do Not Use” tag (see below) shall
be attached to the equipment if the inspection due date has lapsed
or equipment is found unsafe to use.

2.8 The use of hand and power tools at BSP hydrocarbon processing facilities require
a hot work permit with gas test. It is strictly prohibited to use personal gas
monitor to take gas test. Certified gas testing equipment shall be used. Refer to WMP Permit to
Work – Hot Work.

2.9 The use of hand and power tools at non hydrocarbon processing facilities require a work permit or
work procedure to be in place for routine usage (i.e fabrication yard).

3 PRECAUTIONS
3.1 Hand made tools or modified tools and equipment are prohibited in BSP facilities.

3.2 Prior to using hand and power tools on process equipment, confirm and verify that isolations are in
place.

3.3 Hand and power tools shall be used for intended purposes, modifications or misuse tools are
prohibited (i.e no removal of guards on grinders or removal of grounding plug on power cords).

3.4 All grinders shall clearly display the maximum speed. Grinding disks shall display their maximum
speed and it shall be over the maximum machine speed. The use of grinding shall be done with
clear safety glasses underneath a face shield. Grinders shall be fitted with guards.

3.5 Do not place unguarded cutting tools in a drawer or in pockets. Many hand injuries were caused
by rummaging through drawers that contains an assortment of sharp-edged tools.

3.6 No loose-fitting articles of clothing or jewelry shall be worn. Long hair shall be tied or kept in a
hairnet.

3.7 Iron or steel hand tools (eg. hammers & mallets) may cause sparks and hazardous around
flammable substances. Brass tools shall be used.

3.8 Ensure safe and correct body positioning while using hand or powered tools to prevent injuries.

3.9 Sheathed and self-retracting knives can be used if controls are listed on the work permit.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 60

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

3.10 Adjustable wrenches are not permitted at BSP facilities unless listed on the work permit with risk
assessment completed and approved by the work supervisor. BSP Area Operating Technicians and
Maintenance Technicians are permitted to carry and use adjustable wrenches with a maximum jaw
opening size of 35 mm.

3.11 Welding of any type shall be done with clear safety glasses worn underneath a welding face shield.

4 KEY POINTS
4.1 If unsure on how to operate hand tool, power tool, or equipment, do not start work and inform your
supervisor.

4.2 Only powered tools with a constant pressure switch that shuts off power or de-energised when
pressure is released are allowed. Trigger loads are prohibited within BSP facilities.

4.3 Supervisors and team leaders shall ensure staff is competent to operate the tools and equipment.

4.4 Perform a pre-use inspection, ensure power cords and hoses are routed to minimize tripping
hazards and power socket is in good working condition (see Appendix 1).

4.5 Maintain the tools in good working order. Store electric tools in a dry area when not in use.

4.6 Ensure all defective tools are tagged “Defective, Do Not Use” and turned in to the team leader (see
Requirement 2.7).

4.7 Shield/protect other workers from hazards in the work area by maintaining good housekeeping (i.e
keeping all tools organized and properly segregated).

4.8 Ensure use of basic PPE. Use additional PPE if required upon risk assessment. Refer to WMP -
Personal Protection Equipment.

4.9 Tools subject to impact (chisels, drift pins and caulking irons) "mushroom". Keep them “dressed” to
avoid flying fragments. Use “Hands Free” tools where possible to reduce the chance of impact
injury to hands.

4.10 In process areas, the use of pneumatically powered tools is preferred over electrically powered
tools, and in some instances, the use of electrically powered tools is not permitted. For
pneumatically powered tools:
▪ Ensure the air supply is fitted with a pressure regulator and the tool is not operated at a working
pressure greater than the certified pressure.
▪ Only industrial air supplies shall be used, not instrument air supplies.
▪ Only hoses with secure couplings and connections from an approved supplier shall be used.
▪ Hose connections shall be safety-clipped and fitted with safety strops to prevent ‘whiplash’ in the
event of coupling failure.
▪ Ensure the line is blown through to remove dust and grit before a tool is connected.
▪ Ensure the air supply is isolated and depressurized before disconnecting any tool, before
making adjustments and fitting or carrying out maintenance.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 61

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4.11 Power tools and appliances shall be classified in accordance with IEC Standards as follows:
▪ Class I: Tools and appliances with basic insulation and include connection of exposed metal
parts to a protective conductor.
▪ Class II: Tools and appliances that are double insulated or have reinforced insulation, and not
intended to be earthed.
▪ Class III: Tools and appliances that receive supply at Safety Extra Low Voltage (SELV).

4.12 The use of Class II or Class III power tools and appliances are preferred and is mandatory for hand
lamps and hand-held power tools. Fixed power tools and appliances may be Class I if no suitable
Class II or Class III power tools are available. Class I power tools and appliances shall only be used
with a power supply connected via either a 30mA Residual Current Device, or an isolating
transformer. The earth connection to the Class I power tool shall preferably be located externally
and be easily visible for inspection.

4.13 Ensure that the earth connection is in good condition and the appliance lead is not damaged. The
permitted voltage ratings for power tools usage in various locations are shown in
Appendix 2.

5 REFERENCES AND RESOURCES

5.1 Shell and HSSE and SP Control Framework, Electrical Safety Page
5.2 Brunei Local Legislation Workplace Safety and Health (Construction) Regulation, 2014, Part V
Electrical Safety
5.3 Work Management Procedure Permit to Work
5.4 Work Management Procedure Electrical Safety
5.5 Work Management Procedure Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
5.6 Work Management Procedure Hands free

6 IMPLEMENTATION
Managers, Team Leaders and Supervisors shall ensure implementation of this work practice within their
areas of accountability.

7 INTERPRETATION AND UPDATING

The HSE/4 and Maintenance Excellence Lead (OME) shall ensure the interpretation of this procedure.
Work Management Committee shall ensure updating of this procedure.

8 APPROVAL SIGNATURES
Role Name Publish Date Signature
Owner Head of HSE & Security (HSE) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Reviewer Maintenance Excellence Lead (OME) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 62
BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 1- POWER TOOLS INSPECTION CHECKLIST

Power Tools Inspection Checklist

Equipment type: ________________________________
Model/Manufacturer: ________________________________
Serial Number: ________________________________

Visual check external condition for physical damage or deterioration.

Check internal for contamination.
Check the power cord & earthing connections for sign of overheating, loose connection,
physical damage and effectively gripped at both ends.
Check polarity of plug & socket connection.
Check the correct rating / setting of protection device.
Check operation of protection devices including shutoff switch, residual current device and
protection relay.
Test insulation resistance of Class I & Class II equipment.

Supervisor Name:

Signature:

Date:

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 63

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 2 - POWER SUPPLIES AND APPLICATIONS

Note 1: Operational controls shall be in place before the introduction of any electrically operated
equipment in an area where flammable substances may be present.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 64

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

9. Work Management Procedure – Hands-Free

1 OVERVIEW
Working “Hands Free” is to reduce hand and finger-related injuries by eliminating exposure to the
hazards. In addition to the mandatory requirement to wear impact resistant gloves as default personal
protective equipment, the following procedure has been generated to embed “Hands-Free“ operations as
the default approach in BSP.

This work procedure is mandatory to all BSP staff and contractors.

Three principles listed below (Table 1) forms the basis for working “Hands-Free“ and these are designed
to prevent hand and finger injuries. The following principles shall be communicated and adhered to.

THE 3 "HANDS FREE" PRINCIPLES

Shell and Contractors have a "Hands Free"

Principle 1
program in place

"Hands Free" Worksite Hazard Management &

Principle 2
Pre- Job Plan is in place

Verification of "Hands Free" implementation on

Principle 3
site
Table 1 The 3 “Hands Free” Principles

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 65

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

2 REQUIREMENTS
2.1 No Hands On Load
2.1.1 Hands and fingers shall not touch any hoisted load.
2.1.2 A load shall be guided using the appropriate quantity and
types of tag lines and / or push-pull sticks
2.1.3 Always risk assess the hazards and conduct final checks
before work execution or if original scope of work has
changed to identify any danger from line of fire.

2.2 Hands on Handles Only

2.2.1 Always use allocated handles when handling
tools/equipment and doorknobs (or equivalent) when
opening or closing doors.
2.2.2 Handles are to be painted green where practicable. If there
is no handle then one must be provided before touching,
e.g. tag line.

2.3 Permission to Lift (20Kg)

2.3.1 Do not manually lift any object weighing more than 20kg.
2.3.2 All personnel shall risk assess (observe the shape, weight
and volume of the object) and identify any sharp ends and
pinch points prior to manual lifting by hand.
2.3.3 If required to manual lift a load greater than 20kg without
a handle, risk assessment shall be carried out with a
supervisor or colleague before proceeding.
2.3.4 Use proper handling methods during lifting and moving of
load.
2.3.5 Use appropriate trolley or material lifting aids where
possible.

2.4 Hands Off Energy On

2.4.1 Plan your work and identify any key risks that can potentially injured hands and fingers at
each stage of the activity.
2.4.2 Ensure the machinery is electrically isolated and that the machinery is stationary.
2.4.3 Follow the proper work instructions and work procedures.
2.4.4 Identify the right tools are available prior to starting the activity (e.g. fingers savers).

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 66

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

2.5 Safe Cargo Loading

2.5.1 All cargo transported in baskets must be secured.
2.5.2 Containers and or baskets shall be in good condition and
certified for use.
2.5.3 Check before loading and unloading materials to identify
any pinch points.

2.6 Impact Resistant Gloves

2.6.1 Impact Resistance gloves are mandatory and default gloves in
BSP. Refer to WMP – Personal Protective Equipment (PPE).
2.6.2 Alternative gloves may be worn for specific task. Risk
assessment shall be carried out and controls to be captured in
permits or procedures prior to usage. For eg. surgical gloves for
medics, food handling or mess gloves for safe knife handling in
galleys.
2.6.3 Cut proof gloves must be used for all work that involves knifes or cutting devices.

3 PRECAUTIONS
3.1 Ensure appropriate quantity and types of Hands-Free tools or Lifting Aids Equipment are used for
the work.

3.2 Ensure Hands-Free tools or any Lifting Aids Equipment are in good condition. Faulty tools or
Equipment shall be replaced immediately.

3.3 Do not put Hands and Fingers in the line of fire without conducting a proper risk assessment and
identifying controls or mitigations.

3.4 Hands Free tools shall be used for their intended purpose, no modifications or misuse of tools is
permitted (i.e, using push pull stick as a crowbar to heave loads).

3.5 Load comes in different forms, personnel shall conduct self-risk assessment prior to manual lifting.
Be cautious of hand and finger position when lifting or placing down a load.

3.6 The requirement specifies “Permission to Lift 20kg”, however personnel shall identify own capability
when lifting a load and seek assistance if unable to lift.

3.7 Damaged gloves shall be replaced immediately and work shall not continue until replacements are
made.

4 KEY POINTS
4.1 Assess before using hands prior to start of any activity, beware of Line of Fire that could potentially
cause hands and fingers injury.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 67

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4.2 Specific risk assessments shall be carried out during job planning to ensure controls and mitigations
are in place. In particular this must be done for any job that requires the use of hands and must be
documented to state why it cannot be done hands free and what mitigations will be in place.

4.3 Conduct “Hands Free” assessment onsite to determine the need for “Hands Free” equipment.

4.4 Identify “Hands Free” tools (e.g, Push Pull Sticks) and when to use it, in order to handle the load
without touching.

4.5 Ensure Hands Free is considered in every Risk Assessment (JHA, HAZID).

4.6 Conduct verification Health Check for Hands Free practices once implemented.

4.7 Immediately intervene on any unsafe acts or conditions that puts hands and fingers at risk.

4.8 If personnel are uncertain on the method to use hands-free tools, supervisor or Hands-Free focal
point shall be consulted.

4.9 Hand injuries are the most common type of injuries across BSP. Using Hands Free techniques to
reduce injuries is critical. Failure to follow hands free rules and steps described in work procedures
and permits may result in consequence management.

5 REFERENCES AND RESOURCES

5.1 Shell Projects & Technology Wells, ABC GUIDE TO “HANDS FREE” WORKING
5.2 Work Management Procedure – Hands and Power Tools
5.3 Work Management Procedure – Lifting and Hoisting
5.4 Work Management Procedure – Manual Material Handling
5.5 Work Management Procedure – Personal Protective Equipment

6 IMPLEMENTATION
Managers, Team Leaders and supervisors shall ensure implementation of this work practice within their
areas of accountability.

7 INTERPRETATION AND UPDATING

HSSE Manager shall ensure interpretation of this procedure.
BSP Safety Operations Committee (SOC) shall ensure 3 yearly update of this procedure.

8 APPROVAL SIGNATURES
Role Name Publish Date Signature
Owner General Manager Wells (TW) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Reviewer Head of Wells HSE (TWH) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 68

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

10. Work Management Procedure – Handling Asbestos

1 OVERVIEW
Asbestos is a generic name used to describe a group of naturally occurring ‘fibrous silicate minerals’. It
can be found in a variety of construction materials including roof, ceiling tiles, pipe lagging or heat
insulation, etc.

Asbestos is a hazardous material; it poses a health risk if the asbestos fibres become airborne and are
then inhaled. Inhalation of asbestos fibres could lead to a debilitating lung disease and certain forms of
lung cancer. The risk of developing such diseases largely depends on both level and duration of
exposure.

This procedure describes the requirements for safe handling and disposal of Asbestos Containing
Materials (ACM).

This work procedure is applicable to all BSP staff and contractors. The following Life-Saving Rules (LSR)
and Process Safety Fundamentals (PSF) shall be adhered to.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 69

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

2 REQUIREMENTS
2.1 All BSP staff and contractor that are required to handle Asbestos Containing Materials (ACM) shall
complete three (3) days “Safe Removal and handling of ACM” training provided by Panaga Health
Centre (PHC) asbestos subject matter expert or PHC approved ACM training. (Please refer to PHC
team for approved trainings).

2.2 Medical examination (fitness for work including spirometry) every two yearly and medical records
shall be kept and maintained for those handling asbestos.

2.3 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE):

▪ Full body covered disposable coverall either Type 5 (impermeable) or Type 6 (splash resistant)
▪ Half-face tight fitting mask with disposable P3 filter type respirator (P100-NIOSH)
▪ Heavy Duty Rubber Gloves
▪ Rubber Safety boots
▪ Safety helmet with chin strap
▪ Safety Spectacles
▪ Hearing Protection if required
▪ Body harness when working at height

2.4 The site/area containing ACM shall be enclosed on all sides. Floor and all surfaces shall be
covered with heavy-duty 300 µm thick polythene sheeting and all joints sealed with a double-sided
tape and duct tape.

2.5 For any ACM removal activities, a negative air system is to be used where all operations are
carried out in a restricted air containment zone and air flow is “pulled” past all personnel before
being pushed through large asbestos rated pump filter units and clean air discharged outside the
restricted containment zone.

2.6 Preparing Work Area

Before commencing the task, polyethylene sheeting to be placed on the floor and any other surfaces
that may become contaminated with ACM. At a minimum, heavy-duty 300 μm thick polyethylene
sheeting to be used for this purpose.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 70

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

2.7 A warning sign to be posted and a barrier erected at a minimum of 5 metres away from the work
area.

2.8 First Aid Kit, emergency eyewash/shower stations/cleaning chamber and changing room shall be
readily available nearby and functional.

2.9 Air sampling shall be conducted during ACM removal and upon completion of the activities.

2.10 A pre-work check including risk assessments to confirm scope of work, risks associated, expected
exposures with the asbestos work and methods of control.

2.11 Air monitoring to be conducted on personnel during decontamination process. Detection should be
below 1 fibre/mm2.

2.12 Cold work permit and supporting documents (Hazard Identification Plan & Method of Statement)
shall be used for any activity involving asbestos. A hot work permit will be required if the work
involves a potential source of ignition.

2.13 Use an asbestos approved vacuum cleaner fitted with a High Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) Filter
for site cleanup purposes, asbestos dust and waste shall be bagged after use. It should never be
returned for use in an office or residential environment.

2.14 Notify (asset or occupant) in writing at least 14 days prior commencement of any ACM related
works.

2.15 Toolbox talk shall be done prior to start of any activity.

2.16 Intervene for any unsafe act or condition related to asbestos, report to supervisor and raise
PAKAT/Fountain.

3 PRECAUTIONS
3.1 High pressure water, compressed air or broom shall not be used to clean up or remove asbestos
dust from any surface.

3.2 Do not remove the sheeting covers until work areas are inspected, declared asbestos free and
issued an asbestos free certificate by PHC surveyor.

3.3 Always consult supervisor if in doubt.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 71

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4 KEY POINTS
4.1 Handling
4.1.1 Only work on asbestos if absolutely necessary.
4.1.2 Conduct preliminary check to ensure PPE are correctly worn.
4.1.3 Conduct a thorough site inspection to ensure controls are in place.
4.1.4 There shall be no eating, drinking or smoking in the asbestos work area.
4.1.5 Asbestos Containing Materials shall be dampened or wetted before removal to minimize the
generation of airborne dust.
4.1.6 Contaminated clothing and equipment shall be cleaned by wet wipes/vacuum cleaner
inside the Decontamination Unit (DCU). Decontaminated clothing shall be removed for
disposal as asbestos waste.

4.2 Disposal
4.2.1 Any asbestos product or material that has been removed from its original location shall be
treated as asbestos waste.
4.2.2 Asbestos waste should be collected in a two layered (double-bag) heavy-duty 200 μm
(minimum thickness) polythene bags that are no more than 1,200 mm long and 900 mm
wide. After removal, immediately consolidate, seal and store in a designated storage area
with a warning label.

4.2.3 All asbestos waste shall be referred to HSE/5 Environmental Affairs Section for advice and
approval prior to disposal.
4.2.4 Disposal is controlled by the Waste Disposal Form (see Appendix 1) which shall be
completed by the originator for all consignments. HSE/5 Environmental Affairs is the
custodian of Waste Disposal Form.
4.2.5 Vehicles used to transport asbestos waste shall have enclosed compartments, which shall not
be used for transporting people.
4.2.6 All asbestos waste shall be directly disposed to BSP’s approved Waste disposal site at K37
Anduki.
4.2.7 Site shall only be used or activity can only procced after a clearance certificate (see
Appendix 2) is issued by PHC.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 72

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

5 REFERENCES AND RESOURCES

5.1 Shell HSSE & SP Control Framework: Health Hazard Management (2016)
5.2 Shell HSSE & SP Control Framework: Waste (2016)
5.3 Model Code of Practice: How to Safely Remove Asbestos, www.safeworkaustralia.gov.au
5.4 Code of practice for the safe removal of asbestos 2nd edition [NOHSC:2002(2005)]
www.safeworkaustralia.gov.au
5.5 Code of practice for the management and control of asbestos in workplaces [nohsc: 2018 (2005)]
www.safeworkaustralia.gov.au

6 IMPLEMENTATION
Managers and Team Leaders shall ensure implementation of this work practice within their areas of
accountability.

7 INTERPRETATION AND UPDATING

Chief Medical Officer of PHC (IFM/5) shall ensure the interpretation of this procedure.
BSP Safety Operations Committee (SOC) shall ensure 3 yearly update of this procedure.

8 APPROVAL SIGNATURES
Role Name Publish Date Signature
Owner Chief Medical Officer (IFM/5) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Reviewer Head of Contract Services (IFM/3) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Reviewer Hd Environment Public Health Dept 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
(IFM/542)
Reviewer Head Environmental Affairs (HSE/5) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 73

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 1 – ELECTRONIC WASTE DISPOSAL FORM

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 74

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 2: CLEARANCE CERTIFICATE

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 75

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

11. Work Management Procedure – Handling Chemicals

1 OVERVIEW
Chemicals can cause unwanted health effects such as skin irritation, breathing difficulties, injury, etc.
Chemicals may be flammable, poisonous, corrosive and very harmful to both people and the
environment. The purpose of this procedure is to ensure safe handling, use, storage, transportation and
disposal of chemicals used at BSP.
This work procedure is applicable to all BSP staff and contractors. The following Life-Saving Rules (LSR)
and Process Safety Fundamentals (PSF) shall be adhered to.

2 REQUIREMENTS
2.1 All BSP staff and contractors working with chemicals shall have minimum “Basic Chemical
Awareness” training. For more info, contact OPC Product Stewardship Focal Points.

2.2 All chemicals shall undergo the BSP Chemical Approval process and only be ordered and used
after technical, commercial and HSE approval.

2.3 All chemicals shall be supplied with a Safety Data Sheet (validity of 5 years). A copy of the SDS
must be available at the location where chemical is used. This allows personnel using the chemical
easy access to the information.

2.4 Details for Product Stewardship Focal Points, Chemical approval process, Safety Data Sheet (SDS)
can be found in the OPC online homepage below.

http://sp-bspportal.bsp.shell.bn/functions/ad/OPM/OPC/SitePages/OPC_Product_ Stewardship
Focal_Point.aspx

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURESS 77

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

2.5 Working with chemicals shall be covered under permit to work or operating procedure.

2.6 Read Safety Data Sheet and ensure necessary controls are in place following the requirement prior
to handling of chemicals.

2.7 Earthing shall be in place for storage of flammable chemicals.

2.8 Wear Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) specified in Safety Data Sheet.

2.9 The Toolbox Talk shall include identified risks, precautions and personal safety related to the work
activity.

2.10 Cutting of empty drums which contained chemicals, lubricants or hydrocarbon is strictly prohibited.
Consequence management will be applied to personnel failing to comply.

3 PRECAUTIONS
3.1 All chemicals used in well intervention activities are to be risk assessed with operation teams as
part of Permit to Work or Operating Procedure preparation process. Particular attention is required
for highly toxic chemicals such as Hydrofluoric Acid, corrosive chemicals such as Hydrochloric
Acid and flammable chemicals such as Xylene or solvents.

3.2 Ensure First Aid Kit and emergency eyewash/shower stations are readily available and functional
at nearby locations where chemicals are used.

3.3 Always work in the upwind position even when personal protective equipment is used.

3.4 Chemical containers shall have closed lids when they are not in use.

3.5 Ensure chemical containers are not damaged or leaking and that chemicals are stored in
secondary containers such as a spill tray or bund.

3.6 Ensure chemical spills are dealt with promptly in accordance with instructions on the Safety Data
Sheet and inform Emergency Response Team Supervisor in the event of a spill.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURESS 78

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4 KEY POINTS
4.1 Handling

DO DON’T
✓ Ensure that appropriate isolations are in place χ Never work with chemicals if the content is
and permits are approved when removing or not clear, labels are faded or if they do not
adding chemical storage container into the appear to be in the right condition.
operating BSP process. χ Never leave chemical decanting or drain
✓ Minimize exposure to chemicals to ALARP. activities unattended.
✓ Use only chemicals required for the right χ Avoid mixing incompatible chemicals.
process. Do not substitute chemicals. χ Do not eat, drink or smoke while handling
✓ Keep number of persons involved to the chemicals.
minimum. Working alone is not permitted. χ Don’t modify chemical transport and storage
✓ Seek medical attention immediately if irritation containers/drums in any way, and only use
or discomfort is experienced while handling the for original purpose. Modifications such as
chemical. welding, cutting and grinding are prohibited
✓ Remove all contaminated clothing immediately. at all BSP working sites.

4.2 Storage
4.2.1 Ensure that chemical containers are in good condition, capped, stored in a safe, secure
and segregated area in accordance to Safety Data Sheet.
4.2.2 Ensure the storage area is well-ventilated; floors shall be non-combustible, liquid tight and
sheltered from rain and direct sunlight.
4.2.3 Ensure the storage area is clearly identified with warning signs, clear of obstructions,
accessible only to trained and authorized personnel.
4.2.4 Ensure suitable fire extinguishers and spill clean-up equipment is available.
4.2.5 Ensure chemical inventory control is maintained. Document incoming and outgoing
movement of chemicals. It is the responsibility of the site owner to ensure a detailed
inventory is kept of all the chemicals being stored and used at their site. This must include a
list of all the chemical products names, their function, their storage location, the hazards
associated with each product and volumes being stored. Regular stock checks shall be
performed to manage incoming and outgoing chemical movements to ensure the inventory
is updated at all times. It is the responsibility of the site owner to ensure this information is
verified regularly and kept at a location where it can be easily accessed during routine
operations and in the event of an emergency.
4.2.6 Maintain good housekeeping at all times. Refer to WMP – Housekeeping.
4.2.7 Offshore chemical storage areas shall be fitted with secondary containment facilities to
prevent direct discharge into the sea in the event of a spillage.
For onshore facilities the storage tanks shall have bund walls with
sufficient capacity to hold volumes of chemicals stored at the site.
4.2.8 Containment requirements shall take into criteria the
compatibility and flammability of the stored chemicals.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURESS 79

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4.3 Transportation
4.3.1 Driver and helper shall be given copies of the
manifests and Safety Data Sheet and know their
roles and responsibilities with respect to spillage
and first aid response.
4.3.2 All chemicals shall be segregated and properly
secured.
4.3.3 A placard shall be displayed on the vehicles during
transportation as stated in the Safety Data Sheet.

4.4 Disposal
Placecard for vehicle
4.4.1 Disposal of chemicals shall follow WMP – Waste
Management.

5 REFERENCES AND RESOURCES

5.1 Shell HSSE & SP Control Framework Product Stewardship Manual
5.2 Shell HSSE & SP Control Framework Waste Manual
5.3 Work Management Procedure – Personal Protective Equipment
5.4 Work Management Procedure – Housekeeping

6 IMPLEMENTATION
Managers and Team Leaders shall ensure implementation of this work practice within their areas of
accountability.

7 INTERPRETATION AND UPDATING

OPC shall ensure the interpretation of this procedure. Work Management Committee shall ensure 3
yearly update of this procedure.

8 APPROVAL SIGNATURES
Role Name Publish Date Signature
Owner Chief Production Chemist (OPC) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Reviewer Process Chemistry Team Leader (OPC/3) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURESS 80

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

12. Work Management Procedure – Handling Compressed Gas

Cylinders

1 OVERVIEW
Compressed gases are gases that are stored under pressure in cylinders. Compressed gases are
hazardous due to the high pressures and compositions (e.g flammable). The purpose of this procedure
is to ensure safe handling and storage of compressed gases.

This work procedure is applicable to all BSP staff and contractors. The following Life-Saving Rules (LSR)
and Process Safety Fundamentals (PSF) shall be adhered to.

2 REQUIREMENTS
1.1 All activities involving the use of compressed gases shall be carried out by trained personnel.

1.2 All compressed gases shall undergo the BSP chemical approval process and only be ordered after
technical, commercial and HSE approval.

1.3 Obtain Permit to Work and conduct gas test prior to start of any activity involving the use of
compressed gas. Gas tests shall be repeated after every break and results must be recorded in the
work permit. This does not apply to the usage of compressed gas for medical treatment/therapy
and bump test for personal gas monitors.

1.4 It is strictly prohibited to use personal gas monitors to take gas tests. Certified gas test equipment
shall be used.

1.5 For gas mixtures, an analysis certificate indicating percentages of the mixtures shall be available in
a waterproof cover attached to the cylinder.

1.6 Ensure all regulators, valves and fittings are in good condition and compressed gas cylinders are:
▪ Colour coded in accordance with Industrial Gas Cylinder Colour coding (see 4.1).
▪ Valid within 5 years after inspection date (stamping on cylinder shoulder).
▪ Acceptance and returning of cylinders shall be well documented and signed off.
▪ Industrial Gas transportation and storage container must not be modified in any way, only
intended to use for their original purposes. Modifications such as welding, cutting and grinding
are prohibited at all BSP sites.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 81

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

1.7 When compressed gas like Nitrogen is used to apply pressure to operate valves and actuators, the
activity presents additional hazards as the equipment may not be rated to the cylinder pressures.
This may result in serious injuries and even a fatality if not controlled. The following additional
controls shall be applied during these activities.
▪ Activities falling under this category shall be categorised as high risk (RED) permit.
▪ Engineering assessment shall be documented to confirm the pressure required to operate the
equipment.
▪ Certified pressure regulator with relief valve to limit the pressure to levels documented in the
engineering assessment.
▪ Permit Holder (PH) and Area Operating Technician (AOT) to physically verify all the controls
and mitigations in place.
▪ Do not stand in the line of fire, barricade and restrict activities in the affected area where
equipment failure could result in serious injury or fatality.

3 PRECAUTIONS
Under pressure, oxygen and hydrocarbons (oil and grease) can react violently, resulting in
explosions.

DO DON’T
✓ Keep cylinder, cylinder valve, coupling, χ Never use Oxygen gas as a source of
regulator, hose and apparatus free from oil, compressed air.
grease, and other combustibles, flammable or χ Do not set the regulator pressure above the
explosive substances. maximum pressure of the equipment or tool.
✓ Verify the contents of the cylinder from χ Cylinders shall never be used as rollers or
markings and check that attached labels supports, whether full or empty.
correspond to the markings before usage. χ Cylinders shall not be dropped or subjected to
✓ Protect cylinders from falling objects. excessive shock.
✓ As compressed gas cylinders are large, heavy χ Smoking and carrying of other sources of
and awkward to handle, take appropriate ignition is strictly prohibited in the vicinity
steps (Refer to WMP - Manual Material (minimum 5m) from compressed gas storage
Handling) when moving gas cylinders. area.
✓ Ensure that the cylinder valve is shut off and χ Repair or alteration to the cylinder, valve, or
the pressure in the hose/piping is released safety relief device is strictly prohibited.
when the system is not in use. χ Horizontal rolling of cylinders and moving of
✓ Use hoses recommended for the specific gas any cylinder with the valve open is not
and pressure and as per Section 4.7. permitted.
✓ Always “ASK” your supervisor if you are in χ Defective cylinders, regulators, valves, and/or
doubt. hoses shall not be used.
χ Do not use any gas cylinder with missing or
unreadable precautionary labels and
markings or without clear colour codes.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 82

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4 KEY POINTS
4.1 Industrial Gas Cylinder Colour Coding
Colour code is one of the methods to identify the contents of the cylinder. The following colour
codes are applicable for gas cylinders commonly used in BSP facilities.

Acetylene Argon Carbon Hydrogen Helium Nitrogen Oxygen Propane

Dioxide

4.2 Properties of Industrial Gas Cylinder commonly used

See the following table for properties. Precautionary labels shall be available on the cylinders with
hazard symbols and text for individual gas cylinders containing single gas or gas mixtures as
described in the table below.

Chemical Respiratory Weight

Gas Smell Flammability Precautionary Labels
Formula Hazard vs Air

Pungent
Highly
Acetylene C2H2 with hint Asphyxiant Lighter
flammable
of garlic or

Non-
Argon Ar None Asphyxiant Heavier
flammable
or

Carbon Non-
CO2 None Asphyxiant Heavier
Dioxide flammable
or

Highly
Hydrogen H2 None Asphyxiant Lighter
flammable
or

Non-
Helium He None Asphyxiant Lighter
flammable
or

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 83

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

Non-
Nitrogen N2 None Asphyxiant Same
flammable
or

Non-
flammable, or
Oxygen O2 None None Same
but supports and
combustion

Highly
Propane C3H8 Odourised Asphyxiant Heavier
flammable
or

Asphyxiant: A gas which reduces or displaces the normal oxygen concentration in breathing air depriving
the body of oxygen, causing unconsciousness or death.

A typical precautionary label is illustrated below.

Sample - Precautionary Label for Oxygen Cylinder

4.3 Use of Compressed Gases

▪ Compressed gases shall be stored or used in areas with adequate ventilation.
▪ Compressed gases shall not be used for cleaning purposes.
▪ PPE (Fire retardant coverall, Safety Glasses, Gloves, Helmet and Safety Boots) shall be worn
(Refer to Work Management Procedure Personal Protective Equipment)
▪ Working area shall be properly barricaded and clearly marked with Warning and Prohibition
Signs.
▪ Dry chemical fire extinguishers shall be available on site and be easily accessible.
▪ Ensure regulator (including flashback arrestor), fittings and hoses are in good working
condition.
WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 84
BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4.4 Storage of Compressed Gas Cylinder

▪ Compressed gas cylinders shall be stored in a clearly identified, dry, well-ventilated storage
area, protected from direct sunlight or any other potential heat source and shall be kept free of
combustible materials (e.g, wooden pallets, waste paper, etc).
▪ Compressed gas cylinders shall be stored in an area away from personnel exit and egress
routes.
▪ Flammable gas storage shall be clearly marked with warning and prohibition signs.

▪ Stores containing flammable gas cylinders shall be ventilated (>12.5% free wall area), shall
preferably be covered and have at least two exits.
▪ Cylinders shall be stored in upright position and secured, where practicable, by chains or in
racks or quads. Avoid rough handling and excessive shock.
▪ Oxygen and other oxidizing gases shall be stored at least 4 m apart from flammable gases,
separated by a suitable blast wall or kept in separate storage areas. Acetylene cylinders shall
be stored at least 4 m apart from all other gases.
▪ Empty cylinders shall be clearly labelled and segregated.
▪ All surplus or waste compressed gas cylinders shall be returned to the supplier for refill or
disposal.
4.5 Transporting Compressed Gas Cylinders
▪ Compressed gas cylinders shall only be transported in open vehicles or containers, in proper
constructed racks or cages and securely fastened in the vertical position.
▪ Movement of individual cylinders shall normally be by use of Gas Cylinder Trolleys into which
cylinders are firmly secured in the vertical position
▪ All fittings shall be removed and cylinder’s protective valve caps shall be securely fitted.
▪ Racks shall be secured and attached to anchor points during transportation. For sea passage
via vessels, racks shall be placed cross-wise on the cargo deck to prevent cylinders from rolling
during bad weather.
▪ A Safety Data Sheet (SDS) shall be available during delivery of the cylinders.
4.6 Inspection
▪ Pre and post-use checks shall be made to cylinders, hoses, connections, regulators and torches
or burners for damage from cuts, abrasion, burns and general deterioration using a liquid leak
detector (e.g. “snoopbrand”) water bubble test.
▪ Cylinder shall be inspected and Hydro Tested every 5 years.
▪ Records of inspection shall be kept and maintained. A record of inspection shall be attached to
cylinders.
▪ If a gas leak is detected:
- Check the tightness of the cylinder valve gland nut, and the condition of the threaded
connections

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 85

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

- Report the leak to the Worksite Supervisor

▪ If the leak persists:
- Remove the cylinder to a well-ventilated safe area
- Notify the owner/supplier.
4.7 Hoses and Torches
▪ Hoses used to connect a torch to a cylinder shall conform to the colour coding as per the
following table.

Red Acetylene
Blue Oxygen
Black Compressed air, Nitrogen, Argon, CO2
Orange LPG, Natural gas, Methane

▪ Hose lengths shall be kept to a minimum.

▪ Hoses shall be durably marked at least every 1,000 mm with the following information:
- the number of the International Standard, e.g. ISO 3821
- the maximum working pressure in megapascals and between parentheses in bar
- the nominal bore
- the manufacturer's and/or supplier's mark (in the examples given as XYZ)
- the year of manufacture
Example: ISO 3821 - 2 MPa (20 bar) - 10 - XYZ – 08
▪ Where hoses are required to be joined, use proper couplings and dismantle and purge them
once the job is complete.
▪ The hose shall be secured to end fittings by using proprietary clips recommended for the fittings.

▪ Screw tightened crimps (jubilee clips) are not recommended.

▪ To avoid excessive strain being put on the valve and flashback arrestor, hoses shall be tied
with a light, non-abrasive line to a secure point at, or adjacent to the gas cylinders.
4.8 Emergency Evacuation Procedure
▪ In the event of a fire involving the torch assembly or hoses, close the cylinder valves if it is safe
to do so.
▪ In the event of a fire involving a compressed gas cylinder:
- Evacuate the area
- Do not attempt to move the cylinder
- Notify the Emergency Response Team

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 86

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

5 REFERENCES AND RESOURCES

5.1 Work Management Procedure – Permit to Work
5.2 Work Management Procedure – Safety Signs and Colour Codes
5.3 Brunei Workplace Safety & Health Order and Regulations

6 IMPLEMENTATION
Managers and Team Leaders shall ensure implementation of this work practice within their areas of
accountability.

7 INTERPRETATION AND UPDATING

HSSE Manager shall ensure the interpretation of this procedure.
Safety Operations Committee (SOC) shall ensure 3 yearly update of this procedure.

8 APPROVAL SIGNATURES
Role Name Publish Date Signature
Owner Head of HSE & Security (HSE) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Reviewer Production Chemist (OPC) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Reviewer Laboratory Team Leader (OPC/2) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Reviewer Production Chemist (OPC/33) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 87

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

13. Work Management Procedure – Handling Explosives & Arms

1 OVERVIEW
Arm means any lethal barrelled weapon of any description from which any shot, bullet or other missile
can be discharged, or any weapon of designed or adapted for the discharge of any noxious liquid,
gas or other medium dangerous to any individual and adapted to diminish the noise or flash caused
by firing the weapon.

Explosives are dangerous chemical substances capable of being detonated by rapid expand of high
temperature gases releasing tremendous energy with destructive forces.
The uses of explosives in BSP’s operations are in downhole work where
they are used to perforate, cut and plug tubulars and for seismic
operations.
This procedure is to ensure safe handling, transportation and storage of
explosives and arms.
This work procedure is applicable to all BSP staff and contractors. The following Life-Saving Rules (LSR)
and Process Safety Fundamentals (PSF) shall be adhered to.

2 REQUIREMENTS
2.1 Obtain approval from the Commissioner of Police for the purchase, storage, transport and use of
arms and explosives via HSE/1.

2.2 Obtain support letter from HSE/1 for any explosives matters by BSP appointed Contractor to Royal
Brunei Police Force (RBPF), Royal Brunei Technical Services (RBTS) and British Force Brunei (BFB) as
the assurance of explosives handling (importation, disposal and movements).

2.3 Prior to use of explosives on sites (Onshore & Offshore), Contract Holder & Asset Owners shall
ensure that the hot work permit application is supported and endorsed by HSE/1.

2.4 Ensure BSP appointed contractor has a valid contract with BSP.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 89

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

2.5 Emergency Response Plan shall be in place. All BSP and contractors staff involved in the handling
and use of explosives shall have completed the following tasks:
▪ Basic Explosives Awareness Training
▪ ISSEE (Improvise Explosives Sensitive Site Exploitation) Certification
▪ Explosive Material Handler
▪ Explosive Training (Blasting)
▪ Transporting and Handling Explosives

2.6 The Store & Use of explosives permit, must have an approval and endorsement by Royal Brunei
Police Force (RBPF) before hand.

2.7 The Storage of Explosives shall only be conducted by certified handlers. Currently certified handlers
in Brunei are Royal Brunei Armed Forces (RBAF) via Royal Brunei Technical Service (RBTS) and
British Force Brunei (BFB) via BSP HSE/1 Department.

2.8 Fill up BSP Security Form 001 (refer Appendix 1) and submit to HSE/1 to request for Police
escorted explosive transportation on public roads.

2.9 Company Site Representative(s) (see 4.1.5) shall be available onsite at all times.

3 PRECAUTIONS
3.1 Truck loading, transportation and unloading of explosives shall only take place during daylight
and in suitable weather conditions.
3.2 Ensure warning signs and barriers are in place at the explosive storage area and during
operations to increase awareness.

3.3 Ensure all personnel are informed of any potential explosive hazards and necessary mitigations
during the toolbox talk.

3.4 Ensure an explosive log (explosive inventory control) is maintained and kept up to date and shared
with the BSP Responsible Person.

3.5 Handling explosives shall only be done by trained and authorized personnel and only non-spark
hand tools shall be used.

3.6 Avoid impact and rough handling at all times.

3.7 Do not go near explosives that fail to detonate. Notify Company Site Representative and initiate
Emergency Response Plan if required.

3.8 Always consult your supervisor if you are in doubt and intervene for any unsafe act or condition.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 90

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4 KEY POINTS
4.1 Roles and Responsibilities

4.1.1 BSP Managing Director

▪ Obtain approval from the Commissioner of Police for the purchase, storage, transport,
handling and use of explosives.

4.1.2 BSP Responsible Person(s) (HSE/12, HSE/121, HSE/14)

▪ Ensure standards and procedures are followed by users and implement emergency
procedures.
▪ Obtain advice from the user department(s) on the storage and use of explosives.
▪ BSP Responsible Person shall advise on the security measures for explosives operations
within BSP.

4.1.3 Contract Owner(s)

▪ Ensure the contractor(s) comply with HSSE & SP Control Framework, Regulations and
Company requirements.
▪ Jointly responsible (with the contractor Country Manager) for the personnel involved in the
explosive operations.

4.1.4 Contract Holder(s)

▪ Ensure appointed contractor obtains all relevant permits, implement standards and
procedures for the purchase, transportation, storage, use and disposal of explosives.
▪ Ensure appointed contractor to submit Curriculum Vitae (CV) of all involved personnel to
HSE/1 for Security vetting and records keeping.
▪ Conduct quarterly review of explosive inventories and ensure inventories are updated.
▪ Conduct regular sites inspections to ensure protective measures and safe & secure
working practices are adhered to.

4.1.5 Company Site Representative(s)

▪ Shall remain on site at all times and ensure competent engineer is on site.
▪ Responsible for coordination and witnesses the work done to ensure that it is performed in
a safe manner.
▪ Ensure correct operating procedures are followed and safety checks are carried out.
▪ Ensure explosives register is maintained.

4.1.6 Contractor Country Manager or Authorised Representatives

▪ Ensure personnel comply with Laws, Regulations of Country and Company requirements.
▪ Appoint Competent Persons for the handling, storage and use of explosives.
▪ Report monthly explosive consumption and inventories to the contract holder.
WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 91
BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

▪ Give 3-days advance notice/request to Contract holder and HSE/1 prior to transporting
explosive materials. This communication is arranged by the Authorised Representatives.

4.1.7 Competent Person

▪ Appointed personnel should be authorized and identification should be recorded in
Authorities, Contract Holder and HSE/1 profiling.
▪ Possesses a written authorization to certify the personnel has been trained in handling
and use of all explosive materials.
▪ Enforce safety rules and provide written work program before commencement of the
work.
▪ Responsible for technical and HSE competence in handling, transportation and storage of
explosives
▪ Ensure explosives inventories are kept up to date and are reported to Contractor Manager
/ Supervisor.

4.1.8 Asset Holder

▪ Ensure suitable area is available and used for storing explosives.
▪ Work program and operating procedures are available, explained and understood.
▪ Warning signs and barriers are in place and all personnel adhere to barriers.

4.2 Explosives Management

BSP Explosives Management Process Cycles

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 92

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4.3 Purchase of Arms and Explosives

The purchase of arms and explosives by BSP and/or contractors shall follow:
▪ Government regulation under the Law of Brunei Arms and Explosives Act (Chapter 58).
▪ BSP-13.02.10: Procurement of Materials & Standard Operating Procedures (SOP).
▪ For Explosives: MEMI (Ministry of Energy, Manpower and Industry) Note to Industry (NTI) on
Pyrotechnic Importation and Disposal: Recognition of Service Provider (2017/NTI/2 Rev.01).

4.4 Transportation
▪ Transported explosives shall be secured in a special bunker/container with warning signage.
▪ Transportation of explosive shall have MSDS, BSP Security Form 001 (refer Appendix 1), HSE/1
supporting letters, Government approval letter and Hazmat from with UN specification.
▪ Transportation (inclusive of loading and unloading) of explosives shall be escorted by Royal
Brunei Police Force to ensure safe travelling/journey from sea-port/bunker/storage to site (refer
Appendix 2).
▪ Transportation in accordance with ADR / RID / IMDG / IATA / AND codes (refer Appendix 3).
▪ Police Escort Services by Royal Brunei Police Force shall be levied upon BSP appointed
Contractor.
▪ Police Escort should be requested at least 3 working days before actual transport.
▪ Request to HSE/1 for supporting letter timeline:
- From Monday – Thursday, cut-off time is at 02:00pm
- Friday, cut-off time is at 11:30pm
- No Request on the Weekend
▪ Contractor required to have proper documentation prior requesting for Offshore deployment as
follows:
- BSP Request Form Security Form 001
- Explosives Inventory list and;
- Mitigation plan (Risk Assessment, Logistic Plan, Security of the explosives while Offshore)

4.5 Usage
▪ Prior to use of arms & explosives, an evaluated & justified mitigation plan (how the work will be
done and how risks will be managed) needs to be submitted to Authority via HSE/1.

4.6 Storage

▪ All explosives shall be stored away from public (min.100 meter radius) and located in a secured
patrolled area. Warning and Prohibition signs shall be posted outside the storage area.
▪ Explosives shall be stored in a specifically designed field bunker or lockable container with
label, 500mm from all walls and free from any potential drops hazards.
▪ The storage container shall be earthed, cleared of equipment and minimum 5 meters away from
hydrocarbon process.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 93

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

Explosive Identification Explosive Box

Primary locker container with explosive sticker Secondary lockable container

on door

▪ Explosives Register (or Explosives Record Book) shall be kept and maintained by bunker owners
and Contract Holders.
▪ The term ‘storage’ is a potential Security issue especially at Normally Unmanned Installation
(NUI). Respective Authorities (Police, Internal Security Department, National Maritime
Coordination Centre, Energy & Industry Department) shall be informed in advance.
▪ Vessels should be comply with International Maritime Organization (IMO) requirement on
storage for Explosives under International Maritime Dangerous Goods (IMDG) Code Version
12.0 2006 according to their classes.
▪ Storage for Arms and its components:
- Cartridges shall be stored in a lockable Dangerous Goods (DG) Cabinet in its original
packaging with a protective case. The keys to the locks shall be kept by the Warehouse
Officer.

Hilti Gun and DX-Cartridges

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 94

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

- Movement of the cartridges shall only be authorized by either Contractor’s Contracts

Manager or Operations Manager.
- When handling the catridges, do not subject to grinding, shock and friction. Take
precautionary measures against static discharge, open flames
and any other heat sources.
- Fired or partially-fired cartridges shall not be stored together with
new (un-used) cartridges.
- Completely fired cartridges can be disposed as regular trash.
- Should a partially-fired cartridge be disposed, it shall be treated
as hazardous waste due to potential risk of explosion. The best
practice is to completely fire a cartridge prior to disposal.
- Cartridges shall be stored separately from the tool, but will be
kept in the same lockable Dangerous Goods (DG) Cabinet.
Dangerous goods cabinet

4.7 Disposal

The disposal of arms and explosives shall comply with the following:
▪ Government, and International Regulations such as the Law of Brunei Arms and Explosives Act
(Chapter 58), Road Traffic Act (Chapter 68), the International Maritime Organization:
Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG) and (Public Order Act – 28.3(a)).
▪ Pyrotechnic Importation and Disposal: Recognition of Service Provider (2017/NTI/2 Rev.01).
▪ BSP-02-Procedure-1636: Waste Handling Procedure.
▪ American Petroleum Institute Recommend Practice 67 (API RP-67).

4.8 Quality Management

4.8.1 Monthly inspection for site storage locations by Authority with the presence of HSE/12
team, Contract Holder (CH), bunker owner(s) and BSP appointed Contractor.
4.8.2 Inventory Check documents shall be submitted to HSE/1, CH and bunker owner(s) by BSP
appointed Contractor monthly for records keeping and to be shared with Authority.
4.8.3 Quarterly submission on Administrative Controls
▪ Receipt of explosives: who receives, where temporarily located, stock, check,
time/exposure of personnel and explosives competency of driver.
▪ Transport of explosives: what models, suitability of vehicles, routes and emergency
response.
▪ Storage of Arms and Explosives: design of magazine, location of magazine, arms and
explosives competence of keeper, issue from magazine, inspections, emergency
response and legislative requirements.
▪ Manufacture of arms and explosives: types of arms and explosives, cartridges,
approved methods, arms and explosive competence of operators, equipment and
records.
▪ Use of arms and explosives: Arms and explosives competence of operators, technical
data available, misfires, environmental factors and reactive ground.
WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 95
BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

▪ Disposal of explosives: who, how, where and control of site.

▪ Decontamination of explosives equipment: hot work system, where and how.
▪ Assessing Arms and Explosives Suppliers: explosives types, quality and Material Safety
Data Sheets (MSDS).
▪ Blasting Contractors: safety system, competence (explosives) and equipment.

5 REFERENCES AND RESOURCES

5.1 Work Management Procedure - Permit to Work
5.2 Workplace Safety and Health Order 2009
5.3 Law of Brunei Arms and Explosives Act (Chapter 58)
5.4 MEMI (Ministry of Energy, Manpower and Industry) Note to Industry (NTI) on Pyrotechnic
Importation and Disposal: Recognition of Service Provider (2017/NTI/2 Rev.01)
5.5 Road Traffic Act (CAP.68)
5.6 International Maritime Organization: Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG)
5.7 International Air Transport Authority (IATA)
5.8 The International Maritime Dangerous Goods (IMDG) Code
5.9 The International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 (SOLAS)
5.10 Safety Data Sheet: According to the United Nations GHS (Rev. 4, 2011)

6 IMPLEMENTATION
Managers and Team Leaders shall ensure implementation of this work practice within their areas of
accountability.

7 INTERPRETATION AND UPDATING

Head of Emergency Response & Security shall ensure the interpretation of this procedure.
BSP Safety Operations Committee (SOC) shall ensure 3 yearly update of this procedure.

8 APPROVAL SIGNATURES
Role Name Publish Date Signature
Head of Emergency Response & Security
Owner 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
(HSE/1)
Reviewer Security Advisor (HSE/14) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 96

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 1: BSP SECURITY FORM (001)

BRUNEI SHELL PETROLEUM COMPANY SENDIRIAN BERHAD

HSE/1 SECURITY DEPARTMENT
POLICE ESCORT REQUEST FORM

Company Detail:

Company’s Focal Point / Contact Number:

Request Date

Time From To

Purpose:

Type & Amount of Cargos

Remarks:

*Note:
1. Completed forms to be emailed to respective Contract Holders, HSE/12, HSE/121 & HSE/14
2. Forms are to be submitted and reach BSP HSE12 Security Service functional email address at
[email protected] latest 24 hours before requested time.
3. Police Escort availability is upon RBPF jurisdiction

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 97

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 2: POLICE ESCORT REQUEST PROCESS

APPENDIX 3: TRANSPORT INFORMATION

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 98

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

14. Work Management Procedure – Hazard Recognition

1 OVERVIEW
A hazard is any situation, condition, toxic gases or object that has the potential to cause harm to
people, damage to assets, impact on the environment or damage reputation. The purpose of this
procedure is to ensure the right steps are followed to recognize hazards at worksites.

Overarching hazards recognised in all BSP operating assets are documented and managed through
HSE Cases. HSE cases are developed in a five yearly cycle and are submitted to the Brunei Government
Safety Regulator for assessment. If HSE Cases met regulatory requirement, approval to operate is
granted. HSE Cases are available for all personnel to read at all BSP manned operating sites.

The HSE Case is a facility or operation-specific demonstration that the HSE risks from Major Hazards
are managed to As Low as Reasonably Practicable (ALARP) and a description on how the HSE
Management System is applied to manage HSE hazards.

Within the HSE Case several risks and hazards management tools are used, such as Hazards
Identification (HAZID), Hazards Operability (HAZOP), Quantitative Risk Assessment (QRA), Health
Risk Assessment (HRA) and Qualitative Risk Assessment (QLRA). Activity specific tools such as Job
Hazards Analysis (JHA), PAUSE and Worksite Hazards Management are used during day to day
work in facilities.

This work procedure is applicable to all BSP staff and contractors. The following Life-Saving Rules (LSR)
and Process Safety Fundamentals (PSF) shall be adhered to.

HAZARDS Identification Tools

The following tools are used in risk management process to identify hazards and implement controls
to mitigate risks to ALARP.

Tools Definition
Safety (HSE) Case A facility or operation specific document to demonstrate HSE risks
from Major Accident Hazards are managed to ALARP and a
description of how HSE Management System is applied to HSE
hazards.
COSC – Combined A combined operation document between BSP asset and 3rd party
Operations Safety Case such as drilling rigs and work boats to demonstrate Major Accident
Hazards (MAH) are identified and managed.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 99

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

HAZID – Hazard A structured approach to identify and assess hazards associated with
Identification the activity and appropriate controls including recovery measures
shall be applied.
HAZOP - Hazard and A structured and systematic technique for identifying hazards and
Operability Study operating problems through process drawings and/or procedures
reviews.
QRA – Quantitative Risk A mathematic evaluation of the risk imposed by a system design,
Assessment whether the risks are from human, hardware or software failures,
environmental events, or from combinations of such failures/events.
Qualitative Risk A risk matrix is used to guide people through an assessment of the
Assessments (QLRA) likelihood and consequences of a hazard occurring.
HRA – Health Risk A tool for identifying, evaluating, controlling and managing Health
Assessment Risks associated with work to prevent acute and chronic health Effects.
JHA – Job Hazard A structured process used to help workers identify hazards on
Analysis planned activity. It allows the workers to plan how they can safely
perform the work and increase safety awareness of individuals on the
activity.
Any PTW requires JHA to be completed and attached.
PAUSE A simple card-based tool used to consistently and continually
recognize and manage safety hazards during work to eliminate
incidents and injuries.
Worksite Hazards A process that uses techniques to Identify, Assess, Control and
Management (WHM) Recover from Hazards found in the workplace.
ALARP – As Low As To reduce a risk to a level that is as low as reasonably practicable
Reasonably Practicable involves balancing reduction in risk against time, challenges and cost.
This level represents the point, at which time, challenges and cost
become unreasonably disproportionate to risk reduction.
The Hazards and Effects A structured risk analysis involves Hazard identification, Risk
Management Process Assessment, selection of Controls and Recovery Measures,
(HEMP) comparison with tolerability and As Low As Reasonably Practicable
criteria.

2 REQUIREMENTS
2.1 Each worksite has its own unique hazards surrounding its working area. Specific hazards
identification shall be discussed at each BSP worksites.
2.2 The following mandatory hazard identification trainings shall be conducted:
▪ BSP HSE Induction and WHM – for all new staffs and contractors working at BSP offices and
worksites.
▪ Site specific induction – for staffs and contractors prior to first entry to the worksites. Conducted
by Asset Site Induction Focal Points.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 100

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

▪ Supervising for Safety (SFS) – mandatory for worksite supervisors and a pre-requisite for PTW
applicants.
▪ Assist & Assure Supervisory Training – for Wells supervisors only.

2.3 JHA is part of Permit to Work process and controls shall be listed in the work permit. The following
guide shall be used during JHA and permit application.
▪ 10 Questions to avoid Line of Fire Injuries (see Appendix 1).
▪ Line of Fire is the zone within a work area where there is a risk of injury from machinery or
equipment. Supervisor shall ensure the team understand the situation and risks involved in the
activity.
▪ Hazard identification guide (see Appendix 2).
▪ Hierarchy of controls shall be applied (see Figure 1 below).
▪ The most effective way of managing hazards is by utilizing the hierarchy of controls and
removing the hazards from the worksites. However, if not possible, the controls introduced to
mitigate or manage the hazards shall be ‘As Low as Reasonably Practical’ (ALARP). Risk
assessments shall consider the hierarchy of controls; PPE is the last line of defense. If the primary
means of control to hazard exposure is PPE, the risk is most likely Intolerable (high) and
managers should re-assess viability.

Figure 1 Hierarchy of Controls

2.4 PAUSE Process shall be discussed during Tool Box Talk (TBT) (see Section 4.4). Hazards identified
during TBT shall be recorded.

▪ The Hazard Identification Questions & Answers shall be discussed during the TBT (see Appendix
2).
▪ All identified hazards shall be clearly displayed at worksites.
▪ In case of worksite flooded due to adverse weather conditions and is deemed unsafe to continue
work, stop work and re-assess hazards identification.
▪ All BSP staff and contractors shall stop the work activity and communicate with supervisor or
team leader when they feel that the work cannot be performed safely.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 101

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

PAUSE

YES
Any CHANGE in
condition or task? Re- Identify:
People 1. Hazards
Activities Nearby 2. Mitigations
Unexpected Events 3. Controls
Scope
Exposures
Figure 2 PAUSE process

2.5 Risk Assessment Matrix (RAM)

2.5.1 It is a tool to assess the risks associated with the activity. The RAM is a 6 by 5 matrix that is
used for qualitative assessments of risk and where considered appropriate, for prioritisation
of activities and resources. It is based on the concept of applying experience of events or
incidents in the past to predict risk in the future.
▪ The vertical axis represents increasing Consequences (Severity levels 0 to 5) in terms of
harm to people, damage to assets, effect on the environment and impact on community.
▪ The horizontal axis represents increasing Likelihood (levels A to E) of the Consequence
under consideration.
▪ Boxes in the matrix represent levels of Risk, increasing from top left to bottom right corners
of the matrix.
▪ The matrix is divided into light blue, blue, yellow and red areas to illustrate the increasing
level of Risk.
▪ The meaning of light blue, blue, yellow and red is described in the sections on the specific
applications of the RAM (Figure 3).
▪ The Consequence severities (0-5) scales for each People, Asset, Environment &
Community categories are not to be inferred as equal. In particular, they are not to be
used to infer the value of a life.

2.5.2 Use of the RAM

The starting point for a RAM

assessment is an
understanding of the hazard
in its context (activity, location
etc.), or an understanding of
the particular incident being
considered. An assessment
consists of the following steps:
▪ Step 1 - Identify potential
Consequences

Figure 3 Risk Assessment Matrix

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 102

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

▪ Step 2 - Estimate the Severity of each potential Consequence

▪ Step 3 - Estimate the Likelihood
▪ Step 4 - Estimate the Risk rating

2.6 Worksite Hazard Management (WHM) at Specific Worksite

2.6.1 Each worksite has its own unique hazards surrounding its working area. Specific Hazards
identification shall be discussed at each BSP worksites (after completion of JHA/HIP, where
applicable)

2.6.2 The company supervisors (BSP), BSP HSE focal points, contract supervisors and contract HSE
officers, shall ensure all workers attend Tool Box Talk prior to executing any activity and it
shall cover:
▪ Hazard identification specific to the tasks and worksite (see Appendix 2)
▪ PTW
▪ OJT

3 PRECAUTIONS
3.1 In the course of activity, all workers shall avoid putting themselves and/or co-workers into the “Line
of Fire” situations. The Line of Fire is the zone within a work area where there is a risk of (serious)
injury from machinery or equipment. Supervisors shall ensure all BSP staff and contractors
understand the “Line of Fire” situations and risks involved in the activity (see Appendix 1).

3.2 The most effective way of managing hazards is by removing hazards from the worksites. However,
if it is not possible, the controls introduced to mitigate or manage the hazards shall be ‘As Low as
Reasonably Practical (ALARP)’. This assessment shall be performed by a competent and experience
person.

4 KEY POINTS
4.1 PTW shall be submitted before execution of work. JHA should be part of the PTW process and
controls shall be listed in the permit. JHA to be conducted prior to permit application.
4.2 Supervisors & HSE officers shall participate in JHA discussion. This session normally takes place in
meeting rooms, classrooms or in the workshops. Visits to the worksites may be required to
familiarize with the surroundings and identify hazards specific to the task prior to start of activity.
The discussion shall include:
▪ Scope and location of work
▪ Hazards identification, mitigation and controls
▪ Trainings required to perform task
4.3 Permit requestor shall submit the JHA to Permit Issue Point (PIP) for review, agreed controls shall be
inputted in Permit Vision (PV).

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 103

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4.4 Tool Box Talk (TBT)

4.4.1 On daily basis, before commencing any work activities, supervisors shall conduct Tool Box
Talk.

4.4.2 For activities which only involve BSP staff, the TBT shall be conducted by the company
supervisors & HSE Focal Points.

4.4.3 All workers shall attend this TBT. Supervisor shall lead the toolbox meeting.

4.4.4 TBT shall cover the following topics:

▪ All tasks to be undertaken
▪ Questions/answers session on hazards identification, mitigation and controls
▪ Permit to Work (PTW)
▪ PAUSE Process (see 2.4)

4.4.5 Hazards Identification during the TBT shall be recorded and documented in the permit.

4.4.6 Any change to the original work scope or work team shall requires a new Toolbox talk.

5 REFERENCES AND RESOURCES

5.1 Work Management Procedure - Permit to Work
5.2 Brunei Darussalam Workplace Safety and Health Order, 2009

6 IMPLEMENTATION
Managers and Team Leaders shall ensure implementation of this work practice within their areas of
accountability.

7 INTERPRETATION AND UPDATING

Head of HSE Personal Safety shall ensure the interpretation of this procedure. BSP Safety Operations
Committee (SOC) shall ensure 3 yearly update of this procedure.

8 APPROVAL SIGNATURES

Role Name Publish Date Signature

Owner Head of Personal Safety (HSE/4) 1st Nov. 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Reviewer Ops. Safety Team lead (HSE/41) 1st Nov. 2019 Retained on sign-off form

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 104

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 1 – 10 QUESTIONS (LINE OF FIRE)

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 105

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 2 – HAZARD IDENTIFICATION

Motion
What is moving? Could anything begin to move?
Will people be moving on site? Vehicles?
Could someone be trapped or crushed?
Where are the pinch points?
Electricity
Where are the electricity sources? Are there any hidden?
How could you contact them? Is isolation confirmed?
Is static build-up possible? Are there any overhead power lines?
Thermal
Does your work generate heat or cold?
Where are the hot/cold surfaces or products in your work area?
How could hot or cold environment affect your team?
Height
Who is working above you? Who is working below you?
Are these objects above you that could fall?
Are you using correct fall protection?
Does the work involve climbing?
Fire & Explosion
Where are the nearby flammable materials?
Where are the ignition sources?
Are you sure that any hydrocarbons are properly isolated?

People
Can all participants explain their role and responsibilities?
Are communication channels clearly understood?
Are there any personal problems within team?
Does team have appropriate competencies?

Pressure
Where are the pressure sources?
What could cause pressure to be released?
Have you checked process isolations?
Could your work create pressure?
Toxics
What is the toxicity of the chemicals around you?
Can the work you do change the air around you?
Could your worksite be considered a confined space?

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 106

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

15. Work Management Procedure – Housekeeping

1 OVERVIEW
Housekeeping is a practical method of creating a safer workplace and reducing incidents by keeping
the work area free of obstruction and waste. Good housekeeping reflects the level of professionalism
and standards of its staff and it prevents accidents at work.
Good housekeeping practices begin in the office and this behaviour shall extend to the way worksites
are managed.

This work procedure is applicable to all BSP staff and contractors. The following Life-Saving Rules (LSR)
shall be adhered to.

2 REQUIREMENTS
2.1 All BSP staff and all contractors are responsible for good housekeeping. Everyone shall keep their
work areas clean and tidy. A job is only considered complete after your work area is clean.
2.2 Team leaders and supervisors shall ensure all team members understand their responsibility to
maintain their work areas in a clean and orderly manner.
2.3 Housekeeping activities in process areas shall be done under a work permit. Typically, the permit
for the associated job covers housekeeping.

3 PRECAUTIONS
3.1 Team leaders and supervisors shall ensure that a worksite is kept clean and free from materials or
equipment that pose a hazard e.g. slips or trips.
3.2 Team leaders and supervisors are responsible to encourage team members to pro-actively intervene
whenever good housekeeping practice is not demonstrated.

4 KEY POINTS
4.1 As part of site handover, housekeeping must be completed to avoid risks for the incoming work
teams; this includes including onshore locations and unmanned platforms.
4.2 Keep all walkways, access routes, fire exits and access to fire and emergency equipment clear from
obstructions. Clearly mark walkways to distinguish them from non-pedestrian areas.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 107

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4.3 Clean up after every job at every location is mandatory. Ensure all equipment and materials are
placed to avoid falling. Equipment shall be arranged securely and correctly. Lay down areas shall
be kept in order and clean.

4.4 Machinery motors and exhausts shall be unobstructed.

4.5 Segregate hazardous and non-hazardous waste. Do not mix hydrocarbon/chemical-contaminated
waste with general/industrial waste. Recyclable materials (paper, aluminum cans and plastic) shall
be segregated from non-recyclable waste. Refer to waste handling procedure for category of waste
and their disposal method.
4.6 Workshops shall be kept tidy, clean, and dry. Flammable materials shall be stored within
designated areas.
4.7 Camp and catering areas shall be cleaned and disinfected every day. Food, especially perishables,
shall be stored in refrigerators. Food shall be checked against expiry dates and shall be removed
upon expiry. Ensure refrigerators are clean.
4.8 Ensure hand tools are inspected and maintained regularly. Put away tools when not in use in
designated areas. Do not leave power tools switched on when disconnected from power source.
Stacking power tools into buckets or tool boxes will have high risk of finger injuries.
4.9 Ensure power cables to lights, air hoses and portable tools do not create a hazard. Keep lights and
cables away from flammable goods.
4.10 Ensure cables, power lines, pipes and hoses are not allowed to trail across walkways or work
areas. Check insulation, switches, fuse boxes and live equipment for possible hazards.
4.11 Ensure firefighting equipment, shutdown and alarm systems are fully operational and accessible in
areas containing power supplies.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 108

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4.12 Empty cartons, wrappings and other flammable waste shall be removed. Ensure boxes, sacks,
barrels or other objects are correctly arranged and secured where necessary.
4.13 All materials stored in an indoor storage shall be stored and handled according to their fire
characteristics.
4.14 Ensure office space is neat and tidy. Cables of office machines shall be stowed away from
walkways and securely taped to minimize trips and fall.
4.15 Permit holder shall ensure worksite is tidy after work completion and verified by AOT prior to
permit close out.
4.16 Ensure site preparations are completed by site owner prior to commencing combined operations.

5 REFERENCES AND RESOURCES

5.1 BSP Work Management Procedure - Hazard Recognition
5.2 BSP Work Management Procedure - Handling Compressed Gasses
5.3 BSP Work Management Procedure - Waste Management

6 IMPLEMENTATION
Managers and Team Leaders shall ensure implementation of this work practice within their areas of
accountability.

7 INTERPRETATION AND UPDATING

Head of HSE Personal Safety shall ensure the interpretation of this procedure.
BSP Safety Operations Committee (SOC) shall ensure 3 yearly update of this procedure.

8 APPROVAL SIGNATURES
Role Name Publish Date Signature
Owner Head of Personal Safety (HSE/4) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Reviewer Ops. Safety Team Lead (HSE/41) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 109

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

16. Work Management Procedure – Hydrogen Sulphide (H2S)

1 OVERVIEW
Hydrogen Sulphide (H2S) gas is an extremely hazardous and toxic flammable gas. It is colourless and
has an odour similar to rotten eggs at low concentrations. It is 20% heavier than air and may accumulate
in low-lying areas. H2S poses severe hazard in poorly ventilated conditions as static layer builds from the
floor upwards.

H2S may be present in reservoir fluids and hydrocarbon process systems, particularly when reservoirs are
sour or when they begin to mature and water out. In the production stream H2S is released into the
associated gas phase and may be released to atmosphere through vents, drains, when opening/purging
of equipment or leaks. H2S may also be present in areas where Sulphur Reducing Bacteria (SRB) activity
takes place, such as sewers. The presence of H2S should be considered as likely but not normal and
precautions such as gas test should be carried out.

This work procedure is applicable to all BSP staff and contractors. The following Life-Saving Rules (LSR)
and Process Safety Fundamentals (PSF) shall be adhered to.

1.1 Inhalation of H2S at high concentrations may stop breathing and uptake of oxygen, causing
suffocation. The ill health effects at increasing concentrations are shown in Table 1:

OEL (ppm in air) Health effects

0.01 – 0.3 ppm Odour (rotten eggs) detectable by most people at anytime
10-50 ppm Irritation to eyes, nose and throat
100 ppm Olfactory Paralysis (loose sense of smell). 100 ppm is the Immediately
Dangerous to Life and Health (IDLH) level
200 ppm Pulmonary oedema (lungs fill with fluid, difficulty to breath)
>500 ppm Unconsciousness followed by death if not quickly rescued
>1000 ppm Breathing stops within one or two breaths, death within 3 minutes
Table 1 H2S Health Effects

Additional hazard caused by systems with H2S is the production of pyrophoric material (also known as
Iron sulphide or black sludge deposit) which ignite spontaneously when exposed to air. It is therefore
important to consider this hazard when opening equipment and dealing with pyrophoric sludges and
scales. Also, during fire, the combustion of gas containing H2S will produce sulphur dioxide, which cause
irritation and is highly toxic.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 111

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

1.2 To prevent exposure of personnel to dangerous limits, BSP hydrocarbon facilities categorise the
area based on H2S concentration shown in Table 2 below.
▪ H2S concentrations termed in this procedure are in ppm-mole in gas phase unless otherwise
stated (for gas phase, ppm-mole is equal to ppm-volume).
▪ For facilities handling stabilized liquid, such as SCOT and SAINTS, the H2S area categories
criteria is based on mg/L and is to be covered in a separate asset specific Standing Instruction.
▪ H2S area can be a sub-area of a larger facility e.g. in BSR, NGCP, offshore complexes, well
pads. Category 2 or 3 sub-areas shall be demarcated at unit boundary with H2S warning
signs and chain, painted line or fence to designate restricted area. For smaller facilities, such
as wellhead platform or drilling platform, the whole platform is to be given one category and
warning signs are displayed at entry points (e.g. boat landing and helideck).

H2S in Category Personal Access Control Escape Set BA Activities

stream Gas (H2S specific) (H2S specific)
(ppm-mole) Monitor
Below 50 1 Yes None H2S specific If specified in • If specified in PTW
ppm PTW

50 – 500 2 Yes Access Control • Breaking containment

ppm + Avon NH15 • Confined space entry
Buddy Escape • Sampling
+ Respirator • Known leak
Radio
>500 ppm 3 Yes Access Control • Breaking containment
+ Avon NH15 • Confined space entry
Buddy Escape • Sampling
+ Respirator • Known leak
Half hourly radio
contact with CCR
Table 2 Area H2S Categorisation and Controls

1.3 Classification of H2S Area Category may change under the following circumstances:
▪ Latest sampling confirms a change in H2S concentration that warrants re-categorisation (see
1.4 & 1.5).
▪ During non-steady state operation (such as sour well start-up, well abandonment) where sour
fluid may be vented, drained or there are known leaks, Category 2 will be treated as Category
3.
▪ Where sour well at the location is plugged and abandoned, or isolated with 2 effective
barriers, the facility may be downgraded to Category 1 provided there are no other H2S
sources other than the abandoned/isolated wells.

1.4 The Production Chemist (OPC) shall carry out the sampling/analysis as requested by the Operations
Manager/Cluster Lead/ Production Lead and maintain the H2S database. The results of H2S
measurements shall be assured by OPC, reviewed by the Cluster Lead relative to the current facility
categorisation and approved by the Operations Manager. Samples which are outside of the current
facility categorization shall raise an MOC for the Facility Categorisation Transition.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 112

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

1.5 When a H2S measurement is above the current facility categorisation level, notice must be provided
to the BSP Asset Manager & AMS WRFM process owner within 24 hours. The process owner will
then involve experienced subsurface and process engineers to assess the situation. Changes to H2S
categorisation shall only be implemented after the process owner has approved the facility
categorisation change.

2 REQUIREMENTS
2.1 All BSP staff and contractor working in H2S area shall complete training listed in Table 3 below.

Training Audience Validity

BSP H2S Awareness All BSP staff and contractor 3 years
working in Category 2/3 Training run by Asset/ Function or
locations specialist H2S contractor
Breathing Apparatus BA users for carrying out 3 years
Wearer/ Confined activities requiring BA as per Training run by BSP recognised training
Space Entry (SCBA/CFE) Table 2 centres
Emergency Response Emergency Responders 3 years
Team Member (ERTM) Training run by BSP recognised training
centres
Table 3 Mandatory H2S Training

2.1.1 Training records (H2S Awareness, SCBA/CFE, ERTM) must

always be available for review. H2S Training Card must be
carried by each personnel at the work site.
2.1.2 Training will be provided to trainers to allow them to
conduct onsite H2S Awareness training. Trainers will
require to refresh their knowledge and selected training
sessions may be observed by HSE/6 team to ensure
standards are maintained.
2.1.3 Wells may consider selected contractor with alternative internationally recognised
certifications (i.e completed OPITO and Emergency Response Training).
2.1.4 BSP H2S Awareness training is not required for work in a CAT 1 area unless it is specified
in the work permit as a control.

2.2 Access Control

2.2.1 Personnel planning to access BSP hydrocarbon facilities shall go through the normal IAP
process. Activity owners and PIP shall:
▪ Inform personnel on the H2S Area Category and emergency response requirement;
▪ Check validity of the training required for each personnel (see Table 3);
▪ Specify H2S requirements for the location including PPE, radio, etc.

2.2.2 At all entry points, personnel shall observe the H2S Area Category
specified. In large facilities, personnel shall observe Category 2 and
Category 3 sub-areas which are demarcated by e.g. painted line,
perimeter chains or fenced and with warning signs at entry points. The
type of demarcation shall be explained in the site HSE induction.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 113

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

Category 3 entrance should also display 30 minutes radio contact with CRO requirement.
Permit Issue Point (PIP) manages access control to Category 3 and inform CRO of the
category access.

2.3 Personal Gas Monitor

2.3.1 Personal gas monitor must be multi-gas type (LEL, O2, CO, H2S) and the
following shall be applied.
Category 1:
▪ All BSP employees must use personal gas monitors.
▪ Contractors at a ratio of 1 monitor per personnel where these personnel work outside a
distance of 30m from each other.
▪ Contractors at a ratio of 1 monitor per 5 personnel where these personnel work within a
distance of 30m from each other.

Category 2 & 3:
▪ All BSP staff and contractor shall carry personal gas monitor.

2.3.2 Personal gas monitor H2S alarm is set at 10 ppm to alert personnel on H2S exposure and
mitigation to be taken. Gas monitor is to be worn/clipped in the coverall top pocket and
shall not be obstructed. For ladies, tudung/head-scarf shall be tucked in.

2.3.3 Prior to accepting the personal gas monitor, each person shall:
▪ Confirm the gas monitor includes H2S gas detection.
▪ Verify the in-service validity date and calibration are not overdue.
▪ Ensure battery level is healthy.
▪ Carry out bump-test daily prior to use and calibrate every 6 months.

2.4 Respiratory Protective Equipment (RPE)

2.4.1 Avon NH15 escape respirator is stored in sturdy case and enclosed in a vacuum tight
package. The packaging shall not be opened unless under H2S emergency situation. Any
opened or exposed unit shall be returned. Avon NH15 has a shelf life of 5 years and is a
once-off usage, prior to accepting the unit, personnel shall check the disposal-by date to
ensure its validity.

2.4.2 The Avon NH15 shall be carried at waist or at thigh. Care must be taken by the user not to
damage the unit. If suspected damage, it shall be returned and reported to the PIP.

2.4.3 Avon NH15 is suitable for persons with facial hair and for those wearing glasses.

2.4.4 Personnel shall check the suitable Avon NH15 size (XS 12”-13”, Regular 13”-18” or Large
18”-22”) by measuring their neck circumference. This is recorded in the H2S training card.

2.4.5 Rubber seal between neckline and skin shall not be obstructed.
▪ Hair shall be tied up and clear from neckline. Ensure there are no hair pins or sharp
objects that could tear the hood.
WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 114
BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

▪ For ladies wearing tudung / balaclava, user may choose to keep the fire-retardant
tudung or balaclava on; or remove the fire-retardant tudung, leaving an inner head scarf
(the inner head scarf shall be 100% cotton material) while donning the Avon NH15. This
option may be more comfortable and easier.
▪ Any excess fabric shall be folded up into the hood. User requires to do trial fitting and
donning during the BSP H2S Awareness course.
▪ As per advised by BSP IFM Religious Counsellor, in the event of an emergency such as
gas release, it is permissible or considered “dharurat” to remove any head coverage
before donning the escape set if necessary.

2.4.6 SCBA shall be used at all times for any task requiring SCBA until the work area has been gas
tested and declared safe to proceed without SCBA.

2.4.7 SCBA users must verify bottle pressure gauge is healthy (green) and SCBA equipment
certificate is still valid.

2.4.8 As SCBA requires tight seal between the face and mask,
▪ Wearers must observe the clean-shaven policy;
▪ Face-mask rubber seal shall not be obstructed with fabric such as balaclava;
▪ Wearers must check the size of the face mask. Incorrect mask size could lead to
contaminated air entering the breathing space.

2.4.9 SCBA for emergency response and rescue shall not be used for operational purposes. It has
a minimum of 30 mins air supply and shall be kept readily available. Requirement for clean-
shaven and mask-size checks applies.

2.4.10 Escape RPE i.e. Avon NH15, ESCBA shall not be used for emergency response and rescue
purpose. They are solely to be used for escape.
2.5 Personnel visiting Category 2 or Category 3 area shall be provided with radio/walkie talkie.
Personnel visiting Category 3 location shall maintain half hourly radio contact with Control Room
Operator (CRO). Minimum of 1 radio/ walkie talkie per group is required to maintain
communication.
2.6 Job Planning, Hazard Identification and Assessment

2.6.1 The following shall be reviewed during Job Hazard Analysis (JHA) and Permit to Work
application:
▪ The potential sources of H2S under planned and unplanned conditions including
pyrophoric iron.
▪ Events that might release H2S into the work area.
▪ Maximum concentration of H2S in the process stream(s) and the maximum potential
release in the event of accidental or anticipated releases.
▪ Discuss system integrity, reliability, and safeguards, including gas monitoring and alarm
systems.
▪ Any equipment removed from sour service shall be thoroughly purged/flushed to ensure
no remnants of H2S is introduced during transport or in the workshop.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 115

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

2.6.2 During Toolbox Talks, the discussion shall include the following:
▪ Any potential exposure to H2S during the activity (e.g. confined space).
▪ Warning signs and/or barricades at each point of access; hazards signs in work area.
▪ H2S gas monitors, alarm and Respiratory Protection Equipment requirements.
▪ Emergency response in the event of H2S release (escape routes, windsocks, wind
directions, muster points, person in charge, communication and rescue).
▪ Maintaining communication and buddy checks (for Category 3).
▪ Areas with limited access/way out hindering escape.

2.6.3 Venting and draining shall be carefully planned taking into account closed versus open
systems, if SCBA is required, it shall be stated in the PTW or supporting Job Hazard
Assessment (JHA). The job should not proceed if hazards have not been fully assessed or
understood. In areas where venting, draining and breaking of containment is happening,
warning signs shall be provided, and access shall be restricted to alert others on H2S
activity.

2.6.4 Venting the system during the purging activity must be done from various vent points in the
system to ensure all sections of the system have been sufficiently purged.

2.6.5 When draining sour stream, check and ensure there is no connection to other equipment or
drain system which could lead to H2S to migrating into safe areas.

2.6.6 Where pyrophoric iron might be present, dampening with water will prevent pyrophoric
reaction and allow safe removal of the pyrophoric debris. In some applications where the
use of water may not be permissible, e.g. due to corrosion risk, controlled oxidation could
be applied to deactivate the pyrophoric iron by first purging with nitrogen followed by a
mixture of 5% oxygen in nitrogen. Nitrogen exposure can lead to asphyxiation and shall be
addressed. Controls to the hazard shall be included in PTW.

2.6.7 During storage and transportation, pyrophoric debris should remain submerged in water in
a watertight metal container. The container should be clearly identified and must never be
transported together with other flammable materials. Where possible, equipment
contaminated with pyrophoric iron such as filter elements should be packed in plastic bags
to keep oxygen away and preferably kept wet.
2.7 Buddy system

2.7.1 The nominated “buddy” takes no active part in the hazardous activity but carries out the
role of observer/safety watch to the work party carrying out the hazardous activity. In an
event of an emergency or “man down”, he/she alerts the control room initiating the
emergency response process. The “Buddy” must be on standby with a SCBA ready to be
donned.

2.7.2 One buddy should be assigned the duties covering a maximum of 5 workers. The “Buddy”
shall be positioned in a strategic position where all workers allocated to him can be seen at
all times. If more than 5 workers are assigned to an area, then a second “Buddy” must be
assigned.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 116

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

2.7.3 The Permit Holder in ‘Permit Vision’ or Person In Charge (PIC) shall ensure the nominated
‘Buddy or Buddies’ are aware of their duties and are competent to undertake the role.

2.8 Job completion / Demobilisation from Site:

▪ The asset/site/location entry register shall be checked out and signed off.
▪ Permit to Work closed out and work status updated.
▪ Relevant PPE (Escape Respirator, SCBA and personal gas monitor) returned to PIP.
▪ If coverall and PPE were exposed to H2S, it should be washed or safely disposed.
2.9 Emergency Response

2.9.1 Refer to Table 4 for possible scenarios on Category 2 and Category 3 locations:
Scenario Response
1 No gas alarm, ➢ INFORM supervisor
Smell of rotten egg ➢ Supervisor alerts CCR or PIP for next course of action
2 Gas Alarm from own ➢ STOP work
personal gas monitor or ➢ DON escape set immediately
H2S gas detector ➢ ALERT others
➢ OBSERVE wind direction (windsock)
➢ ESCAPE and MUSTER crosswind or upwind to designated
station/safe refuge area.
➢ INFORM CCR (via radio) for further action
➢ HEADCOUNT & identify missing personnel
➢ FOLLOW next instruction from OSC

NOTE: Do not proceed to search and rescue (SAR) using Escape Set.
This is only for trained and designated personnel using rescue SCBA.
Table 4 Possible Scenarios and Response

DO NOT ATTEMPT RESCUE WITHOUT SCBA. MULTIPLE H2S FATALITIES CAN

OCCUR IF PERSONNEL ATTEMPT RESCUE WITHOUT SCBA.
2.9.2 Mustering and Evacuation:
▪ For Onshore activities, personnel shall evacuate to a safe distance of at least 300m
away.
▪ For Offshore facilities:
- In complexes, personnel shall muster at the primary muster location. If the route to the
primary muster is compromised, or source of release is nearby the primary muster,
proceed to secondary muster. Travel in perpendicular to wind direction, windsock
provides indication of wind direction.
- In Category 2 and Category 3 standalone platforms, arrangement should be made to
deploy rescue boat immediately upon distress H2S call. Person in Charge shall assess
the situation and may take decision to deploy and evacuate via life raft if event is
escalating, such as high H2S concentration registered in muster area, failure to isolate,
ignition of release.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 117

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

2.9.3 Although H2S is denser than air, mustering at helideck shall be carefully evaluated as
release of H2S gas also indicates flammable hydrocarbons are released, which may lead to
fire/explosion. Personnel could be trapped at the helideck if the escape route from helideck
is blocked by fire or heat.

2.9.4 H2S Emergency drill shall be carried out annually for Category 2 and 3 sites. Drill records
must be kept available for review.

3 PRECAUTIONS
3.1 Do not attempt rescue without SCBA. Multiple H2S Fatalities can occur if personnel attempt rescue
without SCBA.
3.2 Do not rely on odour to detect H2S (odour is unreliable), ensure correct equipment is available to
detect H2S.
3.3 If First-Aid or CPR is required, ensure the area is safe prior to performing the rescue.

4 KEY POINTS
4.1 Check windsock conditions regularly to be aware of the wind direction and travel in
perpendicular direction.
4.2 Ensure personal gas monitor is calibrated in a ‘Clean Area’.
4.3 Depending on the severity of release, it may be necessary to shut down the facility and evacuate
the location.
4.4 SCBA for emergency response and rescue shall not be used for operational purposes. It has a
minimum of 30 mins air supply and shall be kept readily available. Requirement for clean-shaven
and mask-size checks applies.
4.5 Escape RPE i.e. Avon NH15, ESCBA shall not be used for emergency response and rescue
purpose. They are solely to be used for escape.

5 REFERENCES AND RESOURCES

5.1 Shell HSSE & SP Control Framework – Health Manual - Acute Toxic Substances and Acute Toxic
Substances Guide
5.2 Work Management Procedure Permit to Work
5.3 Shell Health, HE 10.023 Acute Toxicity Values for Hydrogen Sulphide AGCIH
5.4 Emergency Response Planning Guidelines™ (ERPG), AIHA Guideline Foundation
5.5 Acute Exposure Guideline Levels for Airborne Chemicals, AEGL US EPA

6 IMPLEMENTATION
Managers and Team Leaders shall ensure implementation of this work practice within their areas of
accountability.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 118

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

7 INTERPRETATION AND UPDATING

Head of HSE Personal Safety shall ensure the interpretation of this procedure. Work Management
Procedure Committee shall ensure updating of this procedure.

8 APPROVAL SIGNATURES
Role Name Publish Date Signature
Owner Head of HSE & Security (HSE) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Hd of Process & Technical Safety Engineering
Reviewer 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
(HSE/6)

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 119

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

17. Work Management Procedure – Incident Reporting, Case

Management, Emergency Response & Investigation

1 OVERVIEW
The purpose of this procedure is to ensure the correct action is taken after the occurrence of an incident.
An incident is an unplanned event or chain of events that has, or could have, resulted in injury or illness
or damage to assets, the environment or reputation.

All HSE incidents, near misses and Life Saving Rules (LSR) violations related to our activities shall be
reported and investigated so that further risk can be mitigated, actions can be taken to prevent recurrence
and to enable compliance with regulatory requirements and Shell standards.

In the event there is an incident causing injury or illness, the care of the injured/ill person (IP) is of utmost
importance; it is crucial that they receive the optimum level of medical care from the point of incident.

2 REQUIREMENTS
2.1 Reporting

2.1.1 The Company requires everyone to report any incident or near miss. If there is any doubt as
to whether the incident or injury is work related or not, or whether the incident or injury is
significant, the incident needs to be reported. The initial details can be resolved and corrected
as part of the subsequent investigation and follow up.

2.1.2 All incidents, including Near Misses and LSR violations, are to be reported to the Supervisor
of the work activity and the Area Operating Technician (in operating facilities). All personnel
and contractors must report any Incident they become aware of, as soon as possible (the
requirement specified in Appendix 1). Failure to report shall result in disciplinary action.

2.1.3 For all RAM 4+incidents the On-Scene Commander (OSC) or Line Supervisor/Managers shall
notify the on-call IMT Duty members.

2.1.4 Incident Owner is the person in the organization who has control over the work activity
where the incident occurred.
▪ The following order takes precedence to define Incident Ownership for the work activity:
- Organisation that receives handover from the Asset (i.e Drilling rig on Asset).
- Organization that issues the work permit (i.e Asset, Wells, Vessels).
- Where there is no work permit or handover, Incident Owner is the organization
who owns the area (i.e Office Buildings).
- If the above is not applicable, for BSP staff the Incident Owner is the line manager
of the IP and for contractor the Incident Owner is the contract holder.
▪ Where investigation concludes negligance of the IP (i.e not holding handrails) the incident
ownership shall be the line organization of the IP or the contract holder.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 121

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

2.1.5 Following are the accountabilities of the Incident Owner:

▪ Make the incident site safe and make decision on work continuation or suspension.
▪ Report the incident in Fountain Incident Management (FIM) within 24hrs.
▪ Manage and initiate the incident investigation including reviewing the investigation report,
approve or obtain approval for the plan and action follow up until completion.
▪ Obtain legal advice before beginning to write any investigation report that may need to
be shared with external parties and obtain legal review before it is finally approved.

2.1.6 Any incident which fulfills government requirements for reporting as required under the
Workplace Safety and Health Order IIN shall be submitted (Refer to Appendix 1).

2.1.7 Contractors shall implement internal Incident Reporting Procedure. Any incidents or near
misses related to BSP activities / on BSP sites must be reported to BSP as per requirement in
Appendix 1.

2.2 Case Management of Injuries and Illnesses

2.2.1 All injury and illness shall follow the case management process from the point of injury/illness
to return to work for both onshore and offshore cases to ensure injured person (IP) receives
the optimum level of medical care including return to work assessment.

2.2.2 All cases of IP that require treatment beyond basic first aid (cold compress, bandage, over the
counter meds) must be reported to Command Centre (CC @ 337 2999) who will connect the
reporter to Panaga Health Centre (PHC) Medical Emergency Response Unit (MERU) following
the process in Figure 1.

2.2.3 For incidents that happened outside of Belait area (e.g. in Muara Supply Base, TGP and
Telisai), if an ambulance is required, please contact 991 first, and then contact CC
immediately after.

2.2.4 The BSP employee who is organizationally accountable for the work of the injured person
shall manage the case. BSP employee and HSE coordinatior shall accompany the IP to PHC
and/ or the location referred by PHC. If seen in the hospital or other medical facility, hospital
medical reports should be brought to PHC doctor for review. Case Management task can be
delegated to Contractor Management if necessary (i.e logistically unable to be present
immediately), however BSP employee is still accountable.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 122

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

Figure 1 – Case Management Process

2.2.5 If the incident involves equipment damage, the equipment must be inspected and certified by
a competent person and deemed fit to return to service. An Operation Statement of Fitness
may be required to bring production equipment back to service (refer to Operations
Management Procedure, OMP).

2.3 Emergency Response

2.3.1 Each Asset within BSP has its own Emergency Response Procedure (ERP). Refer to the
respective worksite ERP, in case of incidents that require emergency response activation.

2.3.2 After assessment on the severity of an incident or injury, On Scene Commander (OSC) shall
contact the Incident Management Team (IMT) via CC at 3372999 when he/she feels that
escalation to IMT is required, Ref. Figure2.

LINE MANAGEMENT SENIOR MANAGEMENT

Incident Management Team (IMT) Crisis Management Team (CMT)
Tier 2 Emergency Response Tier 3 Emergency Response

Escalation

FIELD MANAGEMENT
Tier 1 Emergency Response

Figure 2 - Incident Management Team Flowchart

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 123
BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

2.3.3 Incident Management Team: The BSP Duty IMT is a team of experienced, competent
individuals from key departments, which are on stand-by 24/7, required to coordinate an
effective immediate response to any emergency at any site in BSP's operations. The
individuals in this team are named on a weekly Duty Roster and, will be in the Company's
dedicated Emergency Coordination Centre (ECC) at BSP's Head Office within 90 minutes of
any alert (Refer to Appendix 1). Criteria of IMT activation:

▪ Incidents with actual RAM4+

▪ Fire at hydrocarbon facility that has impacted production or caused injury.
▪ Oil or chemical spill greater than 2000 liters on site.
▪ Gas release greater than 2000 kg to atmosphere.
▪ Food poisoning events or contagious illness impacted more than 5 persons.

2.3.4 Crisis Management: Is a situation that falls outside normal business continuity and emergency
response arrangements. It significantly threatens (potentially) the safety or well-being of
people, the environment, BSP or Shell’s reputation and/or its financial bottom line.

▪ IMT leader should contact CMT in cases such as, but not limited to:
- Single or multiple fatalities
- Large scale fire or explosion
- High likelihood of production outage which will cause large scale power shortage
- Large scale oil spill including drifting beyond Brunei
- Incident at SCOT which is likely impacting crude oil tanker load > 10 days

Figure 2 refers to the Tier escalation in case of an emergency response.

2.4 Incident Investigation

2.4.1 The Incident Owner must determine the investigation level required based on the initial actual
severity and/or potential severity of the incident. Table 1 provides guidance on incident
investigation level required. It is a requirement for the Investigation Team Leader to have
attended an Incident Reporting and Investigation training.

2.4.2 The level of the incident investigation lead is as per Table 1 (refer to WMP – Hazard
Recognition for definitions of RAM severity) :

RAM Severity Investigation Team Composition Investigation Team Leader

*Blue RAM (potential) Incident Owner, First line of Supervision Director minus 4
*Yellow RAM Section/Dept Head/Contract Holder, Director minus 3/4
(potential) Incident Owner, TA Discipline, Line staff
as required, HSE Advisor
Red RAM Dept Head/Manager, TA Discipline, Director minus 2
HSE Advisor, Independent Person or
Specialist required
Significant Incident Dept Head/Manager, TA Discipline, Director or Director minus 1
(Actual 4 & 5) HSE Advisor, Group/Independent
Person orSpecialist as required
Table 1 Level of Incident Investigation

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 124

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

2.4.3 An Incident Review Panel (IRP) must be held for all RAM3+ actual incidents and for all
RAM4+ potential incidents.

▪ The IRP shall comprise of the following people; asset manager or equivalent, head of
personal safety or equivalent, legal (optional) and project manager.
▪ All RAM4+ potential incidents will have director level as IRP Chairperson.

For all incidents, as a minimum the close out discussions and IRPs should cover the following:
▪ Confirmation of Potential & Actual RAM and incident classification
▪ Determine sequence of events
▪ Agree on the immediate & underlying causes
▪ Agree on the actions to address
▪ Actions to be updated in Fountain Incident Management (FIM)

2.4.4 IRP Chairman

A member of the IRP elected by Incident Owner to chair the IRP session. IRP Chairman will
ensure that the objectives of IRP are met which include, but not limited to:
▪ Confirmation of Potential & Actual RAM and incident classification
▪ Determine sequence of events
▪ Agree on the immediate & underlying causes
▪ Agree on the actions to address based on the investigation outcome

2.4.5 For the following incidents, HSE/3, HSE/4 and/or HSE/6 shall be contacted for guidance
and execution of reporting requirements for Shell Group:

▪ Significant Incidents with actual severity RAM 4+

▪ High Potential Incidents with potential RAM 4+
▪ Tier 1 process safety incidents (gas over 500kg, crude liquid over 1000kg)
▪ Tier 2 process safety incidents (gas over 50kg, crude liquid over 100kg)

2.4.6 For significant Incidents, Potential RAM 4 & 5 incidents and any incidents which Actual
Severity Rating 4+ for People, advice must be obtained from Legal Department before
beginning to write the investigation report.

2.4.7 Incident classification shall be determined by the incident owner as part of the investigation. If
there is a discrepancy on the incident classification, the HSE Manager shall discuss and agree
with the respective Director on the final classification. Final resolution shall be escalated to the
Managing Director.

2.4.8 Incident Reports Submission:

▪ RAM4+ actual and Potential Red RAM Incident Investigations are required to be
completed within 30 days of the Incident or as approved by a director.
▪ Incident Owner must submit and approve the investigation report, recommendations and
action plan within 90 days of the Incident and follow up the action plan until implemented.

2.4.9 The Incident Notification Process Reporting Requirements shall be met, see Appendix 1.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 125

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

3 KEY POINTS
3.1 Under no circumstance shall information, including photos and videos, of incidents be shared on
social media.
3.2 Each Asset/Worksite within BSP has its own Emergency Response Procedure (ERP). Refer to the
respective worksite ERP, in case of incidents that require emergency response activation.

4 REFERENCES AND RESOURCES

4.1 Brunei Darussalam Workplace Safety and Health Order, 2009. Part VI
4.2 Brunei Darussalam Workplace Safety and Health (Incident Reporting) Regulation, 2014
4.3 Brunei Darussalam Workplace Safety and Health (Facilities) Control of Major Accident Hazards
Regulation, 2013. Part VI paragraph 2.5 (3).
4.4 API Tier 1 and Tier 2 LOPC Incidents Reporting Process

5 IMPLEMENTATION
Managers, Team Leaders and Supervisors shall ensure implementation of this work practice within their
areas of accountability.

6 INTERPRETATION AND UPDATING

Head of HSSE Personal Safety shall ensure the interpretation of this procedure.
BSP Safety Operations Committee (SOC) shall ensure 3 yearly update of this procedure.

7 APPROVAL SIGNATURES
Role Name Publish Date Signature
Owner Head of HSE & Security (HSE) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Reviewer Head of Personal Safety (HSE/4) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Reviewer Wells HSE Manager (TWH) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 126

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 1 – INCIDENT NOTIFICATION PROCESS REPORTING

REQUIREMENTS

EVENTS IMMEDIATE TIMES GIVEN ARE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE, ALL

(first 30 STEPS TO BE COMPLETED ASAP
minutes)
1 HOUR 6 HOURS 24 HOURS Other
All Incidents, Near Misses Supervisor, - - - FIM Incident
and LSR violations plus Notification
additional within 24
as per below hours
Other Near Miss Incidents Supervisor OIM / Site - Ops -
with potential to result in Leader / Manager /
injury of medical treatment Contract AM / Dept.
and above Holder. Head
Potential breach of Life Supervisor OIM / Site AM or Dept AD or TD -
Saving Rule (supervisor Leader / Head.
intervention, not peer to Contract
peer intervention) Holder.
Injury requiring First Aid Supervisor - OIM / Site -
only Leader /CH
Injury likely to require Supervisor OIM/Site AM / Dept MD & HSSE -
medical treatment, or Leader/ Head/ AD/TD. Manager
become restricted work or Contract
lost time injury Holder. IC.
Life threatening non-work Supervisor OIM/Site AM or Dept AD or TD -
related hospitalization Leader/ Head. Plus AD
Contract or TD.
Holder. IC.
Fire on operational facilities OIM / Site OIM / Site AM or Dept MD & HSE
not leading to serious Leader / Leader / Head. Plus AD Manager -
danger Contract Contract or TD.
Holder. Holder. IC.
Fire/ Explosion leading to OIM/Site AM or Dept IIN also MD / Follow up
serious danger to health, Leader/Cont Head. AD or required to be HSSE & SP report to
property or the environment ract Holder. TD./ SE/Advise submitted to VP and EVP SHENA* in
IC (IMT). SHENA*. SE. 10 days.
Any incident with Actual Supervisor OIM/Site AM / Dept MD & HSSE -
Severity of 3 or higher (as Leader/ Head/ AD/TD. Manager
per the Shell RAM). Contract
“Reputation” only incidents Holder. IC.
excluded.
Any reputational incident Supervisor OIM/Site AM / Dept MD & HSSE -
with Actual Severity of 3 or Leader/ Head/ AD/TD Manager
higher (as per the Shell Contract
RAM). Holder. IC,
CEA

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 127

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

EVENT IMMEDIATE TIMES GIVEN ARE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE, ALL

(first 30 STEPS TO BE COMPLETED ASAP
minutes)
1 HOUR 6 HOURS 24 HOURS Other
Injury resulting in Fatality or OIM/Site AM or Dept MD & HSSE Follow up
likely to result in Permanent Leader/Cont Head. Manager report to be
& Total Disability ract Holder. AD or TD IC IIN also submitted to
(IMT). required to be SHENA*
submitted to within 10
SHENA* by the days.
contractor if it
was a
contractor
incident.
Any incident with a Potential Supervisor OIM/Site AM / Dept MD & HSSE Follow up
Severity of 4 or higher. Leader/ Head/ AD/TD. Manager report to be
Note an incident or near Contract submitted to
miss must have occurred to Holder. IC. SHENA*
require reporting. Unsafe within 10
Conditions are not required days.
to be reported.
Any other event arising from OIM/Site AM or Dept MD & HSSE Follow up
a work activity on the Leader/Cont Head. Manager report to be
facility involving death or ract Holder. AD or TD IC IIN also submitted to
serious personal injury to (IMT). required to be SHENA*
five or more persons on the submitted to within 10
facility or in neighboring SHENA*. days.
areas.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 128

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

ENVIRONMENTAL EVENTS IMMEDIATE TIMES GIVEN ARE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE, ALL

(first 30 STEPS TO BE COMPLETED ASAP
minutes)
1 HOUR 6 HOURS 24 HOURS Other
* Oil spill to ground or OIM / Site AM or Dept - HSE dept. to BSP
water over 130 liters Leader / Head. Advise determine if Environment
* Chemical spill to ground Contract IC (IMT) Process team
or water over 50 litres Holder. Safety Tier 1 (HSE/5)
* Gas Release over 50 kg /2 shall be
(approx. 70 m3) thresholds notified
exceeded. within 1hr of
Report and observing
follow up as any oil,
per chemical,
procedure. gas releases
Raise first of sheens.
notification
in FIM,
consult with
Asset
Manager
before
entering size
of release.
IIN to
SHENA*
may be
required.
* Oil spill to ground or - OIM / Site Ops Manager AM and
water under 130 liters Leader / AD
Contract Holder
* Oil sheen on water OIM / Site AM / Advise IC AD
irrespective of size Leader. (IMT)
HSE/5 HSE/5
* Chemical spill to ground - OIM / Site Ops Manager AM
or water under 50 liters Leader / AD
Contract Holder
* Gas Release under 50 kg - OIM / Site Ops Manager AM
(approx. 70 m3) Leader / AD
Contract Holder

*SHENA Contact Details:

Incident reporting Duty Phone: +673 7332200 (To be called by Duty Public Info Officer from CEA)
IIN shall be submitted by HSE/3 to Email: [email protected]

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 129

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

TIMES GIVEN ARE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE, ALL

IMMEDIATE
STEPS TO BE COMPLETED ASAP
OTHER EVENTS (first 30
minutes)
1 HOUR 6 HOURS 24 HOURS
Impact to production of more than 10 kbpd OIM Ops Manager / - MD
(and likely to extend beyond 24 hours) AM / AD / TD
More than 2 hours continuous black smoke OIM Ops Manager / AD/ TD -
from flaring AM
Domestic water off spec for AL / Colour / OIM POP PM AD
pH
SCOT produced water offspec for Oil in OIM - POP/PM AD
Water
SCOT crude export offspec for water prior OIM POP/PM - CD
to ship loading
Potential disruption of gas supply to Brunei OIM Ops Manager / MD -
domestic power production AM / AD / TD
Power Disruption to BSP offices and OIM Ops Manager / MD -
community and SCOT and NGCP AM / AD
Power Supply to BSP Onshore facilities and OIM Ops Manager / MD -
community operating without redundancy AM / AD
Unauthorized vessel entry to within 500 m Immediate: - Ops Manager AM
of offshore structure (includes fishing boats) OIM,
NMCC
Marine vessels in Brunei waters which may Immediate: Ops Manager AM AD
reasonably expected to be involved in OIM, SAV
criminal activities including fish bombing or Control or
buying fish from foreign vessels Ship Master,
NMCC
Security breach at operating facility OIM / Site Ops Manager BSP Chief
Leader / - / AM or Security
CH. BSP Department officer
Security Head (HSE/12)
Security breach at BSP housing or BSP Security - IFM (Head CD
recreation clubs Facilities)
BSP Property damage - OIM / Site AM AD
Leader / CH.
BSP Security.
Theft of BSP Property BSP Security OIM / Site - BSP Security
Leader / CH. officer
Helicopter grounding for safety reasons - SAV LSM / TD -
Discovery of prohibited substances or - OIM / Site AM or Dept AD / TD /
literature in workplace Leader / Head HD
Contract Holder.
Community Complaint - OIM / Site CEA / Ops AD / TD
Leader / Mgr / AM /
Contract Holder. Dept Hd
Government Remedial or Stop Order - Ops Manager / HSE MD
AM / AD / TD

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 130

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 2 – INCIDENT SCENARIOS

Scenario 1:
An incident occurs on the drilling rig during drilling activity whilst connected to AP30 platform. The
facility has been handed over to Wells and the permit for the activity was issued by the rig. The incident is
a medical treatment injury to a wells contractor. The Incident Owner is the Wells Manager who is
accountable to make the site safe and make decision on continuation or suspension of activities.
Reporting: Incident Owner (Wells Manager) shall report the incident in Fountain Incident
Management (FIM) within 24hrs.
Case Management: BSP wells supervisor is accountable for case management. Both BSP wells
supervisor (or contractor management) and HSE coordinator shall accompany the Injured Person
to PHC or location referred by PHC.
Incident Management: The Incident Owner; Wells Managers shall manage and initiate the
investigation.

Scenario 2:
Incident during ORMC fabrication activity on a logistic fleet vessel. A permit for the activity was issued by
the vessel. The incident involves a loss time incident to an ORMC contractor. The Incident Owner is the
Logistic Manager who is accountable to involve AER to make the site safe and make decision on
continuation or suspension of activities.
Reporting: Incident Owner (Logistic Manager) shall report the incident in Fountain Incident
Management (FIM) within 24hrs.
Case Management: BSP ORMC supervisor is accountable for case management. Both BSP ORMC
supervisor (or contractor management) and HSE coordinator shall accompany the Injured Person
to PHC or location referred by PHC.
Incident Management: The Incident Owner; Logistic Manager shall manage and initiate the
investigation.

Scenario 3
An incident occurs during wireline activity on AP30 platform. No facility handover between Asset and
well operation was made. A permit for the activity was issued by AP30 AOT. The incident involves a
medical treatment injury to a wells wireline contractor. The Incident Owner is the West Manager who is
accountable to involve Wells to make the site safe and make decision on continuation or suspension of
activities.
Reporting: Incident Owner (West Manager) shall report the incident in Fountain Incident
Management (FIM) within 24hrs.
Case Management: BSP wells wireline supervisor is accountable for case management. Both BSP
wells wireline supervisor (or contractor management) and HSE coordinator shall accompany the
Injured Person to PHC or location referred by PHC.
Incident Management: The Incident Owner; West Manager shall manage and initiate the
investigation.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 131

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

Scenario 4:
Incident during building modification activity in BSP HQ and permit is issued by PPA. Incident is a
medical treatment injury to an exploration employee who tripped over a cable laid by the contractor. The
Incident Owner is the HP Manager who is accountable to make the site safe and make decision on
continuation or suspension of activities.
Reporting: Incident Owner (HP Manager) shall report the incident in Fountain Incident
Management (FIM) within 24hrs.
Case Management: BSP exploration supervisor is accountable for case management. Both BSP
exploration supervisor and HSE coordinator shall accompany the Injured Person to PHC or
location referred by PHC.
Incident Management: The Incident Owner; HP Manager shall manage and initiate the
investigation.

Scenario 5:
Incident during boat transfer from a platform to a marine vessel. There is no permit or handover in place.
Incident is a medical treatment injury to an Area Operator who tripped over uneven flooring on the boat.
The Incident Owner is the Logistic Manager who is accountable to make the site safe and make decision
on continuation or suspension of activities.
Reporting: Incident Owner (Logistic Manager) shall report the incident in Fountain Incident
Management (FIM) within 24hrs.
Case Management: BSP AP30 Field Operations Supervisor (FOS) is accountable for case
management. Both BSP FOS and HSE coordinator shall accompany the Injured Person to PHC or
location referred by PHC.
Incident Management: The Incident Owner; Logistic Manager shall manage and initiate the
investigation.

Scenario 6:
A Weatherford engineer sprained his ankle while descending a staircase at BSP HQ. There is no
handover and permit issued. The incident owner is the HP Manager who is accountable to make the site
safe. During investigation it was identified the IP was not holding the handrail and was negligent. The
incident ownership is transferred to the contract holder of the IP.
Reporting: Incident Owner (HP Manager) shall report the incident in Fountain Incident
Management (FIM) within 24hrs, incident ownership may be transferred if investigation concludes
negligence of the IP has occurred.
Case Management: BSP Weatherford contract holder is accountable for case management. Both
BSP contract holder (or contractor management) and HSE coordinator shall accompany the
Injured Person to PHC or location referred by PHC.
Incident Management: The Incident Owner shall manage and initiate the investigation.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 132

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

18. Work Management Procedure – Ionising Radiation

1 OVERVIEW
Radioactive substances are used in BSP operations for purposes such as equipment inspection, security
control and medical examinations. Radioactive substances can also be found in crude oil residue or
on equipment that has been exposed to wells or crude oil processing. Uncontrolled exposure to these
substances can induce biological effects that can lead to injuries, long term risk to health and genetic
alterations. Proper controls applied to the handling, storage, usage and disposal of radioactive
substances can eliminate these effects.

There are 3 primary radioactive sources in BSP listed as follows:

▪ Naturally occurring radioactive materials (NORM); NORM scale is normal oilfield scale, which is
usually calcium, strontium or barium sulphate and/or carbonate which is contaminated with naturally
occurring uranium/thorium elements from the reservoir which makes the scale radioactive.
▪ Radioactive sources used for process equipment inspection
▪ Radioactive sources used to inspect goods, materials and people for the purpose of security controls
and health screening

This work procedure is applicable to all BSP staff and contractors. The following Life-Saving Rules (LSR)
and Process Safety Fundamentals (PSF) shall be adhered to.

2 REQUIREMENTS
2.1 All contractor radiation workers shall have Radiation Safety Awareness training. Radiographer
(RPS) shall have valid ASNT NDT Level 2 or PCN Level 2 equivalent trainings valid for 5 years.
Radiography Assistant (RRW) shall have valid ASNT NDT Level 1 or PCN Level 1 equivalent
trainings valid for 5 years in compliance with SHENA requirements.
2.2 Contractor radiation workers shall provide emergency and rescue plan to BSP site supervisor and
the plan shall be reviewed and agreed prior to work commencement (See Appendix 1).
2.3 Radiation workers shall:
▪ Always wear a film badge/TLD (Thermo Luminescent Dosimeter) and/or Personal Electronic
Dosimeter (PED) at all times when working with radioactive sources and radiation generators.
▪ Wear audible alarm monitors when directly involved with radiation.
▪ Barrier the work location and ensure visible warning signs at all entrances.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURESS 133

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

▪ Verify that their personal dose record is adequately controlled and updated.
▪ Report immediately on the loss of film badge/TLD and PED to their responsible company
RPO/RPS (Radiation Protection Officer/ Radiation Protection Supervisor) as well as to SHENA.
2.4 Hot Work Permit shall be obtained for activity involving radioactive sources.
2.5 Report any radiation incident immediately to BSP Area Operating Technicians (AOT) and
contractor supervisor and report in the BSP’s Incident Management System. Incident is defined as,
during Radiography Inspection if the source is detached from the projector or unable to be
retrieved, report shall be made to SHENA within 24hrs via company Radiation Protection Officer
(RPO).
2.6 Contractor shall ensure that a registration record of radioactive sources and radiation equipment
are kept and maintained (refer to Appendix 2, 3 & 4).
2.7 Contractor shall maintain a registration record of classified radiation workers.
2.8 Contractor shall ensure that the radiation safety standards are complied with during planning,
execution, emergency response, registration and deregistration of radioactive sources. It shall be
documented and available to respective Contract Holder and BSP Radiation Focal Point.
2.9 The Radiation Protection Officer’s (RPO) name and contact details shall be prominently displayed
at all sites where radioactive sources are used or stored.
2.10 For each job involving radioactive substances planned for offshore, the installation medic shall be
made aware of the classified workers status for either routine or accident treatment so that dose
rates are considered.
2.11 Contractor shall be responsible for the dose limits as described in Appendix 5 and ensure limits are
not exceeded for the protection of workers and members of the public.
2.12 Contractor shall provide lockable storage boxes (double lock) for radioactive sources with proper
shielding, placards and hard barriers of stable design.

3 PRECAUTIONS
3.1 The following precautions shall be taken:

3.1.1 For Naturally Occurring Radioactive Material (NORM)

▪ In general NORM has not been found in BSP during routine maintenance. Radioactivity is
normally within safe exposure in BSP however some elevated NORM has been found in
produced water systems and equipment.
▪ If there is any concern about presence of NORM, contact shall be made with HSE/5.

3.1.2 Radioactive sources used for process equipment inspection

▪ Radiographic Testing / Inspection shall be performed during low activity hours and permit
shall be in place to ensure hazards are mitigated.
▪ Personnel who is not performing the radiography task shall not enter the area, ensure
area is barricaded.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURESS 134

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4 KEY POINTS
4.1 Labelling
▪ All packages containing radioactive substances shall be labelled with one of the three types of
label described and illustrated below.
▪ Minimum two labels are required for a package and shall be attached on the opposite sides of
the package for better indication.
▪ Category I - White A diamond shape in black and white with one red strip shall be used when
the dose rate does not exceed 5 μSv.h-1 (0.5 mR/h) at the surface.
▪ Category II - Yellow A diamond shape in black, white and yellow with two red strips shall be
used when the dose rate does not exceed 500 μmSv/h (50mR/h) at the surface or 10 μmSv/h
(1mR/h) at a distance of 1 metre.
▪ Category III - Yellow A diamond shape in black, white and yellow with three red stripes shall
be used when the dose rate does not exceed 2 mSv/h (200mR/h) at the surface and 100 μSv/h
(10mR/h) at a distance of 1 metre.

4.2 Transport by Air

4.2.1 The rules shall follow the principles of labelling described earlier. In addition, the following
shall be taken into account:
▪ The Air Way Bill shall be marked to indicate that radioactive substances are being
carried.
▪ Packages bearing white or yellow labels shall not be carried in compartments occupied
by passengers and crew.
▪ The total sum of the Transport Indices shall not exceed 50 with a limit of 10 per package.

4.2.2 All types of sources currently used offshore shall be carried in accordance with IATA
Regulations on helicopter flights. The IATA Dangerous Goods declaration form shall be
completed prior to consignment.

4.3 Transport by Sea

4.3.1 The requirements for transport by sea shall be in adherence to the International Maritime
Dangerous Goods (IMDG) Code and this shall satisfy the requirements of the Regulations in
relation to radioactive substances.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURESS 135

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4.3.2 Radioactive substances shall be carried in different holds from explosives, inflammable or
corrosive substances.

4.3.3 If radioactive packages are to be placed in large-freight containers for sea transport, the
containers shall be labeled and marked in the same way as the original package.

4.3.4 Daily trips to offshore using boat, all the radiography sources shall be accompanied with
registered radiation worker from the respective inspection contractors.

4.4 Transport by Road

4.4.1 The requirements of Brunei Traffic Laws shall be met.

4.4.2 The following are general requirements for any vehicle carrying radioactive materials:
▪ At least 2 portable fire extinguishers (9 kg size) of the dry chemical powder type to be
installed in the vehicle.
▪ The vehicle shall be labeled with the international radiation symbol securely attached to
each side of vehicle.

▪ A fireproof notice to warn fire services, police, and others in the event of an accident shall
be displayed and give the following information in English and Malay:
- Type of radioactive source being carried;
- Telephone numbers of the Contractor RPO for emergency contact;
- Telephone numbers of authorities to be contacted in the event of an emergency;
- The placard shall be removed when no radioactive consignment is being carried.
▪ All vehicles should carry at least one spare tyre and a tool kit for emergency repairs to the
vehicle.
▪ The level of radiation in the driving compartment and at any external surface of the
vehicle shall be as low as reasonably achievable and shall not exceed 2.5 μSv.h-1.
▪ The driver shall not leave any vehicle containing radioactive material unattended or out of
sight without reasonable cause. In all cases, the vehicle shall be locked to prevent
unauthorized removal.
▪ Any vehicle containing radioactive material shall not be parked for more than ONE hour
unless there is a clear space of at least 2m around the vehicle when it is parked.
▪ The driver shall be registered with SHENA as Registered Radiation Worker (RRW) or
forwarding agent shall be fully briefed by the Contractor’s RPO and shall have attended
the course on safe handling and transportation of radioactive materials.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURESS 136

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

5 REFERENCES AND RESOURCES

5.1 Brunei Darussalam Radiation Protection and Nuclear safety Order, Regulation 2007.

5.2 The Ionising Radiations Regulations 1999.

5.3 Shell HSSE & SP Control Framework, Personal Safety Manual, Ionising Radiation Safety.

5.4 Contractor Radiation Safety Manual.

6 IMPLEMENTATION
Managers and Team Leaders, BSP frontline Supervisors and Contractors shall ensure implementation of
this work practice within their areas of accountability.

7 INTERPRETATION AND UPDATING

Head HSSE shall ensure the interpretation of this procedure.
Work Management Committee shall ensure updating of this procedure.

8 APPROVAL SIGNATURES
Role Name Date Signature
Owner Bujang, Mohd-Noor BSP-OAI/4 1st Nov 2019
Reviewer Mahmod, Dedy-Helmi BSP-HSE/41 1st Nov 2019
Reviewer Jayasuriya, Terry BSP-HSE/2 1st Nov 2019

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURESS 137

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 1- RADIOACTIVE INCIDENT EMERGENCY RESPONSE

FLOW CHART

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURESS 138

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 2 – RADIOACTIVE SOURCE REGISTRATION

Certain small sources do not require to be registered:

• Sources less than 100Bq (3nCi) in activity
• Radioactive sources incorporated into fire detectors
• Small Betalights such as in Range Load Indicators fitted to cranes

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURESS 139

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 3 – RADIOACTIVE SOURCE IVENTORY MOVEMENT

RECORD

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURESS 140

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 4 – RADIOGRAPHY EQUIPMENT CHECKLIST

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURESS 141

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 5 – RADIATION SHIELD REQUIREMENT

Types of Radiation and Shielding required:

Alpha Particles Travel approximately 75mm in air and can be absorbed by as little as a
sheet of paper.
Beta Particles Most Beta radiation can be absorbed by 12.5 mm of plastic, e.g. Perspex,
but since beta particles can cause electromagnetic radiation which is more
penetrating, additional shielding may be necessary
Gamma rays Dense materials such as lead and steel, or considerable thicknesses of
concrete or brick may be required.

Neutron Substances with a rich content of hydrogen such as paraffin wax-polythene

or water are required; oil may be used in an emergency

X-Rays Are generated electrically by machine. The intensity of the beam depends
on the current & volt set on the machine. The machine does not give off
ionising radiation when it is switched off. The characteristics of X-rays are
similar to Gamma Rays and therefore, the shielding required is of the same
material.

Dose Effects following acute whole body irradiation:

Whole body dose Clinical and laboratory findings

(Gray, Gy)
0.05 - 0.25 Asymptotic, conventional blood studies normal, a very small number of
chromosome aberrations detectable above 0.1 Gy.
0.25 – 1 Asymptomatic, minor depressions of white cells and platelets detectable in a
few persons on day 3 - 6.
1–3 Anorexia, nausea, vomiting, fatigue in about 10 to 20 per cent of persons
within 2 days. Depression of white cells (lymphocytes) and platelets on day
3 to 6. Progression in second and third week and chance of infection and
bleeding. Above 3 Gy hair loss on day 9. Recovery in week 4 to 6.
4.5 Serious, disabling illness in most persons with about 50% mortality.
>6 Accelerated version of acute radiation syndrome with gastrointestinal
complications, bleeding, infections and death in most exposed persons
within 2 weeks.
> 50 Fulminating course with gastro intestinal, central nervous and vascular
complications resulting in death within 24 to 72 hours.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURESS 142

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

19. Work Management Procedure – Isolation

1 OVERVIEW
Isolation is physically separating an item of equipment from all sources of energy or hazardous
substance, such as electricity, pressure, toxic materials, poisonous gas, chemicals, hot liquids, radiation,
hydrocarbons or other flammable substances, to keep the work party and asset staff safe. BSP utilises a
two point of isolation control approach. In general, two separate isolation barriers should be used to
separate people from energy sources and/ or the release of hazardous substances.

This work procedure is applicable to all BSP staff and contractors. The following Life-Saving Rules (LSR)
and Process Safety Fundamentals (PSF) shall be adhered to.

2 REQUIREMENTS
2.1 Process Safety Isolation is part of our Permit to Work (PtW) system and is controlled by an Isolation
Confirmation Certificate (ICC) which shall be in place prior to the start of work. Personnel involved
in approving or applying isolations shall follow the 8 safe isolation process steps as per Asset
Management System (AMS) requirements. Appendix1 shows these 8 steps and the outlines the
various roles people play in the process.
2.2 Isolation Requirement - The Isolation Authority perform a risk assessment that will be used by the
Process Isolation Calculator tool in Permit Vision (PV) to calculate a hazard factor and define the
minimum isolation requirement. As per the Shell Process Isolation Calculator the 3 required risk
inputs are:
1. Effects Matrix factor based on the Situation & Substance Parameters
2. Release Matrix factor
3. Time Matrix factor
2.3 The process isolation tool will determine the required minimum isolation; either “Single valve”,
“Double block and bleed”, “Blind/Spade or air gap” or “Double Block and bleed and Blind/spade
or air gap”.
▪ A more secure isolation method may be applied if practical with reference to the Hierarchy of
Control (figure 1).
▪ Special rules in Section 2.4 apply for Hot work, Confined Space Entry, personal-isolations, short
duration work and secondary boundary isolations under fixed conditions.
▪ If the isolation available does not meet requirements as per the PV Process Isolation Calculator
tool and it does not fall under the special rules, then a deviation request shall be prepared for
approval by the Isolation Managers. Without approval the isolation and associated work cannot
proceed.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 143

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

1. Blind/Spade rated for purpose of

installation or proper air gap
installed with an initial double block
and bleed valve isolation

2. Blind/Spade rated for purpose of

installation or proper air gap
installed with an initial single valve
isolation

3. Double block and bleed.

4. Double Block.

5. Single Valve with DS bleed.

6. Single Valve with no pressure gauge

and downstream bleed.

Figure 1 - Hierarchy of Control for process fluid isolations

2.4 Isolations for Medium and High-risk Hot Work (according to RAM) or Confined Space Entry (CSE)
shall use Blind, spades or air gap at the nearest most practical flange.
2.5 For Wireline Intervention Operations, ICC will be required for Well Head Corrective Maintenance
(Corrective Maintenance – CM) where Equipment Disjointing Permit (EDP) is required. Applicable
for activities such as Christmas tree valve change out i.e swab valve, master valve and wing valve,
side outlet valve change out or additional installation (Annulus A, B, etc).
2.6 For Wireline Intervention Operation such as Well Head Maintenance (Preventive Maintenance –
PM), Coil tubing/pumping and wireline operation. ICC is not required. Personal isolation shall be
applied in the permit with supporting documents attached as follows:
- Well Intervention Program including Wells Head Schematics and Well Barrier Diagram
- Well Handover from Asset to TWC (provide Christmas tree valve status and Isolation)
Note: Well Intervention Program is a set of instruction on how to execute the Wells
Intervention Operation safely.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 144

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

2.7 Personal Isolations on low risk instrument systems (below 50V AC and 120V DC) can be applied
and assessed by Competent Instrument Person (CIP), where work and isolations are completed by
the same individual within 1 shift (not exceeding 12 Hours), are allowed as long as:
▪ The worksite is not left unattended whilst work is occurring
▪ Zero energy checks are completed
▪ No risks to other personnel are identified
▪ ICC detailed tracking of isolations is not required but tags labelled “do not operate!” shall be
used
2.8 Personal Isolations on low voltage electrical systems (below 1500V DC and 1000V AC) can be
applied and assessed by Competent Electrical Person (CEP), where work and isolations are
completed by the same individual within 1 shift (not exceeding 12 Hours), are allowed as long as:
▪ The worksite is not left unattended whilst work is occurring
▪ An individual electrical isolation padlock is applied
▪ Zero energy checks are completed
▪ No risks to other personnel are identified
▪ ICC detailed tracking of isolations is not required but tags labelled “do not operate!” shall be
used
2.9 For electrical work that is covered under Electrical Safety Rule (ESR), the following shall be applied:
▪ On NUIs, electrical isolations should be done with a uniquely keyed white padlock and an
application of a tag as per ESR requirements. The electrical padlock key shall be placed into the
key lock box located in either the sub-station or local control room. The key to the lock box shall
always be held personally by the AOT. Access to the electrical padlock keys in the lock box is
controlled by the AOT.
▪ On manned complexes or onshore industrial installations, electrical isolations should be done
with a uniquely keyed white padlock and a tag as per ESR requirements. The unique key for the
white electrical isolation padlock shall be placed in a lock out box with 2 keys. The 2 keys from
the LOB will be labeled with ICC number and key box number. On issue of the permit
associated with electrical ICC, the worksite supervisor will be given 1 key and the PIP will hold
the other key. It is the PIP’s responsibility to control the keys. On completion of work, work party
will complete the permit and return the key to PIP. Once permission to deisolate has been
granted in PV, the PIP will return 2 keys to the Authorised Electrical Person (AEP) to remove the
isolation.
▪ Where possible, the local equipment ON/OFF switch shall be physically held in an unenergized
position using a white electrical isolation padlock or yellow pro lock and a white electrical
isolation padlock. Isolation identification will be by application of a tag as per ESR requirement
that clearly displays the ICC number. Electrical isolation padlock keys must only be retrieved by
qualified electrical person. It is prohibited for non-electrical qualified person to remove an
electrical padlock.
▪ For testing on live High Voltage (1kV and above) equipment, additional controls inclusive of
Electrical Safety Documents (e.g. Limitation Of Access or Sanction For Test) must be approved
by Senior Authorised Electrical Person (SAEP). These additional controls must be listed on the
work permit.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 145

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

2.10 Work where double block and bleed (DB&B) valves are required under the Process Isolation
Calculator tool but these valves are not available, can be completed with a less stringent isolation
when the duration of exposure is less than 3 hours (Short Duration Work). This can provide time
for the installation of spades/blinds to allow work of duration greater than 3 hours to proceed with
an isolation method that exceeds the minimum requirements of a double block and bleed. Criteria
listed as follows:
▪ DB&B is not available and Hazard Factor < 150
▪ Single crew involved – no handovers or crew change
▪ Pro-locks and tags shall be used.
▪ Site is always attended.
2.11 When a large section of the plant is isolated and intrusive work is planned within this isolation
boundary, then a single valve instead of a double block and bleed isolation is acceptable as a
local assurance that the work party are not exposed to hazardous fluids remaining within the wider
isolation. Pro-locks and tags shall be used.
2.12 All equipment that has been out of service for more than 1 month (and is not on live standby) shall
be isolated via an ICC and Pro-locks and tags shall be used.
2.13 All wells that have been closed in for more than 7 days shall be isolated via an ICC and Pro-locks
shall be applied with information tag on.
2.14 Pig launchers and receivers: When not in use, receivers and launchers shall be isolated to minimise
the risk of inadvertent pressurisation and LOPC (Loss of Primary Containment). This does not
eliminate the requirement to regularly check for pressurisation. This isolation does not require an
ICC and is controlled as follows:
▪ All pig receiving and launching activities shall be carried out under an operational Work
Instruction (WI). Where BSP maintenance or contractors are involved in these activities then their
work must be carried out under a work permit.
▪ The AOT shall initial each valve/spectacle blind isolation point in the WI valve / spectacle blind
table to confirm they have placed it into the correct position. This signed WI including isolation
table shall be retained for a minimum of 12 months (or until next pigging activity whichever is
the longer duration) by the site supervisor.
▪ On completion of the activity, the launchers / receivers shall be
operationally isolated in the position identified within the Valve / Spectacle
Blind tables of the Work Instruction. The valves shall be secured in position
by a yellow pro-lock with a blue tag/label. The tag shall display the text
‘Operational Pigging Isolation Point’.
2.15 Strainers and filters with enclosure doors in normal operations must have two points of control
applied. Mechanical seals must be closed and rendered inoperable by using a pro-lock to impair
the seal movement. This isolation is to be managed as with pig launchers and receivers.
2.16 Where practical, isolations shall be completed or removed within one shift. If duration exceeded,
the Area Operations Technician shall review the isolation (planning pack and physical site) during
their area handover. If any personnel changes occur such that there is a different area technician
(crew change), then this shall be repeated.
2.17 Check Valves, Fail-Safe Open Valves, Control Valves and Pressure Relief Valves shall not be used
as isolation valves for process fluids without an approved deviation.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 146

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

2.18 A monthly check of all ICCs active in an area shall be made by the AOT to ensure that the
isolations are still fully in place and ICC details are clear.
2.19 Isolation Confirmation Certificate (ICC), as part of PTW documentation, shall be in place prior to
start of work.
2.20 The Isolating Authority shall markup PEFS to accompany the ICC. These shall show the Isolation
boundary highlighted in yellow, isolated Closed valves in red and isolated Open or bleed valves in
green. The Isolation Authority (IA) shall mark where and how frequently zero energy checks shall
be completed and highlight on the PEF where zero energy monitoring shall be conducted. A copy
of these isolation documents must be printed and attached to all work permits issued for work
inside the isolation boundaries.
2.21 Management of Bleeds: Bleeds shall normally be in the closed position to prevent LOPC but shall
be opened regularly to verify the isolation integrity and shall be checked prior to the issuance of a
work permit that relies on the isolation.
2.22 [Process Safety Fundamental] Bleeds shall be referenced in the ICC and pro-locked and labelled
as “bleed” on valve handle. Bleeds shall not be pad-locked to allow opening by the Isolating
Authority as per the ICC zero check frequency. When draining or bleeding during isolation
preparations, never leave it unattended.
2.23 The Isolating Authority shall update the isolation point on the ICC as the isolation progresses so that
at any point in time the Area Operating Technician/Permit Authoriser (AOT) shall be aware of the
status.
2.24 The Area Operating Technician (AOT) shall demonstrate all isolation points to the work party and
conduct a zero-energy check with work party prior to work commencement and at the start of each
subsequent shift.
2.25 Isolation Supervisor (IS) shall:
▪ Isolation Supervisor (IS) are the COS, FOS or PL.
▪ Verify that the isolation designed is appropriate to allow safe work execution.
▪ Authorise ICC.
▪ Revert the ICC for editing.
▪ Physically confirm all isolation points are in place for confined space entry ICC.
▪ Authorize De-isolation for Test (DFT).
▪ Transfer ICC to/from Extended Period Isolation (EPI).
▪ Authorize de-isolation.
▪ Close the ICC.
▪ Verify the ICC template.
▪ Approve all ICC isolation points to be implemented regardless of discipline.
2.26 Isolation Authority (IA) shall:
▪ Isolation Authority (IA) are the Area Operating Technicians (AOT), DCS Engineer, Electrician or
Instrument technician.
▪ Understand and comply with Work Management Procedure Safety System Isolation and
Override.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 147

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

▪ Design, install and record each isolation instruction plan and complete all required fields in the
ICC (Isolation Confirmation Certificate).
▪ Implement authorized isolation scheme(s), both electronically and in the field, including
installation of locks and tags to ensure equipment is made safe for the PTW activity.
▪ Demonstrate to the PH all isolation points and Zero Energy checks are completed as required.
▪ De-isolate, when authorized, the isolation scheme(s) both electronically and in the field.
▪ Communicate to the Permit Issuer (PI) and Isolation Supervisor (IS) that all isolations are de-
isolated prior to the PI closing the ICC and moving it to ‘Closed’ status.
▪ Confirm ICC close before Permit closed.
2.27 The Permit Holder shall:
▪ Make sure valid work permits (PtW) and ICC, are in place for the specific task.
▪ Make sure copy of the PtW, ICC certificate and marked up PEFs are available at the work site.
▪ Confirm, where practical, all isolations in place as stated in work permit by checking the ICC
and/or a briefing with the AOT and repeat checks with AOT at the start of each shift.
▪ Confirm no stored energy. Zero check to be done on pressure gauges and ensure specific
process lines are fully depressurized, vented with no passing valves prior to intrusive work
(monitoring point is clear, if available, and if not, there are clear requirements for production
checks on zero-energy during works).
2.28 Workers protected by isolation shall:
▪ Be aware of and fully understand the risk associated with the specific process line, including as
a minimum;
- Identification of the specific Hydrocarbons (HC) contained in the system, including potential
residual waste i.e. inhibiting chemicals/wax deposits/pyrophoric scale/Naturally Occurring
Radioactive Material (NORM)/Hydrogen Sulphide (H2S).
- Potential Hazards associated with the release of the HC contained in the process line.
- Emergency Response and First Aid requirements for personnel impacted by HC release.
▪ Ensure equipment is locked out with proper tags, spaded or blinded off prior to the start of
activity.
▪ Ask questions to the supervisor or person in charge. Confirm with the supervisor/permit holder
that isolations are in place, ensure Zero Energy checks has completed and safe to start work.
▪ Position body outside of the line of fire at any potential pressure release point where
practicable.
2.29 Work Site Supervisor to conduct a Tool Box Talk (TBT) or pre-job briefing regarding the nature of
the job and all isolation points to be aware of. Area Operations Technician or isolation authority
shall attend TBT and shall demonstrate all isolation points to the work party via line walk and
conduct a zero-energy check with the work party prior to work commencement.
2.30 Ensure that all isolations have been identified in the Isolation Certificate together with the Permit to
Work System and that marked up PEFs showing isolation points is at the worksite.
2.31 Only Area Operating Technician or Operations Supervisor are permitted to remove pro-locks and
isolation tags from equipment.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 148

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

3 PRECAUTIONS
3.1 Always conduct zero-energy check on isolation before work begins and repeat the check after a
break.
3.2 Never assume equipment has only one hazardous energy source. Often, equipment has two or
more which all shall be isolated; i.e. pumps and compressors may require seal and lube oil
isolations in place as well as process fluid isolations. Some accumulators may also be storing
energy (like nitrogen) and require isolation as well.

4 KEY POINTS
4.1 PRO-LOCK Use
4.1.1 Yellow PRO-LOCKs shall be used to lock valve positions as per ICC requirements. Yellow
PRO-LOCKs can only be added or removed by AOT. This ensures no accidental operation.
Red and Green PRO-LOCKs are for Locked Open/Locked Closed (LO/LC) use and shall not
be used for ICC isolations.
4.1.2 Any normally Locked OPEN/CLOSED valves that have been moved from their design
position shall be recorded in Valve Registers for compliance and tracking purposes.
- Valves shall be normalized as soon as possible when the activity has been completed
and LO/LC Valve Register shall be updated.
- The Installation Manager shall be informed and approve any change to LO/LC registers.
4.1.3 Green PRO-LOCKs are designated for lock open valves as per LO/LC valve
register. It can only be applied or removed by AOT. Should an ICC isolation
point be at the same location as a LO valve, the green PRO-LOCK shall be
removed and yellow PRO-LOCK shall be applied. Yellow PRO-LOCKs
Locked Open
indicate presence of ongoing activity. When activity is completed and the
isolation is removed, green PRO-LOCK shall be reinstated.
4.1.4 Red PRO-LOCKs are designated for lock closed valves as per LO/LC valve
register. It can only be applied or removed by AOT. Should an ICC isolation
point be at the same location as a LC valve, the red PRO-LOCK shall be
removed and yellow PRO-LOCK shall be applied. Yellow PRO-LOCKs Locked Closed
indicate presence ongoing activity. When activity is completed and the
isolation is removed, red PRO-LOCK shall be reinstated.
4.2 Locked open or closed valves shall be tagged with a white tag/ label that shows the valve register
number.
4.3 PRO-LOCK can only be added or removed by the Area Operating Technician or Operating
Supervisor. Removal of a PRO-LOCK by other personal shall result in disciplinary action.
4.4 Electrical isolation shall be in accordance with WMP – Electrical Safety.
4.5 A single PRO-LOCK within the ICC isolation points shall be padlocked using a colour coded trade
specific single key padlock. This single padlocked pro-lock location is known as the Isolation
Control Point (ICP). This ICP should be at the main energy point that is most visible to work crews.
All trades working on permits within the isolation must padlock onto the ICP.
4.5.1 Use padlocks as follows:
- Red for BSP Operations
- Blue for BSP and contractor mechanical trades

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 149

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

- White for BSP and contractor electrical trades (unique key per padlock)
- Yellow for BSP and contractor instrument trades
- Orange for Wells contractors

4.5.2 Removal of trade lock in absence of the discipline can only be approved in writing via
email by the Installation Manager.
4.5.3 Only after removal of all other trade locks can the BSP AOT remove their red lock followed
by PRO-LOCK removal from the equipment.
4.6 Spectacle Blinds & Spades
4.6.1 These can be used as Mechanical Isolations. Blinds or Spades inserted and used as part of
an isolation shall have a yellow PRO-LOCK applied to the equipment as close as possible to
the blind spade, e.g. wrap the pro-lock around the pipe as close as possible to the spade.
An ICC tag must be attached to the pro-lock.
4.6.2 Any spectacle blind that has been moved from its design position, shall be returned to its
original position during isolation removal.
4.7 Motor Operated Valves (i.e., ROTORK) can be used as isolations. To ensure safe isolation of these
valves, PRO-LOCK shall be used to secure against manual operation using the hand wheel AND
the motor shall be electrically isolated. Refer to WMP – Electrical Safety, Section 4.3.

5 IMPLEMENTATION
Managers and Team Leaders shall ensure implementation of this work procedure within their areas of
accountability.

6 REFERENCES AND RESOURCES

6.1 Work Management Procedure - Safety System Override
6.2 Shell Group HSSE & SP MS Safe Isolation Guide
6.3 Work Mnagement Procedure - Electrical Safety

7 INTERPRETATION AND UPDATING

OPM and HSE/6 shall ensure the interpretation of this procedure.
BSP Safety Operations Committee (SOC) shall ensure 3 yearly update of this procedure.

8 APPROVAL SIGNATURES
Role Name Publish Date Signature
Owner Head of Production and 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Maintenance Excellence (OPM)
Reviewer Head of Process Safety (HSE/6) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 150

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 1 – SAFE ISOLATION SWIM LANE

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 151

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

20. Work Management Procedure – Lifting and Hoisting

1 OVERVIEW
In Brunei Shell Petroleum (BSP), there are different types of lifting and hoisting equipment that are used at
both onshore and offshore facilities and locations. This procedure covers all lifting and hoisting activities
from construction, maintenance and operation.

This work procedure is applicable to all BSP staff and contractor. The following Life-Saving Rules (LSR) and
Process Safety Fundamentals (PSF) shall be adhered to.

2 REQUIREMENTS
2.1 All BSP staff and contractors shall adhere to the mandatory requirements on training, certification,
checklists and equipment requirements specified per type of lift in Table 1 and Appendix 4.

2.2 All records of the requirements in Table 1 shall be available onsite for the equipment and people.
2.3 Valid Permit for non-routine lift shall be in place (See Appendix 3).
2.4 All lifting equipment within BSP, regardless of its usage, whether it is frequent use or occasional
use, must be examined and certified, not exceeding the intervals specified in Procedure for Lifting
Equipment Inspection and Certification (PLIC) by BSP’S approved Third Party Inspection agency. A
colour coding system is used to indicate to the end user that an item of lifting tackle has undergone
the 6-monthly examination (See Appendix 2, No.2).
2.5 All lifting equipment shall be marked with a unique identification number, safe working load date
of last inspection and date of next inspection.

2.6 All offshore cranes, mobile cranes, overhead travelling cranes, truck mounted crane, runway beams
with chain blocks and forklift trucks shall carry an equipment specific checklist. This checklist shall
be completed for each use or daily if the equipment is used multiple times per day. Checklist from
the prior 12 months of use shall be kept with the equipment.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 153

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
Equipment

REVISION 3.0
BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
1. Overhead Travelling Crane
1. Offshore Crane
Forklift Truck
2. Truck Mounted Crane (HIAB

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES

2. Mobile Crane Runway Beam Connected (FLT)
Truck)
with Chain Block

• Trained, Competent and • Trained, Competent and • Trained, Competent • Trained, Competent Competency
Certified Crane Operator (See Certified Crane Operator and Certified Rigger and Certified Fork
Section 4.1) and Banksman (See Section (See Section 4.1) Lift Truck Operator
4.1) (See Section 4.1)
• Certified Banksman and
Rigger to assist lifting

154
operations

• Specific Crane Checklist • Specific Crane Checklist • Specific Runway • Specific Pre-Start Inspection

Table 1 Lifting Requirements

Beam and Chain vehicle inspection
Block Checklist checklist Checklist

• Lifting Equipment maximum • Lifting Equipment maximum • Lifting Equipment • Fork Lift maximum Inspection
load rating visible and legible load rating visible and maximum load rating load rating visible

Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019

legible visible and legible and legible

• Equipment, lifting points of the • Equipment, lifting points of • Equipment, lifting • Equipment and Inspection
load and lifting tackles need the load and lifting tackles points of the load and attachment (if
valid certificates need valid certificates lifting tackles need applicable) need
valid certificates valid certificates
• 10 Questions for a safe lift • 10 Questions for a safe lift • 10 Questions for a • 10 Questions for a Check prior
checklist (See Appendix I) checklist (See Appendix I) safe lift checklist (See safe lift checklist to operation
RESTRICTED

Appendix I) (See Appendix I)

RESTRICTED

2.7 Redundant expired containers or baskets should be inspected, repaired and recertified prior to lift.
2.8 All containers shall comply to DNV2.7-1 and/or BSEN ISO10855.

2.9 Personnel carrier transfers and work baskets operation should be avoided and are to be used in
exceptional circumstances only, where no alternative means of carrying out the transfer of
personnel or operation is available. Lifting of personnel shall be accordance to a specific personnel
lift plan and to be approved by Lifting SME (OAI/4).
2.10 All lifting equipment shall be certified by BSP Approved Third Party Inspection (TPI). For details on
lifting equipment certification, refer to OAI/4 team.

3 PRECAUTIONS
3.1 Before starting the job, Crane Operator, lifting Person in Charge (PIC), riggers and Banksman shall
have a job specific Tool box talk and agreement to re-confirm hazards on the lifting operation. This
shall include:
3.1.1 Identification of any obstruction on lifting zone area such as structure, equipment and/or
tools.
3.1.2 People with uncontrolled access at the lifting zone/red zone due to no barrier and/or
signage in place.

3.1.3 Crane and lifting equipment failure due to sub-standard equipment (e.g., not inspected,
incompetent riggers, etc.).
3.2 Banksman and Crane Operator shall confirm the method of communication and shall do a radio
check to confirm radio reception.
3.3 Competent Banksman shall wear the reflective vest during all lifting activity (see Appendix 2 No.1).
3.4 Tag lines with minimum diameter of 16mm or other hands-free tools such as the appropriate
number and type of push-pull sticks shall be used correctly; never wrap taglines around hands
and/or other body parts. In situations where it cannot be used, an appropriate risk assessment
shall be performed and approved by the lifting authority.

3.5 No access under suspended loads is allowed.

3.6 All offshore cranes, mobile cranes, overhead travelling cranes, truck mounted cranes and forklift
trucks shall be secured when not in use. Locking devices shall be fitted to prevent unauthorised use.
Keys to locking devices shall be secured and controlled by lifting PIC.
3.7 Blind lifts where the crane operator cannot see the load should be avoided if possible. If
unavoidable, crane operator and 1 or 2 banksmen shall be in constant communication. The
banksmen shall be positioned in direct visual contact with crane operator and the load.
3.8 No hands-on load during lifting operations at all times until the load is securely placed on the
laydown area.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 155

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

3.9 Pushing/Pulling of suspended loads from vertical position must be avoided, if in case required,
robust controls shall be in place in-line with ‘Line of Fire’.

4 KEY POINTS
4.1 All personnel who are involve with lifting equipment and operation shall attend appropriate
trainings to their level of responsibility as per Appendix 4. Trainings shall be carried out by BSP
approved training centre.
4.2 Personnel under training shall only undertake tasks according to their assessed level of competency
and only under supervision of a competent person

4.3 Competent Authorized Person (CAP) is responsible for:

4.3.1 All portable lifting appliances and lifting tackle shall be stored and controlled in a lifting
equipment store. This also applies to portable lifting appliances and lifting tackle owned by
contractors and sub- contractors using their lifting equipment in BSP offshore and onshore
facilities.
4.3.2 Correct colour coding of the Lifting tackle is in place.
4.3.3 The Rigging store shall be a designated storage facility, where the portable lifting
appliances or loose lifting tackles can be kept secured from unauthorized use. It may be
either a transportable containerized rigging store or a controlled permanent store.
4.3.4 The rigging store shall include a secured quarantine area for storing equipment no longer
fit for service.
4.3.5 Issue receipt and maintain a register to record all movements of lifting equipment from the
rigging store.
4.3.6 Pre and Post inspection to confirm the condition of the equipment.
4.4 Lifting Person in Charge (PIC) is responsible for:
4.4.1 PTW needs to be in place for all non-routine lifting operations.
4.4.2 Coordinate and take charge of lifting and hoisting operations at their locations.
4.4.3 Review and approval of routine and non-routine simple lift plans (see Appendix 3).

4.4.4 Ensure that all lifting operations, either routine or non-routine, are executed in accordance
with the approved lift plans.
4.4.5 Conduct Toolbox talk prior to lift and include discussion about10 Questions for a safe lift.

5 REFERENCES AND RESOURCES

5.1 Shell HSSE & SP Control Framework Personal Safety Manual – Lifting & Hoisting
5.2 Workplace Safety and Health Order (WSHO) 2009 (S44/2009), Workplace Safety and Health
(General Provisions) Regulations 2014.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 156

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

6 IMPLEMENTATION
Managers, Team Leaders and Supervisors shall ensure implementation of this work practice within their
areas of accountability.

7 INTERPRETATION AND UPDATING

Asset Integrity Excellence Lead shall ensure the interpretation of this procedure.
BSP Safety Operations Committee (SOC) shall ensure 3 yearly update of this procedure.

8 APPROVAL SIGNATURES

Role Name Publish Date Signature

Owner Asset Integrity Excellence Lead (OAI) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Sr. Lifting Equipment Engineer 1st Nov 2019
Reviewer Retained on sign-off form
(OAI/43)
Reviewer Head of Inspection (OAI/4) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 157

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 1 – CHECKLIST 10 QUESTIONS FOR A SAFE LIFT

No Element Yes No Comments
1 Is everyone completely aware and fully understands the
Lifting and Hoisting procedures applicable to the lifting
operation?

2 Has everyone attended the Toolbox Talk?

3 Has a pre-use inspection of the lifting equipment been

carried out and are the lifting accessories tagged or marked
with:
- Working Load Limit (WLL) and/or Safe Working
Load (SWL)?
- A unique identification numbers?
- A valid certification dates?

4 Are all safety devices working?

5 Does everyone know the lifting Person-in-Charge (PIC)?

6 Is everyone competent and aware of his or her tasks?

7 Is there a current lift plan and JSA in place and do all

concerned parties fully understand the nature of the work
and the necessary precautions that are required to execute
the lift safety?

8 Does everyone know the maximum environmental limits

(e.g. maximum permissible wind speed for the lift)?

9 Is the lift area clear and controlled and does everyone fully
understand the potential dangers of a falling or swinging
load?

10 Are signalling methods and communication agreed and

clear to you?

I hereby confirm that the lifting job can be executed in line with the 10 questions for safe lift.

PIC Name & Signature:…………… Date:…………

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 158

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 2
1. Roles of lifting team

Competent Banksman

Competent Riggers

*Trained and Competent

2.a Colour coding for Lifting tackles

2.b Colour coding for Permanently attached Lifting tackles

The colour Purple on a sling set or other items of lifting tackle indicates that they are permanently
attached to an item of lifted equipment.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 159

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 3 – LIFT CATEGORISATION

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 160

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 4 – TRAINING MATRIX

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 161

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

21. Work Management Procedure – Management of Change

(MOC)

1 OVERVIEW
A change refers to a planned action or intervention that modifies the function of any item or process on a
temporary or permanent basis.
The purpose of this procedure is to provide all BSP staff and contractor employees with information on how
to mitigate risks that may result from a change.
Management of Change (MOC) process supports efficient planning, risk management, collaboration and
communication between stakeholders when planning and executing changes to plant, procedure or
organizations, whether permanent or temporary. It is essential to ensure all involved parties are aware of
the change process. Figure 1 below shows the seven steps of MOC process.

Figure 1- MOC Process Overview

Inappropriate Management of Change can lead to significant incidents, including releases, fires, explosions
and fatalities.
This work procedure is only applicable for changes applied within BSP operating Assets. The following
Process Safety Fundamentals (PSF) shall be adhered to.

Other functions such as wells and projects shall follow their respective MOC processes.

2 REQUIREMENTS
2.1 All staff involved in the MOC process (excluding procedural change) shall complete the following
trainings:
▪ MOC Awareness Training (onboarding and refresher training) by BSP MOC Custodian (OPE/31)
or Asset/Function MOC Focal Point.
▪ Management of Change Upstream Foundation (ID = 00320584)
▪ FSR MOC upstream, Applied (ID = 00464497)

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 163

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last print date on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

2.2 All Wells staff involved in Wells Management of Change and Deviations (eMOCD) process shall
ensure they have completed the appropriate training for eMOCD.

2.3 All staff involved in MOC shall understand their roles and responsibilities defined in Appendix 1.

2.4 Below is the MOC process swim lane (refer to Figure 2).

Figure 2- MOC Process Swim Lane

2.5 Permanent change is an alteration to the current state which will not be returned to the pre-change
state. It can also be used for an interim situation, if that change is long term and will then be reversed
by another permanent MOC.

2.6 Procedural change shall be managed via the Business Management System (BMS) Document Change
Notice Form (Appendix 3) and not via FSR MOC. Change approval shall be by the document owner
and where required the process owner. No additional precautions (Section 3) are required.

2.7 Temporary change is not intended to replace the pre-change situation beyond a specific period and
will either be restored to original status or will lead to a permanent change. An MOC extension
requires appropriate review including a new hazard analysis and risk assessment if required.

2.8 Emergency MOC is identified as required immediately, where time is critical to prevent other
undesired consequences. It should only be used in exceptional circumstances to avoid or mitigate
conditions that may:
▪ Be immediately dangerous to life or health;
▪ Result in severe impact to the environment;
▪ Result in imminent asset damage of RAM 4+ consequence, or
▪ Result in operational upsets that could lead to the above conditions,
▪ Result in an external product quality incident.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 164

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last print date on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

2.8.1 For emergency MOC, the screening process may be skipped. Simplified Emergency MOC
Process work flow is shown in Figure 2 below.

Figure 3 - Simplified Emergency MOC Process Work Flow

2.8.2 The emergency change review team will consist of the following personnel (via Telephone if
necessary):
▪ Installation Manager/Operation Manager
▪ Relevant Technical Authority
▪ Operations Supervisor
▪ Maintenance Team Leader
▪ A Safety Representative
▪ Additional discipline (e.g. HSSE, Corporate Affairs) if required
2.8.3 Once the situation is under control, it is the responsibility of the Operations Team Leader (or
their delegate) to document and communicate the change to affected personnel via the Shift
Logs.
2.8.4 The Operations Team Leader (or their delegate) shall then raise either Permanent or
Temporary MOC and inform the Operations Manager that this has been done.
2.8.5 It is the responsibility of the Operation Manager to identify the MOC Owner, co-ordinate a
review of the change via the normal MOC process and ensure the completion of the formal
MOC process as required.
2.8.6 The Asset Manager shall always be kept informed.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 165

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last print date on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

3 PRECAUTIONS
3.1 Before implementing any change, a risk assessment shall be conducted using Risk Assessment Matrix
(refer to WMP - Hazards Recognition). Review the risks of the new situation after the change is
implemented.

3.2 The relevant screeners may vary from each operating asset while the reviewers (TA, HSE or SME)
shall be selected. Consult MOC custodian (OPE/31) if you are unsure.

3.3 Proposed system or network modifications that can change the risk of the Operating Asset system
landscape shall be reviewed by the Process Control Domain (PCD) -IT Security Focal Point (ICE/1),
examples include:
▪ Addition of devices, network connections and interfaces
▪ Hardware changes that are not like for like
▪ Addition of new rules on PCD firewalls
▪ System upgrade (e.g., DCS or metering system upgrade)
▪ Removal of existing PCD integrity controls

3.4 Changes shall be approved by the relevant change authority (see Table 1 below). Assignment of
approver shall be based on the following risk level for both temporary and permanent change.
Approval authority shall not approve MOC outside the authorized risk level.

HSSE Risk Level

Execution Party Light Blue Dark Blue Yellow Red
Asset
Asset OIM
Manager
Table 1- Approval Authority

3.5 For extension of a temporary change, the approval level shall be escalated up one level higher than
the previous change approver. BSP Directors can approve extensions without further escalations.

3.6 Do not implement or start work without an “Approved” MOC.

3.7 Any staff affected by the change shall be informed and trained about what they shall do differently.

3.8 Area owners shall ensure they are aware of all temporary or permanent changes in their areas of
accountability, understand the checks to be done, and mitigations required to be in place.

3.9 Where piping, valves, pipelines and vessels are repaired by engineered wraps or clamps, a record
of this repair shall be maintained in the temporary repair register for the facility. Approval for the
temporary repair shall be obtained via eMOC in FSR. SAP corrective maintenance entry shall be
made such that the repair is permanently completed at least 6 months prior to the expiry of the
engineered wrap or clamp life. A Safety Critical Equipment (SCE) deviation is not required unless
the life of the engineered wrap or clamp is exceeded, and the wrap or clamp remains in place and
the piping, valve, pipeline or vessel remains in service.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 166

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last print date on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

3.10 If in doubt, please ask immediate supervisor for clarity. If the clarity is unresolved, it shall be escalated
to the Asset/Function MOC custodian (OPE/31).

3.11 Red line mark-ups of PEFs shall be available in control-room when MOC goes live. Critical document
updates shall be done within 6 months after implementation or ‘go live’ of the MOC.

4 KEY POINTS
4.1 MOC applies to any permanent or temporary (including emergency) changes as follows:

Potential PCD-IT
Type of change
Security Impact
Hardware ▪ Addition Yes
Change ▪ Deletion/removal
▪ Modification
▪ Replacement (not like-to-like
function) of equipment,
component or other system
element
1. Process Change Process Control Changes to/that: Yes, but only for the
or ▪ Operating envelope following:
Process ▪ Impacts integrity ▪ Operating envelope
▪ Impacts safety
Condition ▪ Impacts integrity
Change
For control changes, this also
includes changes involving:
▪ Alarm or trip overrides
2. Procedural ▪ All managed via BMS Document Change Notice No
Change Form (solely)
3. Organizational Impacts HSSE critical roles No
Change (applies to
both BSP and
Contractors)

4.2 Any trained staff can initiate an MOC request by initiating through eMOC in Facility Status Reporting
(FSR) tool (see Appendix 2).

4.3 For all Wells Activities, excluding subsurface changes which affect well delivery, the MOC will be
initiated by Wells through the Wells eMOCD tool, and following the Wells MOCD process. This is
governed by the Wells Global MOCD standard. Approval of Wells MOC will be completed by the
appropriate TA.

4.4 MOC can be signed off as closed when:

▪ All the changes are implemented and mitigated as per MOC scope.
▪ All documentation and systems have been updated to reflect changes covered by MOC.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 167

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last print date on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

5 REFERENCES AND RESOURCES

5.1 HSSE and SP Control Framework – Management of Change
5.2 Work Management Procedure – Safety System Isolation/Override Control
5.3 Work Management Procedure – Permit to Work
5.4 MOC Training Materials

6 IMPLEMENTATION
Managers, Team Leaders and Supervisors shall ensure implementation of this work practice within their
areas of accountability.

7 INTERPRETATION AND UPDATING

OPE shall ensure the interpretation of this procedure.
BSP Safety Operations Committee (SOC) shall ensure 3 yearly update of this procedure.

8 APPROVAL SIGNATURES
Role Name Publish Date Signature
Owner Production Excellence Lead (OPE) 1st Nov 2019 MOC/sign-off form
Reviewer Production Support Engineer (OPE/31) 1st Nov 2019 MOC/sign-off form
Reviewer Wells HSE Manager (TWH) 1st Nov 2019 MOC/sign-off form

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 168

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last print date on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 1 – ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES (ASSET MOC)

Asset Manager

The Asset manager is accountable for the MOC process within the asset and specifically for ensuring the
mandatory requirements for the HSSE CF are met and the minimum requirements of Asset Management
System (AMS) are complied. The Asset Manager responsibilities are as follows:

▪ Implementing Management of Change related to safety critical activities within his/her

Venture/Function.
▪ Ensuring the Asset executes the MOC assurance activities included in the BSP assurance and
HSSE plan.
▪ Verifying the effectiveness of the MOC system of the venture/function using a tiered approach.
▪ Make the effectiveness of the MOC system and the MOC verification process part of each
independent HSSE MS Audit.
▪ Ensure that formal Management of Change procedures are followed to authorize modifications
or deviations that may impact AIPSM.
▪ Ensure that data, drawings and documentation critical to AIPSM are defined, available and
maintained as-built.
▪ Approve and Reject MOC accordingly with risk reduced to ALARP.

Operation Manager

Shall be accountable in ensuring all changes in their facilities/function as defined by the MOC procedure
goes through the MOC process:

▪ Appoint Focal point / asset custodian and ensure that the resources are available to lead and
sustain the MOC Process.
▪ Ensure relevant functional team member assigned as MOC Request Owner is competent and
trained to perform the MOC process in the asset.
▪ Approve and Reject MOC accordingly with risk reduced to ALARP.
▪ Escalate the Approving Party to a higher level where required.
▪ Ensure that when MOC is being extended that Approval Authority is always escalated.
▪ Monitor the overview of MOC registered live within Asset.
▪ Accountable in ensuring HSSE Critical Position staff have the competence to implement and
sustain the MOC process.
▪ Accountable in the delivery of Internal and External Assurance Activities.
▪ Proactively involved in internal assurance activities.
▪ To undergo minimum training or coaching on the MOC process when required.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 169

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last print date on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

Operation Installation Manager

Comply to the MOC process as per BSP MOC procedure. Shall be responsible for ensuring all changes
in facilities as defined by the MOC procedure goes through the MOC process:
▪ Approve and Reject MOC accordingly with risk reduced to ALARP.
▪ Escalate the Approving Party to a higher level where required.
▪ Ensure that when MOC is being extended that Approval Authority is always escalated.
▪ Monitor and track the overview of MOC registered live within facilities.
▪ Monitor status of temporary MOC in facilities and take the necessary actions for expired MOCs.
▪ Ensure that the Key MOC KPIs are properly monitored and discussed in the LT meeting.
▪ In certain circumstances, OIM shall take the role of a screener such as for temporary repair
MOC.
▪ Communicate and cascade MOC to team members.
▪ Ensure Frontline team have the competence to implement and sustain the MOC Process,
depending upon their roles.
▪ Ensure the Frontline team is aware of live MOC status in their facility.
▪ Responsible for carrying out internal assurance check as per BSP MOC procedure
▪ Ensuring that suitable checks are in place to verify application of mitigating controls where these
are required by the MOC and conducting these checks as appropriate.
▪ To undergo minimum training or coaching on the MOC process when required.
▪ Emphasize and ensure required Tier 1 documentation such as the as-built drawing is updated
on-site.
Production / Maintenance Lead

Comply to the MOC process as per BSP MOC procedure:

▪ Monitor and track the overview of MOC registered live within facilities and to have good
overview of Live MOC status on-site which is aligned with FSR MOC.
▪ Identify changes requiring MOC.
▪ To be the Frontline SME in the MOC process.
▪ Ensure frontline team members (HSSE Critical Position) can recognize change requiring MOC,
▪ Ensure frontline team are aware of live MOC status on-site,
▪ To have periodic interactions with the MOC Asset Custodian and to track the pending / delayed
MOC to the closure.
▪ Involved in Internal and providing support for External Assurance Activities.
▪ Ensuring that suitable checks are in place to verify application of mitigating controls where these
are required by the MOC and conducting these checks as appropriate.
▪ Shall be responsible for ensuring all changes in their facilities as defined by the MOC procedure
go through the MOC process.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 170

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last print date on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

▪ Mentor the frontline staff in the MOC process.

▪ Monitor status of temporary MOC in their facilities and take the necessary actions for expired
MOCs.
▪ In certain circumstances, PL / ML shall need to take the role of a screener to cater changes as
per asset setup.
▪ To undergo minimum training or coaching on the MOC process when required.
▪ Emphasize and ensure required Tier 1 documentation such as the as-built drawing is updated
on-site.
Complex Supervisor (COS) / Field Supervisor (FOS) /

Complex Shift Supervisor (CSS) / Maintenance Supervisors

Comply to the MOC process as per BSP MOC procedure:

▪ Authorizing MOC that have been approved and gone through the necessary safety checks prior
going live.
▪ Communicate team on MOC within their areas on the facilities.
▪ To have good overview of Live MOC status on-site which is aligned with FSR MOC.
▪ Identify changes requiring MOC.
▪ Ability to initiate changes via FSR MOC.
▪ Ensure frontline team members (HSSE Critical Position) are able to recognize change requiring
MOC and necessary training / coaching are available to the frontline staff.
▪ Cascade the MOC KPIs to the frontline staff, Gaps from the internal / external audits, gap closure
plans etc.
▪ Ensure frontline team are aware of live MOC status on-site.
▪ Provide support for and be involved in Internal and External Assurance Activities.
▪ Communicate the requirement to apply mitigating controls where these are required by the
MOC.
▪ Check compliance in application of mitigating controls where these are required by the MOC.
▪ Emphasize and ensure required Tier 1 documentation such as the as-built drawing is updated
on-site.
NOTE: All the above applicable for Maintenance Supervisors EXCEPT Authorizing MOC
PCD IT Security Focal Point / Service Lead – PCD IT Security

▪ The PCD IT Security Focal Point is responsible for reviewing proposed system or network
modifications that can change the risk or threat landscape of the Operating Asset system
landscape.
▪ Approve and Reject MOC accordingly with PCD IT Security risk reduced to ALARP.
▪ Advise mitigating controls to reduce the PCD IT Security risk to ALARP.
▪ Monitor and track the progress of approved changes with a PCD IT Security risk impact and
update the required documents, (e.g., Asset Inventory; network diagrams, etc.).

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 171

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last print date on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

▪ Communicate and cascade MOC to team members.

▪ Responsible for carrying out internal assurance checks as per BSP MOC procedure.
▪ Ensuring that suitable checks are in place to verify application of mitigation controls where these
are required by the MOC and conducting these checks as appropriate.
▪ To undergo minimum training or coaching on the MOC process when required.

APPENDIX 2: FACILITIES STATUS REPORTING (FSR) TOOL

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 172

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last print date on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 3: DOCUMENT CHANGE NOTICE FORM

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 173

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last print date on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

22. Work Management Procedure – Manned Diving and Remotely

Operated Vehicle (ROV) Operations

1 OVERVIEW
The procedure applies to all diving projects; both offshore, onshore and inland. Diving operations shall
only be carried out by specialized contractors approved by BSP and Shell Diving Centre Of Excellence
(DCOE).
The purpose of this procedure is to ensure all identified risks are managed to ALARP, diving and ROV
operations shall be carried out by the approved contractor according to International, local and BSP
diving standards and regulations.
The information contained within this procedure shall not take priority over Bruneian legislation.
This procedure is applicable to all diving and ROV operations, defined as:
▪ Where a person enters a liquid, and breathes gas greater than the atmospheric ambient pressure to
survive, or
▪ Where a person enters a pressurized environment at greater than 100 millibars of pressure, or
▪ Saturation diving from initial pressurisation to completion of bend watch following decompression.

This work procedure is applicable to all BSP staff and contractor. The following Life-Saving Rules (LSR)
and Process Safety Fundamentals (PSF) shall be adhered to.

2 REQUIREMENTS
2.1 The documents listed within WMP shall be regarded as the minimum acceptable level for diving
and ROV projects. It is the responsibility of the user to ensure the current revisions of the documents
listed are used.
2.2 Should there be any conflicts between the documents listed, a risk assessment shall be completed
and the safest option for the circumstances shall be taken.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURESS 175

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last print date on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

2.3 The below document structure and requirements shall be adhered to:

2.4 Requirements for diving personnel

▪ Diving Contractor shall ensure all Diving and Remotely Operated Vehicle (ROV) personnel hold
a formal qualification from a recognised training facility appropriate to the appointed task
▪ Contractor shall have a competency assessment scheme in place to identify the various
competency levels of the diving and ROV personnel

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURESS 176

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last print date on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

▪ The requirement for Dive Team medicals are as follows:

- Non-diving personnel two (2) years maximum validity
- Diving personnel one (1) year maximum validity
- Medicals must be from an approved source
▪ All Diving Medical Technician (DMT) must be familiar with the diving medical equipment available
at the worksite and record shall be made available.
▪ Deployment of trainees to offshore shall be requested in writing and deployment to proceed only
after approval by BSP SME.
▪ A familiarisation system shall be in place for all personnel involved in the diving operations. This
should be recorded for auditing purposes and should include all relevant aspects of the dive,
vessel systems and emergency procedures.
2.5 Closed Bell Diving (Saturation Diving)
▪ The Saturation dive system and Hyperbaric Rescue Facility (HRF) shall have an in date and fully
compliant DO24 and D053 (Design for Saturation (Bell) Diving Systems)
▪ A copy of the diving contractor’s dive manual and emergency response procedures shall always
be available in dive control.
▪ The Self-Propelled Hyperbaric Lifeboat (SPHL) mating to HRF shall be tested and a leak check
carried out when the HRF system is first set up in location and witnessed by BSP appointed person.
The Life Support Package (LSP) should also be tested.
▪ All Hyperbaric Evacuation Systems, primary and secondary life support functions installed in, or
part of, the SPHL, HRF and LSP, shall be continuously tested for a minimum of 24hrs before being
approved for use. These tests shall have comprehensive supporting documentation to validate the
function and capability of each Life Support System
▪ Before Closed Bell diving commences, an unmanned bell dive to the deepest working depth shall
be carried out and monitored by the ROV. All primary and secondary recovery systems shall be
proven and witnessed by a BSP appointed person.
▪ The HRF and Saturation chamber shall be equipped with a full DMAC kit as required and include
equipment that is capable of measuring blood pressure, temperature, heart rhythm and SPO2
(Blood Oxygen Saturation Level). This equipment must be able to transmit the information from
inside the chamber to a Hyperbaric Doctor, remotely from the worksite, in real time.
▪ Precautions will be taken by the contractor to keep the divers in thermal balance during the
Saturation exposure. This will include heating and cooling of the bell and system. Provisions
should be in place for the treatment of hyperthermia, heat exhaustion and dehydration.
▪ All closed bell divers breathing gas shall be continuously monitored for Oxygen (02) and Carbon
Dioxide (CO2) percentages. Samples shall be taken on the dive panel before the final supply valve
to the diver and from the reclaim return line between the diver and the reclaim unit.
▪ Prior to any diving operation, each dive team will carry out a full, documented, diver recovery
drill. This will also apply to team that is newly introduced to Saturation. Regular diver safety drills
will be carried out and recorded in the approved Diver Safety Drills
▪ There should be a robust procedure in place for when components of the Saturation system are
brought to surface and personnel are required to enter. This should include procedures for flushing
helium rich gas from the component and introducing a breathable surface mix.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURESS 177

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last print date on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

2.6 ROV
▪ All ROV’s that require a LARS (Launch and Recovery System) must be compliant to IMCA R006
and are subject to BSP Diving SME assurance process and approval.
▪ Suitcase type ROV’s are subject to BSP Diving SME assurance process and approval.
▪ All ROV personnel shall have relevant qualifications and a record of competency for the vehicle
they are operating.
▪ All ROV’s shall have a PMS (Planned maintenance system) and maintenance reports shall be
available.

3 PRECAUTIONS
3.1 Diving is a safety critical activity that shall be managed to ensure that all identified risks are
reduced to As Low As Reasonably Practicable (ALARP), and the residual level of risk meets the
Shell Group mandatory HSE requirements:
▪ Diving Contractors shall use the latest revision of their diving decompression tables, procedures
or manuals. Contractor’s decompression tables shall also be the latest revision of the base table.
▪ All divers’ breathing gases shall be continually analysed for Carbon Monoxide (CO). There shall
be an audible and visible alarm which indicates/alerts the diving supervisor if the diver’s gas is
outside of pre-set limits. The alarm shall allow adequate time for the diving supervisor to isolate
a contaminated breathing source and switch to an alternative, before any contaminated gas
leaves the supervisors panel to a diver.
▪ The diving contractor shall ensure the correct supply pressure and volume is delivered to the diver’s
breathing apparatus as recommended by the breathing apparatus manufacturer.
▪ Weather monitoring should be ongoing throughout the Diving operation. ASOG (Activity Specific
Operating Guides) takes precedence to determine the proceeding of diving operations in adverse
weather. Diving operations can only be started by the Diving Supervisor and at the discretion of
the Vessel Master.
3.2 When diving or ROV is undertaken inside/outside 500m excluding zone of an operating asset a
work permit shall be obtained.

4 KEY POINTS
4.1 General Diving Key Points
▪ All diving operations should be carried out in accordance with IOGP 411 regulations and all
relevant IMCA guidance.
▪ PPE – Impact & puncture resistant gloves shall be the default glove during diving operations; unless
the task specific risk assessment and / or PTW specifies otherwise. Deck Divers shall use impact
resistance gloves.
▪ Diving is a safety critical activity and all risks shall be managed to ALARP (As Low as is Reasonably
Practicable).
▪ An approved and proven emergency response plan shall be in place prior to commencement of
the diving operation.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURESS 178

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last print date on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

▪ A proven Safe Umbilical Management System must be in place appropriate to the dive site. This
must detail the safe umbilical lengths for divers and stand by divers at varying depths.
▪ Every diving task shall be risk assessed and have an approved procedure.
▪ All approved diving and job/task procedures shall be strictly adhered to. Any deviation from
these procedures requires contractor’s change management procedures before work can
continue.
▪ All items flagged in the Hazards Identification Risk Assessment (HIRA) shall be reviewed and
mitigated. Any deviation from the mitigations requires re-evaluation.
▪ Subsea lifts should be managed by diving contractor and any non-routine lift plans should be
approved by BSP Lifting and hoisting SME.
▪ There should be a dedicated line of communication between the Diving Supervisor, Diver and
Lifting Apparatus Operator when carrying out subsea lifts. Hard wired communications are
preferable. VHF and UHF radios shall not be used as they are not a dedicated system.
▪ There shall be video and audio recording capability of the dive with Uninterruptable Power Supply
back-up fitted
▪ Diving activities shall not be performed under suspended load.
4.2 Surface Supplied Diving
▪ Air dive system and HRF shall have an in date and fully compliant DO23 (Design for Air Diving
Systems).
▪ Repetitive or accumulative dives shall not be used as part of planned routine operations.
▪ When divers are breathing directly from inline compressor there shall be an alarm and an
automatic shutdown device for that compressor when purification / filter system has reached an
unacceptable level of contamination.
▪ When a HP compressor is in use to charge breathing gas storage devices, there shall be an
automatic shutdown device for that compressor when purification/filter system has reached an
unacceptable level of contamination.
▪ In case of the use of an LP compressor as a breathing source to the divers, the delivery volume
and gas flow should be enough to match the requirement of the breathing apparatus and it’s use
at the maximum intended depth.
▪ When a Launch and Recovery System (LARS) is used for access to and egress from the water,
there shall be two independent and operational LARS installed in accordance with IMCA
recommendation.
▪ When surface diving is taking place from a Dynamic Positioning (DP) Vessel, operations should
be carried out in accordance with IMCA D010. All diver’s umbilical shall be fitted with an
umbilical “stopper” and the following shall apply:
- Diver’s baskets are to be fitted with umbilical guides capable of preventing the passage of a
diver’s umbilical stopper.
- In an emergency it shall be possible for any diver to release an umbilical from the umbilical
guides.
- The stoppers on the Divers umbilical shall be set in such way that the working diver cannot
reach 5 meters from an any identified hazard, and the stand by diver cannot reach 3 meters
from any identified hazard.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURESS 179

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last print date on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4.3 Diving using a mobile/portable surface supplied system.

▪ The small craft that is to be used for diving operations, either General Purpose workboat or
daughter-craft shall be approved for use by BSP Marine (SMR). Any additional craft such as a
Fast Rescue Craft shall also be approved by SMR.
▪ Diving using a mobile/portable surface supplied system can be done only during day light.
▪ There shall be an approved lock-out-tag-out (LOTO) procedure in place prior to the
commencement of diving operations from small vessels.
▪ The SRP/dive support vessel shall be fitted with a proven means to safely recover an injured or
unconscious diver from the water to the deck.
4.4 When diving operations are planned from a vessel/barge being held in position using
anchors/mooring lines or a combination of these, the following requirements shall be met:
▪ Anchor plans/mooring plans shall be approved by BSP Marine (SMR).
▪ A moored diving vessel/barge requires a minimum of four-point mooring system, which can be
a combination of anchors and mooring lines.
▪ Mooring lines shall not obstruct installation/DSV lifeboats or life rafts.
▪ There shall be a BSP approved lock-out-tag-out (LOTO) procedure in place prior to the
commencement of diving operations.
4.5 All umbilicals of divers shall be provided with protection from abrasion/chaffing/rubbing damage
at the last 20 metres at the diver end of the umbilical. The following requirements shall also be met:
▪ All securing devices, such as karabiners, used to secure the divers umbilical, shall be of a screw-
gate locking design.
▪ Cable-ties shall not be used to secure ‘D rings’, or any other component, to a diver’s umbilical.
▪ All diver’s umbilical ‘D-rings,’ the binding, and the screw-gate karabiner used for securing an
umbilical, shall be subjected to a 150kg load test to confirm the ‘D ring’s integrity.
▪ The ‘D-ring’ and binding test shall be included in the diving equipment PMS.
▪ When a High-Pressure Water Jet (HPWJ) is to be used by a diver, the final 2-metre section of the
HP hose shall be fitted with a safety shroud to protect the operator from the effects of a hose
failure.

5 REFERENCES AND RESOURCES

5.1 Brunei Workplace Safety Health Order.
5.2 ROV operations IMCA guidelines: IMCA R005 High voltage equipment: Safety Procedures for
working on ROV’s
5.3 ROV operations IMCA guidelines: IMCA R006 Standard ROV Audit document
5.4 ROV operations IMCA guidelines: IMCA R018 Installing ROV systems on vessels or Platforms
5.5 ROV operations IMCA guidelines: IMCA R021 ROV Load testing and inspection

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURESS 180

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last print date on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

6 IMPLEMENTATION
Managers and Team Leaders shall ensure implementation of this work practice within their areas of
accountability.

7 INTERPRETATION AND UPDATING

OAI/5 and the Diving SME shall ensure interpretation of this procedure.
BSP Safety Operations Committee (SOC) shall ensure 3 yearly update of this procedure.

8 APPROVAL SIGNATURES
Role Name Publish Date Signature
Owner Asset Integrity Excellence Lead (OAI) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Head Of Assurance & Standards
Reviewer 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
(HSE/2)
Reviewer UW Team Lead (OAI/5) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURESS 181

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last print date on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 1 – DIVER RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX

The following responsibility matrix shall be followed:

No Task Definition BSP Approved BSP Diving BSP AP Auditor DCoE

Manager Diving Diving Focal (CSR) PTE
/CH Contractor ASME Points
1.0 ORS Evaluate Phase

1.1 Determine
requirement &
scope of diving
operation
1.2 Challenge need
for diving (?)
1.3 Identify on SME
when initially
planning diving
operations
1.4 Obtain specialist
support from the
ASME for diving
operations
2.0 ORS Define Phase
2.1 Ensure group
requirements are
specified in
contract
2.2 Invite tenders only
from approved
diving contractors
2.3 Carry out
technical
evaluation of
tenders prior to
award
2.4 Identify and
manage diving
risks.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURESS 182

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last print date on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

No Task Definition BSP Approve BSP Diving BSP AP Auditor DCoE

Manager d Diving Diving Focal (CSR) PTE
/CH Contract ASME Points
or
3.0 ORS Execute Phase
3.1 Appoint diving
AP (CSR)

3.2 Develop the DP

3.3 Ensure obligated

documents/meth
ods are in place

3.4 Complete pre-

start up Diving,
ROV, HR, LSP
audits
3.5 Familiarisation of
diving personnel

3.6 Diving operations

3.7 Audits,
monitoring,
corrective action
and
improvements

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURESS 183

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last print date on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

23. Work Management Procedure – Manual Material Handling

1 OVERVIEW
Manual material handling includes lifting, lowering, pushing and pulling. All BSP staff and contractors
shall follow proper handling techniques to avoid back and hand injuries. Back injuries can be prevented
by correct manual lifting technique.
This work procedure is applicable to all BSP staff and contractors.

2 REQUIREMENTS
2.1 Avoid manual material handling when there are other methods available. Where manual material
handling is still deem required, team leaders shall ensure, where reasonably practicable,
appropriate equipment for lifting, lowering, pushing, pulling, carrying, handling or transporting
heavy or awkward loads is provided to team members.

2.2 Before any manual activity involving lifts, lowers, pushes, pulls, carries, handles or transports of a
load that could injure a person, he/she shall perform a hazard assessment that considers:
▪ the weight of the load
▪ the size of the load
▪ the shape of the load
▪ the type of grips on the load (coupling)
▪ the number of times the load shall be moved
2.3 Do not manual lift a weight that is more than 20kg. The maximum weight limit shall be adjusted
depending on how the load is being lifted, how close to the body it is held, and how high or how
low the weights are to be lifted.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 185

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

3 PRECAUTIONS
3.1 Observe correct manual lifting position:
▪ Feet – close to the load, slightly apart, lead foot slightly forward.
▪ Feet too close together, it will be difficult to maintain balance.
▪ Knees – bend ready to lift by straightening but do not squat.
▪ Back – straight and rigid at all times. Shall not be more than 15
degrees from the vertical.
▪ Arms – keep the load close to your body. Do not reach out with fully
extended arms. Keeping the load close reduces strain and tiredness.
▪ Correct Grip – firmly with palms and fingers. Balance by moving your
back leg as you lift the load.
▪ Hands - always use the BSP default gloves (refer BSP to Work
Management Procedure – PPE).
▪ Head and Chin – head raised, chin tucked in.
3.2 Supervisors shall ensure team members involved in manual material handling understand the risks
involved and are able to demonstrate the correct manual lifting techniques.

3.3 Do not start to manual lift a load before:

▪ the area is free from obstructions
▪ you have done a quick weight test
▪ you have found the load’s center of gravity
3.4 If the object to be handled is too heavy or awkward, get help. The manual lifting method for two or
more people is the same as for one person. Consider similar height during manual lifting where
two or more people are involved in carrying the heavy object.
3.5 If the load is too heavy or difficult to lift manually, team members shall report to the team leader
who shall provide appropriate equipment.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 186

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4 KEY POINTS
4.1 Use of Body Weight – use to counterbalance and reduce the starting shock.
4.2 Injury Prevention Controls
▪ Reduce distances to the loads to be handled.
▪ Provide the proper manual handling devices such as carts and dollies.
▪ Arrange to have smaller, lighter, and easier to handle load sizes.
▪ Suspend heavy tools from balancers to reduce the force required to hold the tool.
▪ Avoid standing with a heavy load; if you stop, set it down by reversing the manual lifting
techniques.
▪ Do not carry a load which obstructs your view and always ensure that your line of travel is clear
from obstructions.
▪ Never attempt to change your grip while carrying a load. If a change is necessary, set the load
down on a firm support, change your grip and lift the load up again.

5 REFERENCES AND RESOURCES

5.1 Shell HSSE & SP Control Framework Personal Safety Manual – Lifting & Hoisting

6 IMPLEMENTATION
Managers and Team Leaders shall ensure implementation of this work practice within their areas of
accountability.

7 INTERPRETATION AND UPDATING

Head of Personal Safety shall ensure the interpretation of this procedure.
BSP Safety Operations Committee (SOC) shall ensure 3 yearly update of this procedure.

8 APPROVAL SIGNATURES

Role Name Publish Date Signature

Owner Head of Personal Safety (HSE/4) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Reviewer Health Surveillance and Ergonomics 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
(IFM/54321)

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 187

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

24. Work Management Procedure – Mobile Machinery

1 OVERVIEW
The purpose of this procedure is to ensure safe and controlled use of mobile machinery. This procedure
covers the use of mobile machinery (medium and heavy machinery), including fork lifts, cranes,
excavators, and trucks fitted with hoists. Driving cars, buses, trucks, prime movers and trailers is covered
in the WMP – Driving Safety & Journey Management.
This work procedure is applicable to all BSP staff and contractors. The following Life-Saving Rules (LSR)
shall be adhered to.

2 REQUIREMENTS
2.1 Team Leaders shall verify all heavy machinery operators are trained and certified for the specific
machinery. Records of certification shall be readily available for reference purposes.

2.2 Team Leaders and staff shall ensure mobile machinery is in safe working condition through
inspection before each usage.

2.3 Maintenance and usage records shall be up to date. Mobile machinery shall be operated and
maintained according to Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) procedures and guidelines.

2.4 No maintenance on mobile machinery is to be undertaken within a BSP hydrocarbon containing

facility without a work permit being issued.

2.5 Mobile vehicles are required to be fitted with In Vehicle Monitoring System (IVMS) devices if they
are registered and roadworthy.

2.6 Follow prescribed journey management plan.

3 PRECAUTIONS
3.1 Staff and contractors operating mobile machinery shall verify prior to starting work that the
equipment is in safe working condition. Do not use mobile machinery if it does not seem to be in a
safe condition; it shall also not to be used until it has passed inspection by the relevant Technical
Authority.

3.2 Road worthiness of all mobile machinery shall be assessed by STL/3. Lifting & Hoisting aspects of
mobile machinery shall be assessed by OAI/4.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 189

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

3.3 Fire extinguisher shall be available on the mobile machinery and shall be checked to be within the
validity date.

3.4 Operators who feel unwell or are under the influence of medication shall not operate mobile
machinery and shall inform their respective team leader or supervisor of their health condition.

3.5 Do not smoke outside designated areas when driving or working in hazardous areas.

4 KEY POINTS
4.1 Team members shall report to the team leader when a load is beyond the capacity of Safe Working
Load (SWL) of the mobile machinery lifting equipment (see Work Management Procedure Lifting
and Hoisting).
4.2 General
▪ Vehicle operators are responsible for the safety of their loads and surrounding activities.
▪ Before the usage of mobile machinery in hydrocarbon areas, a valid work permit shall be
obtained for the job.
▪ Toolbox talks shall be conducted prior to the start of operation of mobile machinery.
▪ All mobile machinery shall have a flashing visible light fitted and operating when the machine is
switched on.
▪ All mobile machinery shall have a reversing alarm fitted.
▪ All mobile machinery shall be fitted with seatbelts when it is a requirement in accordance with
the manufacturer’s instructions.
▪ Ignition key shall never be left unattended in the mobile machine. A site specific key control and
issue system must be put in place.
▪ Before moving and at a blind-spot areas, operator shall honk to alert all staff in the proximity.
4.3 Forklifts
▪ Comply with Work Management Procedure Lifting and Hoisting when operating a forklift.
▪ When driving, give way to pedestrians. Be aware of surroundings when reversing.
▪ Observe speed limits and ensure the forklift can make a safe stop at any time.
▪ Avoid harsh accelerating, harsh braking or harsh turning.
▪ Use spotter to guide where visibility is blocked. Watch out for overhead obstructions.
▪ Ensure that loads are within the rated load capacity of the forklift.
▪ Operate the forklift with the load placed fully against the load back rest.
▪ Forklift shall not be used to raise a person.
▪ Never park or leave the forklift in any doorway, entrance, emergency exit or in front of fire
extinguishing equipment. When parked, fork arms shall be tilted forward and lowered to the
ground.
4.4 Cranes
▪ Comply with WMP – Lifting and Hoisting when operating a crane.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 190

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

▪ Observe speed limits and ensure the crane can make a safe stop at any time.
▪ Ensure safety signages are visible.
▪ Operation of any crane within 6 meters of overhead electrical cables is strictly prohibited. Other
physical overhead obstructions shall be avoided.
▪ Cranes not in use shall be parked in a designated area. Crane’s boom shall be lowered and
sling shall be secured properly.
4.5 Excavators
▪ Observe speed limits and ensure the machine can make a safe stop at any time.
▪ Be aware of surroundings when reversing and when machine is in motion.
▪ Ensure all control levers are in neutral or off position before starting.
▪ Use steps and handholds correctly. Face the equipment and maintain 3-point contact when
getting on and off.
▪ Do not allow anyone to get under or near the boom and stick when it is raised/in operation.
▪ Know the location of the bucket before moving the equipment.
▪ Ensure adequate clearance when making turns or going through narrow passages.

5 REFERENCES AND RESOURCES

5.1 Work Management Procedure – Lifting and Hoisting
5.2 Work Management Procedure – Driving Safety and Journey Management
5.3 Land Transport Vehicle Standard BSP-14.02-STANDARD-001

6 IMPLEMENTATION
Managers and Team Leaders shall ensure implementation of this procedure within their areas of
accountability.

7 INTERPRETATION AND UPDATING

Head of Personal Safety (HSE/4) and Logistics Manager shall ensure the interpretation of this procedure.
Work Management Procedure Committee shall ensure updating of this procedure.

8 APPROVAL SIGNATURES
Role Name Publish Date Signature
Owner Logistics Manager (LSM) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Head of Land Transport & Supplies
Reviewer 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Ops (STL)

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 191

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

25. Work Management Procedure – Offshore Travel

1 OVERVIEW
BSP staff and contractors requires to travel offshore for work by helicopter or marine transport. This
procedure describes the requirements for travelling by air and marine transportation to any offshore
facilities, offshore drilling rigs, vessels and platforms owned or operated by BSP and/or contractors.

This work procedure is applicable to all BSP staff and contractors. The following Life-Saving Rules (LSR)
shall be adhered to.

2 REQUIREMENTS
Any person traveling offshore shall:
2.1 Complete and submit the Offshore Pass Application Form (Appendix 1) and submit to HSE/120X.
Prior to submission, the passenger must:
2.1.1 Hold a valid offshore medical certificate from a BSP approved practitioner.
2.1.2 Complete mandatory training for offshore travel by boat and helicopter (accredited BOSIET
with Emergency Breathing System (EBS) and Travel Safely by Boat training).
2.1.3 Complete the BSP HSE Induction.
For exceptional circumstances, a Special Pass shall be issued for limited time use upon prior
approval. For more information, please discuss with your GLMS focal point.
2.2 Offshore travel must be in the approved Integrated Activity Plan (IAP).
2.3 Request for offshore travel shall be booked by GLMS focal point 5 days before the travel date.
Any accompanied or unaccompanied freight/cargo must also be booked in GLMS.
2.4 Dangerous goods must be packaged appropriately and accompanied by proper documentation
upon check in.
2.5 Unaccompanied personal cargo (eg. food, personal hygiene items) will not be transported
offshore.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 193

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

2.6 Present valid identification upon check-in. Other embarkation requirements are:
By Helicopter By Boat

Anduki Airfield or
Embarkation Point Kuala Belait Port (KBP)
Brunei International Airport

Check in Time 60 mins before travel 30 mins before travel

Baggage Allowance* Max Weight: 11kg per bag

(2 bags per person) Max Total Weight: 20kg
▪ Long sleeved coveralls
▪ Safety Boots
▪ Long sleeved coveralls ▪ Self-righting life jackets
PPE Requirement
▪ Fully covered shoes ▪ Helmet with chin straps
▪ Safety Glasses
▪ Safety Gloves

2.7 Baggage more than the allowable weight must be booked as cargo prior to the day of travel.
▪ Plastic/shopping bags are not acceptable as offshore baggage.
▪ No loose items to be taken onboard helicopters (i.e, caps, hats, paper-based materials).
▪ Safety helmets and self-righting life jackets shall be kept inside baggage when travelling
offshore by helicopter. Inflatable life jackets that contains small non-flammable gas cartridges
(e.g. carbon dioxide) fitted for inflation purposes are allowed to be taken offshore by helicopter,
with no more than one inflatable life jacket per person.
2.8 Upon arrival at a manned facility, register with the offshore admin. Personnel transiting through a
manned complex to another facility shall register on arrival at the main complex. Passengers
visiting the platform for the first time (or after an absence of 6 months) shall receive an installation
HSE induction before commencing work.
▪ For schedule of infield travel requirements, coordinate with the Logistics Coordinator.
▪ For schedule of return trips onshore, coordinate with the offshore admin. Ensure that you are
ready at the required standby time.
2.9 Departure Manned Platform
▪ Passengers shall check-in and record body and baggage weight (the baggage weight shall not
be interfered after recording).
▪ Show up at the standby time.
2.10 People movement to and from NUIs
▪ On arrival and departure, report to Person In Charge (PIC) for safety briefing and departure
briefing.
▪ PIC shall receive and confirm PIC Grab Bag contents from Permit Coordinator (complex), asset
representative (marine vessel) or security (Anduki/KB Port) as appropriate. Grab bag shall
contain whistle, checklist, POB list, gas monitor, reflective vest and basic first aid kit.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 194

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

3 PRECAUTIONS
3.1 Green helmet personnel on a vessel shall be accompanied by an experienced person (white
helmet). This is to ensure additional precautionary measures are put in place.
3.2 Helicopter passengers must be able to meet the shoulder width limitation of the aircraft’s
emergency exits. The extra broad (XBR) template is available near the check-in counter in Anduki
and passengers may be asked to verify their shoulder width.
3.3 When travelling to an unmanned platform, have at least one fully charged radio for logistics
communication.
3.4 Ensure physical fitness for travel (i.e not suffering from any side effects from medicine or significant
illness or under the influence of alcohol or drugs).
3.5 The following items are prohibited to travel offshore:
▪ Matches, cigarette lighters, e-cigarettes and vapes
▪ Alcohol and drugs
▪ Weapons and explosives
▪ Fishing equipment (or fish)
▪ Pornographic material
▪ Open-toed footwear
3.6 Alcohol screening shall be carried out prior to travel offshore including mobilization of workboats
through Muara. Random drug test may also occur at boarding points or any time while offshore.
3.7 Random inspection of bags and accommodation rooms may occur at any time for presence of
prohibited items while offshore. No advanced notice will be provided and no cause explanation.

4 KEY POINTS
4.1 Passengers going to manned facilities (CP7, AP 9 and FA4) or directly to floating accommodations
platforms and drilling rigs are permitted to carry non intrinsically safe electronic equipment in their
checked luggage. This equipment shall never be used outside offshore accommodation areas unless
covered by a work permit.
4.2 Mobile phones can be carried on the body or in the checked luggage when traveling directly to
manned offshore platforms, floating accommodation and drilling rigs by vessels or helicopters.
Phones must be switched to airplane mode when boarding and travelling on helicopters.
4.3 Passengers going to unmanned facilities are not permitted to carry non intrinsically safe electronic
equipment with them or in baggage unless covered by a work permit. Not complying with this will
result in disciplinary action.
4.4 Spare lithium batteries and power banks are not allowed to be taken offshore as they are a risk for
ignition source.
4.5 Car remote control keys can be carried to all offshore locations. These do not need to be declared
and can be carried on the body at all times.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 195

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4.6 Electronic watches may be used in all locations offshore. These may be used when traveling in boat
or via helicopter. Watches that have the features to make or receive phone calls must always be set
as disabled when in helicopter or outside living quarters areas on offshore facilities.
4.7 Personnel transfer
▪ A Boat Landing Officer (BLO) is required to be present at the boat landing to control the number
of people accessing the landing area. In the case where non routine operations and BLO is not
present, then the most senior person will act as BLO.
▪ Passengers shall comply with the boat Captain’s lawful commands and remain within the cabin
for the duration of the journey until called outside, unless an emergency condition exists.
4.8 Competent Helideck crew as per Shell Requirements for Air Operations, are to be available for all
helideck operations

5 REFERENCES AND RESOURCES

5.1 BSP-14.01-Procedure-003 Offshore Booking Procedure
5.2 BSP 14.05. Guideline-002 Guide to BSP/3 Operations
5.3 BSP Drugs & Alcohol Policy
5.4 SAV Ground Operations Manual

6 IMPLEMENTATION
Managers and Team Leaders shall ensure implementation of this work practice within their areas of
accountability.

7 INTERPRETATION AND UPDATING

Logistics Manager shall ensure the interpretation of this procedure.
BSP Safety Operations Committee (SOC) shall ensure 3 yearly update of this procedure.

8 APPROVAL SIGNATURES
Role Name Publish Date Signature
Owner Logistics Manager (LSM) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Reviewer IPC Manager (IPC) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Reviewer Head of HSE & Security (HSE) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 196

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 1 – OFFSHORE APPLICATION FORM

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 197

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

26. Work Management Procedure – Permit to Work

1 OVERVIEW
A Permit to Work system (PTW) is a formal documented system to ensure potential risks and hazards are
identified and controls are in place to prevent harm to People, Asset, Community or the Environment
(PACE). It is a tool to facilitate communication between site management, supervisors, operators and
work crews.
A PTW system aims to ensure proper planning and mitigation on the risks of the activities. The permit
system enables the right roles to perform their required task at a specific place/time and sets out the main
controls needed to complete the work safely.

This work procedure is applicable to all BSP staff and contractors. The following Life-Saving Rules (LSR)
and Process Safety Fundamentals (PSF) shall be adhered to.

All works in BSP facilities listed in Table 1 below shall be controlled using Permit to Work (PTW)
procedure.

Type Icon Examples of work tasks

▪ Work that does not generate sparks or heat
▪ Erect scaffold
Cold Work
▪ Use of non-power operated hand tools
▪ Gas & Oil Sampling from dedicated points (with check valves)
▪ Work in Pressurized Habitat
Hot Work ▪ Naked flames from welding / flame-cutting
▪ Use of electric power tools or spark ignition engines
Confined Space ▪ Entering/Working in confined spaces
Entry ▪ Work in deep excavation > 1.8m
▪ Pneumatic Leak or Pressure testing work
▪ Breaking containment
Breaking ▪ Hydrostatic Leak or Pressure testing
Containment ▪ Pigging activity
▪ Gas/oil sampling, not from a dedicated sample point.
▪ Pilot trenching
Excavation ▪ Mechanical excavation
▪ Manual trenching

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 199

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

▪ Working on High Voltage (HV) and Low Voltage (LV) systems

Electrical ▪ General electrical work
▪ Working on electric motor

Crane ▪ Non-routine Complex Lifts

Operations ▪ Non-routine Simple Lifts
▪ Well Services Operations
Drilling / Well ▪ Subsea Operations
Services ▪ Well Integrity Testing
▪ Mechanical Work on fire pumps / Compressors / Turbines
Mechanical ▪ Using Hydraulic torque equipment
▪ Mechanical Work on Pumps / Valves
▪ Wet Abrasive Blasting
Painting / ▪ Spray painting/coating
Blasting ▪ Hand Painting
▪ Working on fire & gas detection equipment and systems
Instrumentation / ▪ Working on ESD systems
Controls ▪ Working on process monitoring, process control or operator
interfaces
Diving ▪ All diving activities inside/outside 500m exclusion zone including
Operations ROV operations. All diving to be approved by Diving SME.
Table 1- Permit Types

Consult Permit Issue Point (PIP) in case there are doubts or activities are not listed in Table 1 to determine
if PTW is required.

2 REQUIREMENTS
2.1 The PTW System must ensure that all work activities on BSP facilities or at BSP managed sites are
properly planned, risk assessed, controlled/approved, coordinated, communicated and safely
executed.
2.2 The permit type shall be identified based on risk, types of activity (e.g. cold work, hot work,
confined space entry, etc) and the work to be carried out shall be clearly defined on the Permit.
2.3 Appropriate level of hazard identification and risk assessment shall be carried out for all work
activities.
2.4 Appropriate and task specific control measures shall be identified and implemented as specified on
the Permit. Not implementing a control measure contained in the permit can result in disciplinary
action.
2.5 The permit, along with any supporting documentation (e.g. certificates/forms) shall be issued prior
to commencement of work activities and supervisors shall ensure work crews are aware of the
tasks, hazards and controls in place.
2.6 Work-sites and equipment shall be adequately prepared and deemed safe before a Permit is
issued prior to work commencement, including the implementation of appropriate controls such as
isolations, etc. A hard copy of the permit must be placed at the worksite.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 200

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

2.7 Works supervisor shall ensure job start and continues to be carried out in a safe manner. Controls
in the permit shall be adhered to and that safety in the surrounding area is not jeopardised.
2.8 Permit shall be revalidated to extend the duration of a permit beyond the shift which it was initially
issued.
2.9 Personnel authorised to plan, prepare, approve & carry out work activities shall be trained. See
Table 2 below for training requirements.

Company PV Role Training required

Permit Requestor (PR) ▪ BSP HSSE Induction
Permit Verifier (PV) ▪ Work Hazard Management (WHM)
Permit Authoriser (PA) ▪ Minimum 5 years working experience
Permit Issuer (PI) / Area (PH/PR)
Operating Technician ▪ International Minimum Industry Safety
(AOT) Training (IMIST)
Permit Holder (PH) ▪ Permit Vision L1 & L2
Isolation Authority (IA) ▪ Authorised Gas Tester
Isolation Supervisor (IS) ▪ BA & Confined Space Entry (Deviation can
Isolation Manager (IM) be approved by Asset Manager)
For BSP Risk Assessor (RA)
Staff Wells Permit Issuer ▪ BSP HSSE Induction
Only (Wells PI) ▪ Work Hazard Management (WHM)
▪ Permit Vision L1 & L2
▪ Minimum 5 years working experience
(PH/PR)
▪ Minimum 12 months offshore experience
▪ NUI PIC
▪ Authorised Gas Tester
▪ International Minimum Industry Safety
Training (IMIST)
▪ International Well Control Forum (IWCF)
Level 4
▪ BA & Confined Space Entry (Only for
onshore Well’s PI. Deviation can be
approved by Well Manager)
▪ Operations FLBM Competence Elements
▪ Wells PI assessment by OIM
Permit Issue Point ▪ Permit Vision L1, L2 & L3, WHM, Training
Coordinator (PIP) on Work Management Procedures, IMIST &
NEBOSH Certified
Permit Requestor (PR)/ ▪ BSP HSSE Induction & Work Hazard
For
Permit Holder (PH) Management (WHM)
Business
▪ Minimum 5 years working experience
Partner
(PR/PH), green helmet is not allowed
Only
▪ Supervising for Safety (SFS)
▪ International Minimum Industry Safety
Training (IMIST)
▪ Permit Vision L1

Table 2 Training Requirements

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 201

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

2.10 Once training is completed, there is a requirement for Permit to Work users to have a PTW
competences assessment. The assessment should be carried out by site PIP or authorized personnel
(There are onshore business support personnel that are authorised to conduct the assessment in the
business). Refer to Appendix 2.
2.11 BSP allow well employees to act as asset Permit Issuer provided all the trainings listed in Table 2
are completed and has been assessed and approved by the OIM. For the purposes of this
procedure, all wells PI is equivalent to an AOT. All references are applicable to wells permit issuer.
2.12 Where wells permit issuer will be issuing permit, the first permit for the work must be issued by
asset AOT, all subsequent permit can be issued by subsequent issuer.

3 KEY POINTS
3.1 BSP operates an 8-step process for PTW system (refer to
Appendix 1). The process ensures that the correct planning,
controls and activities are undertaken at all stages of the PTW.
BSP follows this process utilizing Permit Vision tool. Permit
must be prepared 48 hours in advance as a minimum.
3.1.1 Planning (Work Scope)
▪ Identify the work activity to determine permit type
(Table1).
▪ Plan and discuss your work scope with your
Supervisor.
▪ Identify work area and proposed timing of the work.
▪ Identify equipment needed and/or system for work.
▪ Identify Isolation requirements.
▪ Describe nature of the work and affected areas.
▪ Number of people in the work party, a description of
who will complete the work and any specific
competencies required.
▪ Identify if any worksite supervision is required in
addition to the Permit Holder.
▪ Identify if, based on permit type, any specialist
signatory review and input is necessary.
▪ Review any lessons learnt from previous/similar jobs
or incidents, including a search for documented lessons learnt in Permit Vision.
▪ SIMOPS/CO activities shall be clearly define in the workscope and special tools to facilitate
in the risk assessment of Conflicting work hazards (SIMOPS & Cumulative risk)

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 202

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

3.1.2 Assess Hazards/Controls

▪ Identify hazards related to the specific work (JHA).
▪ List the task specific controls required to mitigate each
hazard (actionable controls, target maximum of 10).
Examples of task specific controls include non-standard
PPE, controls from deviation forms and controls from
rescue plans.
▪ Identify any requirements for non-standard PPE.
▪ Identify the isolation requirement, if any, and reference
the specific Isolation Confirmation Certificate (ICC) in the permit, required to manage risk of
exposure to energy, in line with WMP – Safety System Isolation & Override Control
Procedure.
▪ Identify the need to override process safeguarding
equipment or bypass safety devices and agree
appropriate controls to mitigate the risk as per WMP –
Safety System Isolation & Override Control Procedure.
▪ Consider Lessons Learned from previous/similar jobs or
incidents (these can be searched in Permit Vision if they
have been added to previous permits).
▪ Identify minimum competence and/or authorisation
requirements for specific work activities.
▪ To assist with identifying conflicting work, SIMOPS and Cumulative Risk, use a visual plot
plan that shows live permits to maintain an overview of permitted work.

3.1.3 Implement Controls

▪ Hold permit meetings.
▪ Review/ agree risk associated with the job and controls.
▪ Add measurement results to the permit as required by the permit details (i.e. gas test etc).
▪ Confirm controls are in place and authorized.
▪ Implement pre-requisite hazard controls as specified on the JHA or Risk Assessment.
▪ Limit controls to 10 or less Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Realistic and Time based
(SMART) actions.

3.1.4 Review and verify in the field

▪ Go on site and verify hazards identified are correct. Look for any new hazards and agree
on controls. AOT and PH may adjust controls on the permit as needed. The AOT & PH can
add handwritten controls as they deemed necessary. Both AOT & PH should wet initial
modified controls on paper copy of permit at the worksite. Both AOT & PH can delete
unnecessary controls by drawing a line through the controls and wet initials.
▪ Confirm that where required, Gas Test has been performed (with gas tester not a gas
monitor).

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 203

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

▪ Confirm the integrity of the isolation by checking the status of isolation points and conduct
Zero Energy check (prove equipment depressurized) with PH prior to job start. Ensure
marked up PEFS showing the isolation and isolation control certificate (ICC) are kept with
the permit.
▪ Identify and mitigate any work conflicts.
▪ Confirm that work area or equipment is suitably prepared to allow work to start.
▪ For Confined Space permit, COS/ FOS shall review and verify controls onsite together with
AOT.
▪ For Electrical permit, Responsible Person Electrical RPE (or delegate) shall review and verify
controls onsite together with AOT.

3.1.5 Issue Permit

▪ PV generates a pdf version of the permit once the permit is issued. Two copies of the
permit (including attachments) must be made available; one will remain at the issuing point
(permit office) and one must be clearly displayed at the work location.
▪ It is expected that BSP AOT issue permits in PV, print out the permit with ‘electronic Live’
status however work can only start after permit is signed off by AOT in the field.
▪ Confirm with Permit Issuer that controls are in place and job is ready to be executed.
▪ A permit will move to ‘physical Live’ status and work can only commence after AOT wet
sign with date and time on the ‘Operations representative’ column in the permit and PH
accepts the permit. Applicable to both complexes and NUIs.

▪ For Confined Space permit, AOT shall wet countersign on ‘Operations representative’
column and COS/FOS shall wet countersign on ‘SOT/SD’ column upon first issuance of the
permit only. It is expected that COS/FOS will verify that controls are fully implemented.

▪ When an AOT is undergoing training to be competent in an operating area, the direct

supervisor may issue and live the permit. AOT shall signature on ‘Operations
representative’ column and supervisor to sign on ‘SOT/SD’ column.
▪ For Electrical permit, AOT shall wet countersign on ‘Operations representative’ column and
RPE shall wet countersign on ‘SOT/SD’ column.
▪ If there is a discrepancy, or additional information is required after issue and before PH
acceptance, the PH will revert the permit back to Draft status for edit. If the work is
cancelled the permit can be closed by the PI.
▪ Vessel within 500m zone using BSP permit shall contact the AOT to perform platform site
verification, AOT to subsequently contact PIP to electronically live the permit once site
verification is completed. CSR on the vessel can physically live a permit with wet signature
and remark ‘AOT has been contacted and site verification is completed’.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 204

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

▪ BSP AOT has authority to live a previous suspended permit by contacting the permit office
via radio to have the permit re-issued and write at the top of the suspended permit with the
word “live”, sign and date the permit issue field.
▪ For AOT with no access to computer, AOT can request supervisor to ‘electronically Live’ the
permit on behalf and send the paper permit to site.

3.1.6 Work Party – Pre Job Discussion

▪ PH to conduct Toolbox Talk: 2-way discussion with team (by asking open questions) to
ensure that the workforce fully understands the hazards, controls and to confirm PPE
availability. A new TBT shall be held each time a permit goes live i.e. at start of each shift.
▪ PAUSE is conducted before work, during work, after every break.

3.1.7 Execute and Supervise

▪ Carry out work safely. Follow controls and PAUSE to reconfirm.
▪ No work shall start without the presence of Supervisor/PH.
▪ If you are unsure, STOP and ask your supervisor.
▪ PH to carry out regular checks (at least hourly) of the worksite to monitor hazards and
ensure the effectiveness of the controls during execution of the work.
▪ Each individual working on the permit require to write their names and sign into the permit
form.
▪ Supervisor (if different than PH) to sign a paper copy permit and indicate that they were at
job site.

3.1.8 Verify Job Completed, Closed and Hand Back

▪ Confirm and communicate that job is completed and equipment can be reinstated.
▪ Confirm removal of personal isolations.
▪ Lessons learned can be added at any step of the permit workflow before the permit is
closed (see section 3.5).
▪ Ensure site is safe including housekeeping prior to handover.
▪ Permit copy will be returned to the permit office for signature post verification onsite.
▪ If the work can’t be completed by the end of the shift, the permit shall be suspended.

3.2 Zoning
▪ Offshore vessels operating outside 500m zone will use vessel permit system.
▪ Offshore vessels with HSE case operating within 500m zone will use combined permit.
- BSP permit shall be used for any activities that can cause an increase in risk for the
platform.
- Vessel permit shall be used for all activity undertaken on the vessel.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 205

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

- All activities inside 500m shall be under BSP sphere of influence, despite contractor
permit being used.
- Vessel with approved Combined Operation Safety Case (COSC) is required to raise
BSP permit within 500m zone. Vessel without COSC (e.g crew boats) which are
controlled and have two-way communication with the logistics dispatcher do not
require to raise BSP permits.
▪ Inside the 500 zone, gas tests can be performed by vessel or BSP authorized user gas tester
(e.g. wells, construction, rejuv, etc).

▪ For onshore assets where well activity is to be executed;

- Where a new well construction is more than 100m away from existing wells, pipelines
or hydrocarbon facilities, the Asset Duty Holder (or delegate) will handover the area to
the Rig Duty holder (or delegate) and the Rig Duty Holders permit system will solely be
used. The rig duty holder (or delegate) is fully accountable for all activity until the area
and the well is handed back to the asset. Post handback to the Asset duty holder (or
delegate) then the AOT will issue permits to manage risks to the well. Risks to the rig
during demobilization will be managed by the Rig Duty Holder (or delegate) permits.

- Where a new well construction is less than 100m away from existing wells, pipelines
or hydrocarbon facilities the AOT will ensure that wells are closed in and pipelines and
facilities are depressurized prior to rig entry into the area. A documented handover of
the area from the Asset Duty Holder (or delegate) to the rig duty holder (or delegate)
will then occur. After handover the Rig Duty Holder (or delegate) issues permit. Post
handback to the Asset duty holder then BSP permits will be issued by the AOT to
manage risks to the well. Risks to the rig during demobilization will be managed by the
Rig Duty Holder (or delegate) permits.

- Where a well is being worked over or maintained the AOT will create an ICC,
physically isolate and depressurize equipment prior to well activity starting. For all well
activities other than wireline a documented handover of the isolated area from the
Asset Duty Holder (or delegate) to the well activity Duty Holder (or delegate) will then
occur. After handover the well activity duty holder issues permits. Post handback to the
Asset Duty Holder then BSP permits will be issued by the AOT to manage risks to the
well. Risks to the well activity equipment will be managed by the Well Activity Duty
Holder (or delegate) permits.

- Where a well is being worked over by a wireline unit then AOT permits will be issued
for the whole duration of the activity.

▪ Vessels berthing in MCY operation requirements:

- Gangway down (BSP permit required)
- Gangway up (Marine permit required)

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 206

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

3.3 Gas tests are required in the following permits. Table 3 below shows the gas test requirements for
different types of activities.

No Activity Gas tests Frequency

1 Confined Space LEL, O2, CO, H2S Initial, after breaks
2 Hot Work LEL Initial, after breaks
3 Breaking LEL, H2S During breaking of
Containment containment
4 Medium risk permit LEL, H2S Initial only
in HAC Zone 1 & 2
5 Drilling, well LEL, H2S Initial, after breaks
services
6 Excavation (if depth LEL, O2, CO, H2S Initial, after breaks
> 4m)
Table 3 - Gas Test Requirements

3.4 Risk vs Work Types defined in Table 4 below.

▪ Permits are assigned via points-based system according to the level of risk determined by Risk
Assessment Matrix (RAM).
▪ Permit Holder (PH) shall be responsible for supervising work permits up to a maximum of 12
points.
▪ Deviation to points system may be obtained from Asset Director under some circumstances.

Risk of Points Max Example of Work Tasks

Work Valid
Days
High 12 14 ▪ Work involving naked flames in zone 1
hazardous areas using pressurized habitat
▪ Hotwork with positive source of ignition in a
confined space
▪ Erecting scaffold overboard
▪ Pneumatic leak or pressure testing of plant or
equipment above 20bar
▪ Working with radioactive sources

Medium 4 14 ▪ Working with liquid nitrogen

▪ Hotwork in zone 2 hazardous area
▪ Breaking containment on hydrocarbon lines
▪ Battery bank inspections including topping up
▪ Removal of handrails, gratings, hatches and
fixed ladders

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 207

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

Low 2 28 ▪ Erection or dismantling of scaffolding above

deck level
▪ Use of non Ex-rated equipment in a non-
hazardous area
▪ Hydrostatic leak or pressure testing of plant or
equipment up to 30bar
▪ General inspection and maintenance in non-
hydrocarbon areas
▪ Breaking containment on non-hydrocarbon lines

Low Low 1 28 ▪ Hand painting at deck level

▪ Use of Ex-rated devices in hazardous areas
Note: For BSP Operations and Maintenance a
PTW is not required for using Ex-rated devices

Table 4 - Risk vs Work Types

3.5 Lessons learned

▪ Upon completion of the work, it is important to review how it went, capturing any lessons
and feedback improvements for the next time. This feedback loop is an integral part of the
PTW System continuous improvement process.
▪ Wherever possible, hold an After-Action Review in order to establish any deficiencies or
weakness within the Permit and Risk Assessment process. Where improvements to working
practices can be identified, it should be captured within the Lessons Learned functionality
in Permit Vision.
▪ Lessons Learned can be recorded by any user during the course of work or upon
completion. Each lesson entered must go through a validation process before being fixed
in the archived history of the Permit or ICC.
▪ Lessons learned can be retrieve from archive at a later date via permit or ICC record.

3.6 Paper-based permits

▪ In the event the Permit Vision (PV) unavailable, a paper-based PTW system is provided as
a contingency.
▪ BSP (Non-Hydrocarbon) facilities that do not use Permit Vision and use a solely paper
based PTW System, i.e. MCY, Office location, school, club, shall ensure that permit
system is used. Facility/asset owner (e.g. PPA, IFM, etc) is to ensure that paper based
PTW is followed.
▪ Permit to work is not required when BSP staff or contractors are visiting a BSP site for
observations only. In such case, he/she shall explain the reasons for entry to the Asset
Authority and shall notify the AOT when entering or leaving. Duration of permission for
entry/exit shall not exceed four hours. Visits do not include undertaking inspection of
equipment, detailed survey of equipment or conducting any physical work.
▪ All paper-based Permits and associated documentation shall be retained in PIP office for
a period of 12 months.

3.7 During an emergency the PTW system may not be the most appropriate way to control
activities relating to the management of the emergency. The incident commander may
authorize deviation from the standard PTW system to plan, authorise and execute emergency
response work.
WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 208
BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4 PRECAUTIONS
4.1 In case of emergency, all ‘live’ PTWs shall be suspended by AOT/ Wells PI and shall be
revalidated (re-issue) before resuming work.
4.2 At BSP operational facilities, permits shall only be issued by BSP personnel acting in the position of
an Area Operation Technician (AOT or Wells permit issuer). Deviations can only be authorized by
the BSP Asset Director. Contractor Personnel shall not issue PTW at BSP operational facilities unless
approved to do so in writing by the Asset Manager and the contractor is filling an AOT role,
contractor person shall not act as a Wells permit issuer.
4.3 PH shall ensure that an occupational first aider is available and able to respond to an injury within
4 minutes.
4.4 The use of BBQ for catering at BSP operating facilities, including marine vessels is permitted
however the activity must be covered by a hot work permit.

5 REFERENCES AND RESOURCES

5.1 Shell Global Manual Permit to Work
5.2 BSP-02-Guideline-1719 Permit Vision Guideline
5.3 Brunei Workplace Safety and Heath Safety Order 2009

6 IMPLEMENTATION
Managers and Team Leaders shall ensure implementation of this work practice within their areas of
accountability.

7 INTERPRETATION AND UPDATING

HSE/41 and OPE/3 shall ensure the interpretation of this procedure.
BSP Safety Operations Committee (SOC) shall ensure 3 yearly update of this procedure.

8 APPROVAL SIGNATURES
Role Name Publish Date Signature
Owner Head of Safety, Security & Crisis Mgt (HSE) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Reviewer Head of Production Improvement (OPE/3) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Reviewer Asset Engineering & Project Manager (AEP) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Reviewer Wells HSE Manager (TWH) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Reviewer Operations Safety Team lead (HSE/41) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 209

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 1 - PTW PROCESS SWIM LANE

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 210

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 2 – PTW COMPETENCE ASSESSMENT

Appointments Interview - Applicable for ALL PTW Roles

Name of Signatory…………………….…………………………………………………………………

Company……………………………………………………………………………………………………
Assessment Element Yes No Assessor’s Remarks
Assessor to Tick Box(es)
Candidate to provide evidence ❑ BSP HSSE Induction
of PTW training appropriate for ❑ WHM
role requiring appointment eg ❑ SFS
certificate(s). ❑ Min 5yrs working experience
(PH/PR)
❑ IMIST
❑ Permit Vision L1
❑ Permit Vision L2
❑ Training in WMP
❑ Authorised Gas Tester
1 ❑ BA & Confined Space Entry
❑ Occupational First Aid*
❑ NUI PIC

Optional
❑ Permit Vision L3 (for PIP only)
❑ Nebosh Certified (for PIP only)
❑ Other (State Below)

Candidate to demonstrate
knowledge on PTW Procedure
2 in OMP and WMP. Identifying
the current revision and stating
what changes have been made
by the latest revision.

Candidate to identify to what Assessor to Tick Box(es)

role(s) they wish to be ❑ Permit Requestor
❑ Permit Issue Point
appointed.
❑ Permit Verifier
❑ Permit Authoriser (L/M/H)
❑ Permit Issuer
❑ Area Operator Technician
❑ Permit Holder
3 ❑ Isolation Authority
❑ Isolation Supervisor
❑ Isolation Manager
❑ Authorised Gas Tester
❑ Risk Assessor
❑ Permit Effectiveness User
❑ Permit Effectiveness Assessor
❑ Suspend All
❑ PIC (for NUI only)

Candidate to confirm having

4.1 had HSE briefing and to
explain facility emergency
response procedure.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 211

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

Candidate to be given a brief

facility description with an
explanation of hazards and
control measures in place for
the facility.
Candidate to be given a brief
description of any variation of
application of the work permit
system applicable at the
facility.

Candidate to give brief

4.2 explanation of 12 Life Saving
Rules

NB: Only for use when

appointing Authorised Gas
Tester
Candidate to give brief
explanation of requirements for
gas testing for oxygen
5.1
level/flammable gases/toxic
gases.
Candidate to give explanation
of the results required before
hot work/entry into confined
spaces would be approved.
Assessment Element Yes No Assessor’s Remarks
NB: Only for use when
candidate is a PIC

Candidate to demonstrate
knowledge on course of action
for below scenario:
5.2
Gas detector alarm activated
but resets immediately. Team
was sent to verify but no
indication of gas identified.
20mins later, gas detector is
activated and resets after 1min.

Candidate to give an example

of HEMP application for work
6 that they will carry out at the
location.

Candidate to demonstrate
knowledge of lifting hazards
applicable to work that they
7
will be involved in, both
manual and mechanical.

Candidate to demonstrate
knowledge of compliance
8 required for MHMS Tier 1
Medical Response and explain
their responsibilities in

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 212

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

providing a First Aider if

applicable.

Candidate to demonstrate
knowledge of items necessary
for inclusion in an effective
Tool Box Talk.
9 Candidate to supply completed
Tool Box Talk form for work
they would be involved in at
the facility.

Candidate to give brief

explanation on the term Major
Accident Hazard and how it
10
can be incorporated into the
Tool Box Talk

Candidate to demonstrate
knowledge on course of
11 action upon discovering a
hydrocarbon leak

Candidate to give brief

explanation on the term
12
‘ASKME’

Candidate to give brief

13 explanation on Intervention

Authorisation
Role Location (s)
❑ Permit Requestor
❑ Permit Issue Point
❑ Permit Verifier
❑ Permit Authoriser (L/M/H)
❑ Permit Issuer
❑ Area Operator Technician
❑ Permit Holder
❑ Isolation Authority
❑ Isolation Supervisor
❑ Isolation Manager
❑ Authorised Gas Tester
❑ Risk Assessor
❑ Permit Effectiveness User
❑ Permit Effectiveness Assessor
❑ Suspend All
❑ PIC

As a result of this appointment interview I authorise the above candidate as a competent signatory for the above
roles on the specified locations.

Name…………………………………………………………………………………………………..

Position………………………………………………………………………………………………..

Signature……………………………………………………………………………………………….

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 213

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

The candidate is assessed as NOT YET COMPETENT The following items require re-assessment;

Name…………………………………………………………………………………………………..

Position………………………………………………………………………………………………..

Signature……………………………………………………………………………………………….

*This is applicable to PH role only. If applicant is not Occupational FA trained, the following needs to be
complied to:
1. Ability to demonstrate understanding of Tier 1 MER
2. Confirmation that a DFA is available within the work party at all times

APPENDIX 3 – PERMIT TO WORK ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

Role Responsibilities
Permit Requestor ▪ Visit the worksite with the relevant authority to identify
(PR) worksite hazards related to the activity.
▪ Draft the work permit with clear work scope and correct
work categories.
▪ Permit Requestor (PR) together with Permit Holder (PH) shall
carry out a joint preliminary Risk Assessment (RA) and Job
Hazard Analysis (JHA).
▪ Ensure all supporting documents are attached to the permit.
It is important to brief PH on hazards and controls to be
communicated during Toolbox Talk.
▪ Liaise with Area Operation Technician (AOT)/ Isolation
Authority (IA) to mark up any isolation plans in accordance
with Safe Isolation of Plant and Equipment (SIOPE).
▪ Finalise Permit Request.
Permit Holder (PH) ▪ Verify any isolations before work commences by
performing personal inspection and Zero Energy Checks
along with Isolation Authority (IA).
▪ Green helmet is not allowed.
▪ Permit Holder responsibilities cannot be delegated.
▪ Where PH accepts responsibility for multiple PTW (max 12
points); PH shall demonstrate to AOT they are able to
effectively manage each worksite.
▪ Accept permits from the Permit Issuer (PI) before starting
work.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 214

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

▪ Ensure a Toolbox talk (Pre-job discussion) is conducted

before work. Ensure that all required documentation is
attached to the permit. This ensure that permit control is
implemented and effective.
▪ Display permit at worksite. Ensure marked up PEFS and ICC
showing the isolation are kept with the permit.
▪ Responsible for safety of all members in the permit during
execution.
▪ Maintain housekeeping at all stages of the activity. Keep the
area clear and free from hazards.
▪ Supervise and monitor the permitted work scope.
▪ Ensure the work area/ equipment is made safe upon
completion of the activity / equipment is made safe upon
completion of the activity and prior to handover of the
equipment / area back to operations.
▪ Ensure sufficient coverage of first aider within work group.
Area Operation ▪ Issue permit at BSP operating facilities.
Technician (AOT) – ▪ Confirm FOS/COS permit review has been performed prior
Permit Issuer (PI) to permit issuance.
▪ Identify and address worksite conflicts (if any) during permit
issuance.
▪ Ensure controls are in place and effective.
▪ Ensure permit information and JHA are appropriate for the
scope of work before permit issuance.
▪ Ensure PH understands and complies with the conditions
and controls of the permit before issuing the permit.
▪ Sign to confirm suspended, re-issued and closed permits.
▪ Assess the suitability of the Permit Holder and his work
party to perform the task.
▪ Conduct site verification to ensure controls are implemented
prior to issuing permits.
▪ Verify isolations before work commences by conduct and
Zero Energy Checks with PH prior to job start.
▪ Ensure all work carried out within the area is covered by a
valid permit.
▪ Ensure gas test are done.
▪ Ensure work condition is effectively communicated to the
Permit Issuer and incoming Area Operation Technician at
the completion of the shift.
▪ Closing permit: Confirm that the permit can be closed; this
may require de-isolation or re-instatement of any associated
equipment to take place before permit can be closed.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 215

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

27. Work Management Procedures – Permit to Work (Hot Work)

1 OVERVIEW
Hot work is an activity that can generate enough heat from flame, spark or other source of ignition, with
sufficient energy to ignite flammable vapours, gases, or dust.
The purpose of this procedure is to ensure personnel engaged with planning, approving and execution of
hot work activities understand the potential hazards and apply controls to reduce the probability and
severity of incidents.
Hot work can be categorised as activities involving a positive source of ignition or a potential source of
ignition, examples are shown in Table 1 below. For activity not listed in the table below, or if in doubt,
consult your supervisor.

Positive Sources of Ignition Potential Sources of Ignition

▪ Work involving naked flames e.g. gas cutting, ▪ Dry grit/shot blasting, needle gunning,
electrical welding and gouging. powered wire brushing and pressure paint
▪ Hot-tapping. spraying in hazardous zones
▪ Use of portable grinders, electrically and air ▪ Use of battery powered cameras
powered ▪ Use of non-appropriately rated EX equipment
▪ Use of Flare Guns in Hazardous zones.
▪ Use of equipment or work on pipe work or ▪ Opening live electrical junction
vessels contaminated with pyrophoric iron scale boxes/equipment in Hazardous zones where
terminals are exposed to atmosphere.
▪ Portable diesel engines (used for welding, air
compressors, pumps, grass cutting), which
are not tied into the fire and gas systems.
▪ Use of Vacuum Trucks in onshore operations.
▪ Use of de-watering or pump during
excavation.
▪ Use of explosives.
Table 1- Source of Ignition

This WMP describe requirements for Hot Work defined as Positive Sources of Ignition. This work procedure
is applicable to all BSP staff and contractors. The following Life-Saving Rules (LSR) and Process Safety
Fundamentals (PSF) shall be adhered to.

Non-hydrocarbon facilities in BSP like workshops and fabrication yards (e.g. MCY) will be considered as
non-hazardous area as defined in this procedure.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURE 217

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

2 REQUIREMENTS
2.1 The following hierarchy of controls shall apply for all hot work activities in BSP facilities.
1. Perform hot work outside hazardous Areas (i.e fabricate brackets and pipe spools in non-
hazardous areas) and perform task via activity listed under lower risk ‘potential sources of
ignition’ for installation in hazardous area.
2. Eliminate ignition sources by selecting alternative work methods or equipment (i.e water jet
cutting rather than plasma cutting), again perform task via activity listed under a lower risk
‘potential source of ignition’.
3. Implement controls to segregate flammable materials and ignition sources during Hot Work (i.e
as this procedure will describe the use of depressurization, hotboxes and habitats).

The majority of BSP facilities contain hydrocarbons (SCOT, BGO, offshore facilities / NUIs, Tank
Groups, etc.) and thus the third control is key to perform Hot Work (HW) activities under the PtW
control. The primary control is always to ensure combustibles and the ignition source (hotwork) are
separated physically, which can be achieved by:
▪ Any work on piping and equipment shall adhere to the required controls listed in the permit,
such as physical isolations, purging/flushing, etc.
▪ Working in a zone 2 area shall use a hotbox following the guidance in this procedure.
▪ Working in a zone 2 or zone 1 area shall use a habitat following the guidance in this
procedure.
2.2 As part of the joint work area inspection by the Permit Issuer (AOT) and Permit Holder, thorough
assessment for any potential flammable or combustible materials in the vicinity (within a minimum
distance of 15 metres from the worksite) shall be performed. This should include testing of material
in drains, culverts and behind obstructions.
2.3 Approved platform/plant/facility Hazardous Area Classification (HAC) drawings indicating actual
demarcation of the hazardous zones shall always be available. These define the controls required
and should always be considered during JHA. Hazardous Area Classification (HAC) is defined as
follows:
▪ Zone 0 - An area in which an explosive mixture is present continuously or for long periods.
This may be defined as over 1,000 hours/year or >10% of the time. Typical areas designated
as Zone 0 in a facility are interior of equipment containing flammable fluids like tank/vessel
interiors, vapour collection lines, open sumps and continuous vents.
▪ Zone 1 - An area in which an explosive mixture is likely to occur in normal operation. This
may be defined as 10–1,000 hours/year or 0.1–10% of the time. Typical areas designated as
Zone 1 in a facility are open pits in a hazardous area which is not self-contained, single seal
and dual seal pumps without barrier fluids, area adjacent to a fixed roof tank shell and roof,
space within the tank shell above the roof for a floating roof tank, vents from storage tanks
without vapour recovery, open hydrocarbon drains.
▪ Zone 2 - An area in which an explosive mixture is not likely to occur in normal operation and
if it occurs will exist only for a short time. This may be defined as under 10 hours/year or 0–
0.1% of the time. Typical areas designated as Zone 2 in a facility are zones associated with
flanges, valves and process equipment like pumps and compressors.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURE 218

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

▪ Non-Hazardous Area – An area where it is absolutely certain that the hazardous gas is diluted
to a concentration below 25% of its Lower Flammable Limit (LFL). Any area which doesn’t fall
into one of the above three categories is considered as a non-hazardous area.
2.4 Upon pause or completion of activities, the firewatcher shall remain on site for at least 30 min (15
min cool down +15 min observation) or until the heat is dissipated.
2.5 Welding machines and equipment shall meet the requirements stated in WMP – Electrical Safety.

3 PRECAUTIONS
3.1 All sampling must stop during hotwork operations in a zone 2 area.
3.2 No local operational venting or draining will take place within the facility during hotwork
operations in a zone 2 area.
3.3 Control room to be informed of commencement and stoppage of hotwork activity.
3.4 The basic requirements and precautions for carrying out hot work activities are illustrated in ’10
Questions For Safe Hot Work’ see Appendix 1.

4 KEY POINTS
4.1 Risk assessment shall be carried out for all hot work considering of the risk of ignition versus
likelihood of a flammable atmosphere being present.
4.2 The facility’s Hazardous Area Classification (HAC) will be used to determine the minimum controls
required to carry out Hot Work in BSP facilities. Minimum required controls are listed below:
▪ Non-Hazardous Area:
PtW with appropriate Hot Work controls such as gas testing, containment of sparks and ignition
sources to avoid affecting surrounding areas, provide attention to vertical issues such as working
above drains or sea discharges that may contain hydrocarbon.
▪ Zone 2 Hazardous Area:
PtW with appropriate Hot Work controls such as gas testing, no flammable substances in area,
use of hotbox or habitat. Provide attention to containment of ignition sources such as sparks.
The following shall be adhered to:
- Hot work can be carried out when facility is isolated and all sections within a radius of 3m
(both horizontal and vertical) are depressurised with remaining pressure less than 5 bar, Non-
Pressurised Habitat (Hotbox) methodology shall be used (see section 4.4).
- For hot work within radius of 3-15m (both horizontal and vertical), pressure less than10 bar
and equipment is live (not isolated), a Non-Pressurised Habitat (Hotbox) is required.
- For hot work within radius of 3-15m (both horizontal and vertical), pressure more than 10 bar,
and process is live, involve technical safety to perform risk assessment (HAZID).
- For hot work beyond radius of 15m (both horizontal and vertical) at any pressure, Non-
Pressurised Habitat (Hotbox) is required.
- If it is not possible or practical to implement the above, other mitigations should be considered
including use of a Pressurised Habitat (Safe Habitat) (see section 4.5).

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURE 219

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

Figure 1 Criteria for Zone 2 Hotwork with Hotbox

▪ Zone 1 Hazardous area:

PtW with appropriate Hot Work controls such as gas testing, no flammable substances in area,
use of habitat. Provide attention to containment of ignition sources such as sparks.
- Hot Work shall only be carried out when a Pressurised Habitat (Safe Habitat) is used.

▪ Zone 0 Hazardous area:

No hot work can occur unless the sources of hydrocarbon that classify the area as zone zero
can be fully isolated and zone classification can be temporarily rendered to zone 1 or zone 2.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURE 220

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4.3 Some additional controls, which may be used to reduce the risk of ignition or likelihood of
flammable atmosphere are listed below:
▪ Taping and gas testing flanges
▪ Extra perimeter shielding to deflect liquid spray from potential leak sources
▪ Depressurization to 0 barg and purging of equipment
▪ Taking wind direction into consideration
▪ Use of hard barrier such as steel rather than flame proof blanket for hotbox

4.4 Non-Pressurized Habitat (Hotbox)

4.4.1 A non-pressurized habitat also known as a hotbox or Construction Safe Welding Area
(CSWA), is used to provide a safe work environment to perform Hot Work in a zone 2
area. This habitat is a partially-enclosed perimeter surrounding a hot work (welding,
grinding or cutting) area to ensure that ignition sources (e.g. sparks, slag) do not escape
the welding area and other workers are not exposed to sparks, grinding debris or welding
flashes. These habitats can be 4 or 5-sided. Minimum height of 1.8m unless specific
controls are stated in the permit that manage potential welding flash hazards to other
workers in the area and potential spark escape hazards to other nearby process
equipment.
4.4.2 4 sided habitats comprise a floor, 3 walls and no roof. This type of habitat is suitable for
use in situations where there is no possible work above the habitat such as on the top deck
of platforms or working on onshore piping in an open ground area. The open side of the
habitat must face in a direction that is best suited for safe exit in case of an emergency
event.

4.4.3 5 sided habitats comprise a floor, 3 walls and a roof. This type of habitat is suitable for use
in situations where work can occur above the habitat such as on intermediate platform
decks. Same as 4 sided habitats, the open side of the habitat must face in a direction that is
best suited for safe exit in case of an emergency event.
4.4.4 Types of perimeter enclosures include, but are not limited to, curtain walls, ceilings, floors
and/or boxes. Building materials must be non-combustible such as metal scaffold, fire
blankets and sheet steel. Flooring materials must be capable of being wetted during hot
work and wetting must occur during the hot work activity.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURE 221

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4.4.5 More than 1 hotwork job can be executed simultaneously in a hotbox under a single
hotwork permit as long as:
- Hazards associated with individual jobs and the collective jobs are identified in permit
vision
- Permit controls specify the requirements to manage the collective job hazards

4.5 Pressurised Habitat (Safe Habitat)

4.5.1 A pressurised habitat, also known as an isolation chamber, is used to provide a safe work
environment to perform Hot Work in the presence or potential of explosive gases or
vapours in hazardous areas. Figure 2 provides a typical arrangement of pressurised
habitat to be used in BSP facilities.

Figure 2 Pressurised Habitat

4.5.2 Certification & Design

▪ The habitat and associated infrastructure should be IECEx/ATEX certified for use in a
potentially explosive atmosphere (Zone 1 and Zone 2).
▪ Enclosures shall be made from durable flame/fire retardant material (often supported by
scaffolding) including:
- An emergency escape panel (for larger enclosures) and;
- Emergency exits clearly identified and visible.
▪ Air Locks shall be designed such that personnel may enter and leave without compromising
the positive pressure or airflow.
▪ Fans shall be IECEx/ATEX rated and maintain a positive pressure, by introducing air into the
habitat faster than it is exhausted.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURE 222

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

▪ Ducting:
- An induction duct connecting the fan to the bottom of the enclosure should be provided to
allow the fan to be placed in a location where there is a clean supply of uncontaminated
fresh air.
- An exhaust duct allowing exhausted air to be provided to safely discharge to atmosphere
from the top of the enclosure, away from the air intake and other concurrent work.
▪ Exhaust ventilation should be controlled to restrict flow and maintain a positive pressure.
▪ The operating pressure inside a typical isolation chamber should be set only marginally
(typically 0.05 kilopascals) above local atmospheric pressure.
▪ Auto shutdown should be provided with an alarm if habitat pressure is low or hydrocarbon
gas is detected.
▪ Gas detection units (air Intake and perimeter):
- Gas detectors should be situated at the air intake and linked to an auto shut down of the
fan and welding (or other Hot Work equipment within the habitat) if the alarm set point is
exceeded. As a minimum, there must be a clear procedure for rapid isolation (shut-off) of
the ignition source in the event of a fire and gas system activation.
- Additional gas detectors with audible alarms should be positioned near the habitat and
between the habitat and potential sources of hydrocarbon.
- Alarm set point shall be set at 10% LFL (perimeter) and 1% LFL (air intake).
▪ Audible alarm shall be initiated when Habitat low pressure or hydrocarbon gas is detected.
▪ Visual Alarm shall be available when noise levels prevent an audible alarm being heard.
▪ Alarm function shall not be bypassed when PH is in operation.
4.5.3 Location
▪ Pressurized hydrocarbon systems with potential leak paths such as valves, flanges, fittings,
etc. should be not be enclosed in the habitat.
4.5.4 Materials and Construction
▪ Areas of the habitat enclosure that are subjected to hot slugs, sparks, etc. from oxy-cutting,
grinding, welding, gouging, etc. should be protected with fire blankets or equivalent.
▪ Construct an air tight seal around any pipework or structure that penetrates the habitat.
4.5.5 Size
▪ The minimum size of a Habitat enclosure for any work shall be 2 (Width) x 2 (Length) x 2
(Height) metres with scaffolding support, if required.
▪ The size of the Habitat enclosure should be increased appropriately from the minimum size to
ensure sufficient space to accommodate workers, tools and equipment required to perform
work inside.
▪ The size of the Habitat shall also take into consideration of the ergonomic positions of the
workers when carrying out work inside.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURE 223

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4.5.6 Function Testing

▪ As part of confirmation that the Habitat is completed and ready to be used, the service
provider shall perform function testing on the gas detection automatic shut system daily before
work commences.
▪ Such function test carried out must be witnessed for verification.
4.5.7 Air Quality
▪ The air exchange rate inside the Habitat shall be maintained above 20 air changes per hour.
▪ Air flow inside the Habitat shall be arranged in one-direction airflow with the inlet (at floor
level) and outlet (at top level) at the furthest and opposite side.
▪ Local exhaust/extractor (Portable Capture Hood) is required to extract fumes and dusts from
welding activity.
▪ The inlet and outlet ducting must be laid such that air flow supplied to or extracted from the
enclosure flows unimpeded.
4.5.8 Manning
▪ A Habitat is to be manned by one technician per shift at all times, who assure access control
into the Habitat, and, one Fire Watcher inside the Habitat.

5 REFERENCES AND RESOURCES

5.1 Work Management Procedure – Permit to Work
5.2 Work Management Procedure – Electrical Safety
5.3 10 Questions for Safe Work Hotwork (Appendix 1)

6 IMPLEMENTATION
Managers, Team Leaders and supervisors shall ensure implementation of this work practice within their
areas of accountabilities.

7 INTERPETATION AND UPDATING

HSE/41 and OPE/3 shall ensure the interpretation of this procedure.
BSP Safety Operations Committee (SOC) shall ensure 3 yearly update of this procedure.

8 APPROVAL SIGNATURES

Role Name Publish Date Signature

Owner Head of Safety, Security & Crisis Mgt (HSE) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Reviewer Head of Production Improvement (OPE/3) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Reviewer Operations Safety Team Lead (HSE/41) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURE 224

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 1 – 10 QUESTIONS FOR SAFE HOT WORK

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURE 225

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

28. Work Management Procedure – Personal Protective Equipment

(PPE)

1 OVERVIEW
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is the last barrier to reduce industrial workplace incidents by
protecting vulnerable body parts. PPE is the least effective way of protecting personnel form hazard
exposure, the most effective ways are illustrated in Hierarchy of Controls below and shall be implemented
during any work and activities.

Prior to performing any task, the requirements for PPE shall be identified; PPE shall be supplied and worn
correctly as prescribed. This procedure is applicable to BSP staff, contractors and visitors at BSP operating
assets and worksites.

This procedure does not apply to:

▪ Diving operations; this is covered by WMP - Manned Diving & Remotely Operated Vehicle (ROV)
Operations.
▪ Contractor working at their own worksites. However, it is recommended to use PPE of equivalent
standards to those mentioned in this procedure.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 227

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

2 REQUIREMENTS
2.1 The following diagram refers to the mandatory PPE requirement at BSP operating assets and
worksites where PPE signage is posted. Where PPE signage is not posted, the PPE requirements will
be dictated by the requirements of work permits or procedures.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 228

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

2.2 Management, team leaders and supervisors shall ensure that PPE is issued, made available and that
team members are fitted and trained for proper use. Individuals are responsible to inspect, maintain
and store PPE properly when not in used.
2.3 Work Site Hazard Management training is mandatory for all BSP staff and contractors (refer to
WMP - Hazard Recognition).

2.4 All BSP staff and contractors shall use the correct PPE as required for the job assignments.
2.5 All BSP staff and contractors shall ensure PPE is in good condition and shall replace PPE when it
does not comply with this procedure. Torn or damage PPE shall not be used. Do not repair or
modify PPE.
2.6 Personnel are not allowed to use self-purchased PPE. This is to support Workplace Safety and
Health Oder (WSHO) 2009 requirement that it shall be the duty of the Employer to provide suitable
and sufficient PPE, and the provision of suitable information, instruction and training to the
employee.
2.7 Balaclava and tudung must be offered to all BSP and contractor employees free of charge by their
Employer.
2.8 Personnel shall follow the “10 Question for Safe Use of Personal Protective Equipment PPE” in
Appendix 1.

3 PRECAUTIONS
3.1 For inherent flame-resistant fabric used (e.g. tudung, balaclava, safety helmet shade, coverall),
there is no limit to the number of washes. Flame resistant properties cannot be washed out or worn
away as protection is built into the fabric (i.e, flame resistant for the life of the garment). Flame
resistant fabric may be laundered at home, however chlorine bleach or fabric softener should not
be used.
3.2 Neckties, loose long hair, jewellery or loose clothing should NOT be used around machinery on
BSP operating facilities. Long hair shall be tied back. Loose end of tudung and long hair shall be
tucked into coveralls.
3.3 Wearing a baseball cap under the safety helmet is prohibited.
3.4 High visibility vest or clothing shall be worn by air traffic controller, banksman and road workers.

3.5 Only inherent flame resistant (NFPA 2112) safety helmet shade,
balaclava, bandana and tudung (headscarf for Muslim ladies)
shall be used. A tag shall be provided noting its inherent flame
resistant certified.
Safety helmet shade Balaclava
3.6 Battery operating watches including smart watches can be
worn at all BSP operating facilities excluding the refinery. Metal watch bands are prohibited.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 229

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

3.7 Watches that have the features to make or receive phone calls must always be set as disabled when
in helicopter or outside living quarters areas on offshore facilities.

3.8 Battery operated remote start vehicle keys can be carried at all BSP operating facilities except in
refinery where keys must be left with security and not brought onsite as refinery operates with
higher pressure and temperature hydrogen gas.

3.9 All PPE should be selected based on the hazards posed by the task. Where users may be exposed
to substances hazardous to health, the Safety Data Sheet (SDS) should be consulted to select the
appropriate type of PPE for the task. For Respiratory Protection Equipment, BSP industrial hygienist
may be consulted.

4 KEY POINTS
4.1 Hand Protection
4.1.1 Use ‘Impact Resistant’ gloves as the default gloves at all BSP associated worksite unless the
task specific risk assessment specifies otherwise. Supplementary gloves can be used for
performing the task (e.g. for writing and marking, gloves for grip & dexterity may be used)
and the default Impact Resistant glove shall be worn once task is completed. This is to
ensure the appropriate hand protection is used for the specific task.
4.1.2 Glove type needed to be used other than ‘Impact Resistant’ gloves which shall be specified
on the Permit to Work and approved by Supervisor. This also includes any other PPE
besides gloves to be used for hand protection (e.g. welding sleeves).
4.1.3 For EN 388 2016 standard, gloves against mechanical risks have ‘New Marking’ (shown
below) to indicate the performance of the glove. Protection rating with higher number
indicates higher protection. This marking can usually be seen on a small tag inside the
glove.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 230

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

For Impact Protection

For Cut Protection (TDM-100 Test)

Types of Hand Protection

Protection against mechanical hazards

Applicable Standards

• BS EN 388
• AS/NZS 2161
Gloves for Grip Cut Resistant • ANSI/ISEA 105
Impact Resistant
& Dexterity gloves gloves

• EN 1082-1 (for steel mesh gloves)

• BS EN 381 (for chainsaw gloves)

Steel mesh gloves Chainsaw gloves

Protection against heat and fire (thermal hazards) Protection against cold hazards

Applicable Standards Applicable Standards

• BS EN 12477 • BS EN 511
• BS EN 407 • AS/NZS 2161.5
• AS/NZS 2161.4 • ANSI/ISEA 105
• ANSI/ISEA 105
Welding Gauntlets Cryogenic gloves

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 231

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

Protective against chemicals and micro-organisms

Chemical/oil resistant gloves Disposable Vinyl, Latex or Nitrile gloves

Applicable Standards Applicable Standards

• BS EN 374 • BS EN 455
• AS/NZS 2161.10 • AS/NZS 2161
• ANSI/ISEA 105 • ANSI/ISEA 105

Protection against electrical hazards Protection against ionizing radiation and radioactive
contamination
Insulating gloves for
live electrical working Ionizing radiation gloves

Applicable Standards Applicable Standards

• BS EN 60903 • EN 421
• AS 2225 • AS/NZS 2161.8
• ANSI/ISEA 105 • ANSI/ISEA 105

4.2 Head protection

4.2.1 Safety helmets shall be hard shell and fit for use within the validity period. The use of an
aluminum helmet is NOT permitted within BSP.

Helmet Materials

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 232

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4.2.2 Use of full brim safety helmets are allowed.

Types of Head Protection

Safety Helmet (unvented) Safety Helmet (vented) Abseiler helmet
Note: Suitable for electrical Note: Not suitable for electrical
protection protection

Applicable Standards Applicable Standards Applicable Standards

• EN 397 • EN 397 • EN 397
• AS/NZS 1801 • AS/NZS 1801 • AS/NZS 1801
• ANSI/ISEA Z89.1 • ANSI/ISEA Z89.1 • ANSI/ISEA Z89.1
(Class G or E) (Class C)

4.2.3 Manufacture date is molded into safety helmet (underside or brim of

helmet). This example reads July (7th month) of 2012.
4.2.4 For unused safety helmet in storage, they can be stored for up to 2 years
from the manufacture date.
4.2.5 Safety helmets shall not be painted, decorated with adhesive stickers. Only water based
adhesives stickers or embossed tape (e.g., Dymotape) identification labels are acceptable to
be used on safety helmets. This is because some adhesives/solvents used on the stickers can
adversely affect the integrity of the shell. Stickers shall be kept to a minimum to avoid
masking damage to the shell of the helmet.
4.2.6 BSP prefers that first aiders identify themselves through the application of a first aider sticker
to the side of a person’s safety helmet. This aids team recognition of who can undertake first
aid in the event of an injury.
4.2.7 Chinstrap shall be used at all times when at BSP operating facilities (e.g, vessels
onboarding, swing rope transfers). Chinstrap shall be attached to safety helmet at all times.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 233

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4.2.8 Green Helmet shall be used by:

▪ personnel who have worked for less than three months in the type
of BSP facility (e.g. offshore/rigs, onshore tank groups, fabrication
yard, barge/vessels).
▪ visitors and other personnel who are unfamiliar with the worksite
environment.
This is to ensure that personnel who are unfamiliar or new to the worksites are easily
identified.

4.2.9 Ratio of 1 white helmet user per 5 green helmet users where these personnel work within a
distance of 30m from each other. Beyond 30m, green helmet shall be accompanied by
white helmet at all times. Personnel will be allowed white helmet after successful assessment
by respective OIM or equivalent (e.g., rig OIM, vessel captain) or their respective delegates.

4.3 Eye and Face Protection

4.3.1 Eye and face protection shall be selected according to the nature of activities (e.g, paint
spraying, welding and flame cutting, non-ionising radiation and chemical handling).
4.3.2 Use of face shield is required for certain tasks (e.g., grass cutting, chemical handling, high
pressure water jetting, grinding, welding, tree cutting using chainsaw).
4.3.3 Contact lenses are not classed as a type of eye protection and shall not be worn for hot
work activities and handling chemicals.
4.3.4 Personnel who wear spectacles can either use prescription safety spectacles or safety
goggles which have deep design that allow it to be worn over prescription spectacles.
4.3.5 Only clear and lightly tinted safety spectacles are allowed in BSP
operating facilities. The use of heavily tinted or dark safety
spectacles are prohibited unless these are specifically noted on the
work permit or their use is covered by a documented work
procedure.
4.3.6 Use of photochromic lenses are allowed.
4.3.7 Safety spectacles must always be worn underneath welding goggles, welding helmet and
face shields.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 234

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

Types of Eye and Face Protection

Prescription safety spectacles Clear/Lightly tinted Safety goggles

with side shields
safety spectacles

Applicable Standards
• BS EN 166
• AS/NZS 1337
• ANSI Z87.1 (Z87+ for impact rated lens; Z87-2+ for impact rated prescription lens)

Applicable Standards
• BS EN 166
• BS EN 169
• BS EN 175
• AS/NZS 1337
Welding goggles Welding helmet Clear face shield • AS/NZS 1338
• ANSI Z87.1 (Z87+ for impact rated lens)

4.4 Hearing Protection

4.4.1 Suitable hearing protection shall be used when working or visiting high noise areas
(>85dB(A)), or where a safety sign is posted.
4.4.2 When permits are issued for areas with elevated noise or for activities that generate noise,
the permits shall have controls as follows;
▪ General operations areas; single hearing protection is required as either a disposable
ear plugs or ear muffs.
▪ High noise activities such as grinding, operating turbomachinery, operating air
compressors, concrete drilling; double hearing protection is required comprising
disposable ear plugs and ear muffs must be worn.

Types of Hearing Protection

Applicable Standards
• EN 352
• AS/NZS 1270 (Class 5)
• ANSI/ASA S12.6

Disposable ear plugs Ear muffs

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 235

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4.5 Respiratory Protection Equipment (RPE)

4.5.1 Use RPE to protect against dust, fumes, gases, oxygen deficiency and vapors.

4.5.2 When handling of hazardous gas, chemicals or vapors, use Half or Full mask respirator
suited to the gas, chemical or vapor (e.g., breaking containment).

Applicable Standards
• BS EN 140
• AS/NZS 1716
• ANSI/ASSP Z88.2

Half face mask respirator Full face mask respirator

Gas/vapour and combined filters (for respirator) Particle filters (for respirator)

Gas/vapour filters Combined filters Particle filters

Applicable Standards Applicable Standards

• EN 14387 • EN 143
• AS/NZS 1716 • AS/NZS 1716
•

4.5.3 For protection against dust, use the disposable mask below.

Disposable filter mask – Working in dusty condition

Applicable Standards
• EN 149
• AS/NZS 1716
• ANSI/ASSP Z88.2

4.5.4 For H2S escape, use the H2S Avon NH15 escape set below. Refer to Work Management
Procedure – Hydrogen Sulphide (H2S).

Applicable Standards
• BS 8468-3.2
• AS/NZS 1716

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 236

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4.5.5 For emergency fire escape, use the emergency escape hood set below.

Emergency escape hood set for Fire escape emergency (located in offshore accommodation).

Applicable Standards
• EN 403
• AS/NZS 1716
• ASTM E2952-14

4.5.6 Breathing apparatus (BA) shall always be used where there is a risk of oxygen deficiency
(<20%) or oxygen enrichment (>21.5%). Confined space wearers of Self Contained BA
(SCBA) and Air Line BA, shall have completed both the Confined Space Entry and SCBA
trainings. Users of BA or respiratory protection that requires a tight seal shall meet Shell’s
Fitness to Work requirements.

Air-line Breathing Apparatus with full face mask Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA)
(using filtered compressed air & fitted with demand (using cylinder type)
valve)
Applicable Standards Applicable Standards
• BS EN 14593-1 • BS EN 137
• AS/NZS 1716 • AS/NZS 1716
• ANSI/ASSP Z88.2 • ANSI/ASSP Z88.2

• BS EN 12245 (for the

composite cylinder)

4.5.7 Personal gas monitors shall be used in all BSP hydrocarbon production and process
facilities. These monitors shall measure Lower Explosive Limit (LEL), O2 (Oxygen) and CO
(Carbon Monoxide). These monitors shall be used by:
▪ All individual BSP employee outside of office and accommodation areas.
▪ Contractors at a ratio of 1 monitor per personnel where these personnel work outside a
distance of 30m from each other.
▪ Contractors at a ratio of 1 monitor per 5 personnel where these personnel work within a
distance of 30m from each other.
4.5.8 Individual personal gas monitor can be replaced by a portable gas monitoring system such
as Crowcon Detective+ for work on vessel deck areas.
4.5.9 On Wells Asset where permanent gas monitoring device is in place, a personal gas monitor
is not required.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 237

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4.5.10 Gas monitoring is used for continuous monitoring of a hazardous work site while gas
testing is the initial gas test for the site to determine areas considered as safe to work.

4.5.11 Under no circumstance is a personal gas monitor to be used to take gas tests.
4.5.12 Personal gas monitors shall be bump tested daily prior to use and calibrated every 6
months.

4.5.13 Personal gas monitors used by BSP staff/employees shall be Honeywell BW Clip4 and GMI
PS200. Other brands can be used by contractors/business partners with conditions that the
gas monitor selected can be assured to be working i.e. can be bump tested. During interim
period where Honeywell BW Clip4 and GMI PS200 monitors are not available, other
brands may be used but subject to acceptance by BSP HSE.
4.5.14 For BSP operations personnel, a gas tester can be used in place of a personal gas monitor.
This allows the BSP operator the flexibility to both monitor gas near the body and take gas
tests as required.

Personal Gas Monitor Personal Gas Monitor &

(Honeywell BW Clip4) Gas Tester
(GMI PS200)

4.6 Self-Righting Personal Floatation Devices (PFD)

4.6.1 This section does not apply to inflatable PFD used in aviation.

4.6.2 All BSP staff and contractors shall use Self-Righting PFD where
there is danger of falling into the water (e.g., when working over
water, near edge of water and during boat transfer). For
personnel transfer over water (e.g., transfers using swing rope or
gangway), both rigid and inflatable PFDs can be used. Do Not Use

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 238

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

Types of PFD

Rigid PFD (Emergency evacuation type) Rigid PFD

Applicable Standards Applicable Standards

• USCG Type 1 • USCG Type 1
• ISO 12402 • ISO 12402-4
(with SOLAS approved)

Inflatable PFD (double chamber (> 275N) auto- Self-activating intrinsically safe battery type approved
inflation) with crotch straps. life jacket light
Applicable Standards
Applicable Standards • ISO 12402-8
• ISO 12402-2
• SOLAS/MED approved

Must be intrinsically safe

(suitable for Hazardous
gas, Zone 1 atmosphere).

4.6.3 For inflatable PFD, BSP mandates the use of double chamber (> 275N) auto-inflatable life
jacket with crotch straps. Any deviation from this will require approval from BSP HSSE
against a set criteria.

4.6.4 Inflatable PFD requires annual servicing and inspection. An inspection tag shall be applied
to the device.
4.6.5 It is mandatory for all PFD to have self-activating intrinsically safe battery-type approved life
jacket lights.
4.6.6 The PFD is suitable to fit the individual’s ergonomics including body size, shape and height
which allows the individual to conduct activity safely.

4.7 Fall Protection

4.7.1 Refer to WMP - Working at Height.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 239

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4.8 Foot Protection

4.8.1 All personnel working in, or visiting potentially hazardous areas such as process areas,
construction sites, workshops, etc., shall wear safety footwear at all times while in the area.
4.8.2 Safety footwear shall have complete leather or polyurethane or rubber uppers and include
steel or composite toe protection.

4.8.3 Composite mid-soles of safety footwear shall be slip resistant, oil and chemical resistant,
heat resistant, and protective against punctures from nails or other sharp objects and
electrical hazards, both live and static.

4.8.4 BSP mandates the use of safety boots (minimum 6 inches in height). Lace up boots are
recommended as they provide better ankle support.

Types of Foot Protection

Safety shoes Mid-cut lace-up High-cut lace-up High-cut lace-up

boots (minimum 6 boots boots with zip
inches in height)

Applicable Standards
• BS EN ISO 20345
• AS/NZS 2210
• ASTM F2413
High-cut pull-on
boots No open-toed Wellington boots

4.9 Body Protection

4.9.1 If a worker may be exposed to a flash fire or electrical equipment flashover while
performing welding, grinding, open flame cutting tasks, grass cutting, or chemical handling,
he/she shall wear flame resistant outerwear and use other protective equipment
appropriate to the hazard.

4.9.2 If a worker may be exposed to arc flash or electrical equipment flashover from high voltage
electrical activities, worker shall wear coveralls with Arc Rating of at least Hazard Risk
Category (HRC) 2 as per NFPA 70E (i.e, 8 cal/cm2).

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 240

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4.9.3 Only natural fibre clothing such as cotton shall be worn under inherent flame resistant
coverall as synthetic clothing can melt and bond with the skin in the event of flash fire
exposures.
4.9.4 BSP operating facilities requires one-piece long sleeve flame resistant coveralls. Deviation
can be obtained by the Technical Director or Asset Director for two-piece coverall request.

4.9.5 For welding and flame cutting, use leather apron or leather welder’s jacket. For grass
cutting, use thick rubber apron. For chemical handling, use impervious apron.
4.9.6 Where disposable coveralls are required, they can be used for up to a single shift use only.
When handling equipment contaminated with hazardous substances [eg. asbestos,
Naturally Occurring Radioactive Material (NORM)], they have to be disposed accordingly.
Refer to WMP - Waste Management.
4.9.7 Using pressure washing equipment rated above 2500Psi presents serious hazards. Human
contact with pressurized water or other fluids above this pressure can result in injection of
the fluids into the blood stream. Specialized body protection will be required. A high risk
work permit must be raised for all pressure washing activities above 2500Psi. Contact
should be made with BSP Head of Personal Safety to determine what PPE would be
required.

Types of Body Protection

One piece long sleeved inherent flame resistant Electrical Arc Flash suit
coverall (with reflector strips)

Applicable Standard
Applicable Standard • NFPA 70E
• NFPA 2112 • EN 1149-5:2008

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 241

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

Types of Body Protection

Apron Disposable coverall

Applicable Standards
• EN 13982-1 (Type 5 for
protection against airborne
solid particulate chemicals)

• EN 14605 (Type 4 for liquid

spray-tight, Type 3 for liquid-
Welding Apron Impervious tight)
(leather) Apron
• EN 14126 (for biological
protection)
Applicable Standard
• BS EN ISO 11611 • EN 1073-2 (for protection
against particulate radioactive
contamination)

Chemical suits Rainwear

Applicable Standard Applicable Standards

• BS EN 943 • EN 343
• ASTM F2733 (for flame
resistant rainwear)
• ASTM F1891 (for arc &
flame resistant rainwear)

High visibility vest Protective clothing for hand-held chain saws

Applicable Standards
• BS EN ISO 20471 Applicable Standard
• AS/NZS 460 • BS EN 381
• ANSI/ISEA 107

• EN ISO 14116 (for

flame resistant high
visibility vest)

4.10 PPE Disposal

PPE to be disposed as general or non-hazardous waste. Unless contaminated with hazardous

substances, then dispose as hazardous waste. Below specifies when to replace the PPE.
4.10.1 Hand Protection
▪ Visible signs of tears, cuts, punctures, split that expose finger, palm or areas between
the fingers and flex points.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 242

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4.10.2 Head Protection

▪ Replace immediately after subjected to a heavy impact even if there is no visible sign of
damage.
▪ Apparent damages (eg. splits, cracks, distortion) and excessive discoloration.
▪ Exceeded its maximum replacement period for the following safety helmet types;
ABS (Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene) helmets max 5 years from manufacture date
Polyethylene or HDPE (High Density Polyethylene) max 5 years from manufacture date
helmets
PolyCarbonate (PC) helmets max 7 years from manufacture date

4.10.3 Eye and Face Protection

▪ Broken frames, deep scratches, cracks, pitted lens or chemical deterioration of the
lenses.
▪ Face shields are warped, deeply scratched or brittle with age.
▪ Headbands used in eye protection (eg. chemical safety goggles) are broken or
damaged.

4.10.4 Hearing Protection

▪ Signs of damages (such as crack or chip) or deterioration to the cushions, linings and
headband.
▪ Ear muff exceeded its lifespan of 5 years from manufacture date.

4.10.5 Respiratory Protection Equipment (RPE)

▪ When showing defect or not working.
▪ For gas filter/cartridge; when it becomes difficult to breath comfortably (ie. particle
filters become clogged).
▪ For gas or vapour filter/cartridge; when contaminants can be smelled or tasted.
▪ When filter/cartridge becomes visibly contaminated and physical damage occurs.

4.10.6 Self-Righting Personal Floatation Devices (PFD)

▪ Visible signs of tears, damaged straps or buckles, extensive discoloration, missing
accessories.
▪ Buoyant material shrinkage, hardened, permanently compressed, waterlogged or oil-
soaked.
▪ When inflatable PFD has been inflated or where in doubt on its serviceability.

4.10.7 Body Protection

▪ Extensive discolouration, torn or frayed, open seams which expose body parts.
▪ Large hydrocarbon/chemical stains that cannot be washed out.

4.10.8 Foot Protection

▪ Soles are torn/worn out significantly, excessive deep cut to the leather or toecap
protection exposed.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 243

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

5 REFERENCES AND RESOURCES

5.1 Brunei Workplace Safety and Health Order 2009.
5.2 Brunei Workplace Safety and Health Order 2009, Workplace Safety and Health (Construction)
Regulations 2014.
5.3 HSSE & SP Control Framework Personal Safety Manual – Personal Protective Equipment
5.4 BS- British Standard, EN- European Standards, Australian, New Zealand (AS/NZS) & American
National Standards Institute (ANSI). NFPA - National Fire Protection Association Standards.

6 IMPLEMENTATION
Managers and Team Leaders shall ensure implementation of this work practice within their areas of
accountability.

7 INTERPRETATION AND UPDATING

HSE Manager shall ensure the interpretation of this procedure.
BSP Safety Operations Committee (SOC) shall ensure 3 yearly update of this procedure.

8 APPROVAL SIGNATURES
Role Name Publish Date Signature
Owner Head of HSE & Security (HSE) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Reviewer Head of Personal Safety (HSE/4) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Reviewer East HSE Advisor (HSE/411) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 244

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 1- 10 QUESTIONS (PPE)

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 245

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

29. Work Management Procedure – Safety Signs and Colour

Codes

1 OVERVIEW
The purpose of this document is to provide information on the use of safety signs and colour codes within
BSP facilities. Safety Signs and Colour Codes are used to provide uniformity and clarity to make our
working environment safer.

2 REQUIREMENTS
2.1 Team leaders shall ensure that areas needing signage and/or colour coding are in place. Team
leaders shall consult the relevant HSE focal points on guidance on signs/colour codes that are
required.
2.2 Team leaders shall ensure all staff understand safety signs and implications of colour codes.

3 PRECAUTIONS
3.1 Inform your team leader if any signage is missing, damaged or is incorrectly tagged.

4 KEY POINTS
4.1 All staff shall follow instructions displayed on all safety signs.
When placing safety signs, they shall be easily visible, in a position appropriate to the line of sight:

DO DON’T

4.2 When placing safety signs, they shall be clear and unambiguous:

DO DON’T

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 247

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4.3 Do use English Language and any other language appropriate to the site staff (e.g., Malay, Thai)

4.4 Use simple symbols or pictograms, when possible, which convey a universal message understood
by ALL staff regardless of their working language.
4.5 For hazard labels, use easy-to-understand symbols, symbols below from Globally Harmonized
System of Classification and Labelling of Chemicals (GHS).

4.6 Safety signs shall be properly maintained at all times. Replace faded or discolored signs.
4.7 Colour codes shall be distinguished clearly and used consistently. The colours used in BSP safety
signs distinguish the action(s) or attention required.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 248

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

Colour and Shape Interpretation Examples

RED

Prohibition sign “YOU

SHALL NOT”
Red circle and
diagonal on white
background

YELLOW

Warning sign
“CAUTION”
Black symbol and
border on yellow
background

BLUE

Mandatory “YOU
SHALL DO”

White symbol in blue

background

Colour and Shape Interpretation Examples

GREEN

Information

White symbol on
green background

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 249

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

Firefighting
information
White symbol on
red background

Code for Barrier tape applicable for all BSP locations

CAUTION-you may
enter but be aware
Yellow and black of hazards
diagonals

Red and white Do NOT enter this

diagonals barrier

4.8 Two types of portable fire extinguisher are used, one filled with
carbon dioxide and the other with dry chemical powder, and
they shall be colour coded as shown in the picture.
4.9 Carbon Dioxide fire extinguishers can be used for flammable
liquid fires and electrical fires (Class B). Do not use for wood,
paper, flammable metal and textile fires.
4.10 Dry chemical powder fire extinguisher can be used for wood,
oil, fats, petrol, and gas fires. Do not use for domestic chip or fat pan fires. There
is a danger of inhalation causing health damage. Do not use within
enclosed space.
4.11 Working areas with Hydrogen Sulphide (H2S) hazards shall be
signposted with the sign below. When working in an area with H2S,
comply with Work Management Procedure Hydrogen Sulphide (H2S).

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 250

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4.12 All safety signs require adequate illumination and sizes shall be appropriate for intended viewing
distance.
4.13 Consider whether the signboards are to be temporary or permanent. Shall circumstances change,
making a particular signboard irrelevant, the signboard shall be removed.
4.14 Avoid using too many signboards in close proximity.

5 REFERENCES AND RESOURCES

5.1 Work Management Procedure Hydrogen Sulphide (H2S)
5.2 Work Management Procedure Compressed Gases
5.3 Brunei Darussalam Ministry of Development Health Safety and Environment Manual 2012 Edition
5.4 The Health and Safety (Safety Signs and Signals) Regulations 1996
5.5 Globally Harmonized System of Classification and Labelling of Chemicals (GHS)

6 IMPLEMENTATION
Managers and Team Leaders shall ensure implementation of this work practice within their areas of
accountability.

7 INTERPRETATION AND UPDATING

HSSE Manager shall ensure the interpretation of this procedure.
BSP Safety Operations Committee (SOC) shall ensure 3 yearly update of this procedure.

8 APPROVAL SIGNATURES

Role Name Publish Date Signature

Owner Head of HSE & Security (HSE) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Reviewer Head of Personal Safety (HSE/4) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Reviewer OE Consultant (HRE/3) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 251

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

30. Work Management Procedure – Safety System Isolation and

Override Control

1 OVERVIEW
This procedure establishes the controls required to manage Safety System Isolation or Overriding of a
safety critical function. It describes the control and approval process required.
At all times, BSP Process Safeguarding systems, Fire & Gas systems and equipment shall only be
overridden, isolated or inhibited by authorized BSP personnel with an approved Permit to Work.
At all times, contractor’s safeguarding systems on equipment (e.g. portable air compressor, diesel
generator, chainsaw, grass cutter, etc.) used on a BSP operated facility and infrastructure shall only be
overridden/isolated with authorization from the BSP permit authorizer.
This work procedure is applicable to all BSP staff and contractors. The following Life-Saving Rules (LSR)
and Process Safety Fundamentals (PSF) shall be adhered to.

2 REQUIREMENTS
2.1 Below are the pre-requisite and requirements to perform an override:
▪ Identify type of override
- Safety system override (i.e overriding a safeguarding action on Safety Instrumented Function
(SIF) and Fire and Gas system).
- Alarm Override (i.e overrides a warning).
▪ Identify associated risks and conduct risk assessment.
▪ Assess possible consequences.
▪ Apply appropriate mitigations and controls.
▪ Identify approval level required (COS/CSS, FOS, PL, OIM).
▪ Request override as per the required control process (PTW, ICC, Work Instruction etc.)
- For Maintenance activity, it shall be managed using the Permit to Work process and shall be
registered in the Override Register.
- For Safeguarding Systems impairment overrides, there is a need to continue operation, it shall
be managed by Facility Status Report (FSR) system.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 253

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 23 December 2019
RESTRICTED

▪ Approval shall be in place prior to commencing safety system safeguarding isolation, override or
inhibit (refer to WMP - Permit to Work).
▪ Raise a Management of Change (MoC) as required if over 14 days or if there are changes to
design configuration (refer to WMP – Management of Change).

3 PRECAUTIONS
3.1 Safety-critical equipment shall be in good operating condition to maintain integrity of the safety
system and to protect personnel from unsafe situations.
3.2 All safety isolations and overrides are temporary changes and shall be treated as non-routine
situations.
3.3 Operators shall not use Overrides to prevent system shutdowns (trips) due to genuine process upset
conditions that have consequential impact to Asset Integrity or Safety.
3.4 All risk management controls documented in the Authorization Register shall be in place for the
duration of the isolation/override to mitigate process safety risks.
3.5 When different safety-critical equipment is isolated or overridden on a specific system, the risk
assessment shall recognize the cumulative risk of having multiple isolation/overriding functions.
OIM’s shall take this into account before authorizing or approving a permit to work that requires
an over-ride.

4 KEY POINTS
4.1 DO NOT Isolate/Override/Inhibit or “defeat” any equipment within BSP premises unless you are
authorized to do so. For safety system instrumentation and controls, including DCS, authorization
will be via an authorization letter issued by the installation manager. For mechanical or process
safety systems consult the Area Operating Technician (AOT) who will issue the work permit. The
AOT will obtain approval for necessary overrides and they will coordinate the implementation of
the override.

Contractors:
BSP Safeguarding DO NOT Isolate or Override or
System and Fire & Gas Inhibit or “defeat” at all
System
BSP staff:
DO NOT Isolate or Override or
Inhibit without authorisation

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 254

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 23 December 2019
RESTRICTED

Contractors:
Safeguarding Systems of DO NOT Isolate or Override or
Contractor equipment Inhibit or “defeat” at all without
authorization. Seek approval
from BSP Permit Authoriser

4.2 Any impaired Safeguarding System shall be flagged in Facility Status Report (FSR) by deviations or
Management of Change (eMoC).
4.3 The Authorized Signatory is responsible for assessing the consequences of applying an override
and put adequate controls in place before it is applied. The associated risks shall be as low as
reasonably practicable (ALARP) at all times.
4.4 Records for each control area (Field, NUI’s, Complex/Utilities) shall be kept in hardcopy and
updated at all times. Control Room operator (CRO) shall maintain these records.
4.5 All authorized signatories shall be made aware of the current status of all overrides.
4.6 Additional or removal of any overrides shall be recorded in the Override Register and CRO
logbook at the facility and shall be documented and communicated to the next shift/crew during
handover.
4.7 All extended period overrides shall have a nominated “expiry date” before they are approved. The
Production Lead and Operations Installation Manager shall be responsible to review the continued
need for the override before its expiry date is due.
4.8 Any extended override beyond 14 days, MoC and EPI must be raised and shall be flagged in FSR,
reviewed and advised by appropriate Technical Authorities.
4.9 Overrides shall follow the Risk Control Matrix below:

Hazard Safety System

Confirm
Tasks requiring Identification Isolation/Override (SSIO) Check
Override system
overrides Plan (HIP) or PTW Certificate Override Work with
Register protection
Risk Control Certificate OIM
in place
Assessment (OWCC)
Maintenance √ √ √ √ √ √
Operational start-
WI,
up at main √ √ √ √ √
SI
platform
Operational start-
up at remote √ × x √ √ √
platform
MOC (Deviation) √ √ √ (Extended) √ √ √

Process Upset √ - x √ √ √

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 255

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 23 December 2019
RESTRICTED

4.10 All approved and implemented overrides shall be re-instated and updated in the facility override
register as soon as the task is completed.
4.11 In the event of a process upset or abnormalities, the OIM and CRO shall immediately verify the
override in place, make a decision on actions required to re-instate the override, diagnose the
cause of the upset and respond to it.
4.12 An override shall be reviewed on a quarterly basis to ensure that the override procedure is
implemented effectively. This review process shall be led by the Operations Manager (XOP).

5 REFERENCES AND RESOURCES

5.1 Work Management Procedure – Permit to Work
5.2 Work Management Procedure – Management of Change
5.3 Work Management Procedure – Isolation
5.4 Shell Global Manual Override of Process Safeguarding System.
5.5 Brunei Workplace and Health Safety Order 2009
5.6 Operations Management Procedure – Operational Register
5.7 Operations Management Procedure – Management of Overrides

6 IMPLEMENTATION
Managers and Team Leaders shall ensure implementation of this work practice within their areas of
accountability.

7 INTERPRETATION AND UPDATING

Production Excellence Lead shall ensure the interpretation of this procedure.
BSP Safety Operations Committee (SOC) shall ensure 3 yearly update of this procedure.

8 APPROVAL SIGNATURES
Role Name Publish Date Signature
Owner Maintenance Excellence Lead (OME) 23 Dec 2019 Retained on sign-off form
rd

Reviewer Production Excellence Lead (OPE) 23rd Dec 2019 Retained on sign-off form

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 256

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 23 December 2019
RESTRICTED

31. Work Management Procedure – Temporary Flexible Hoses

Assemblies

1 OVERVIEW
This procedure is applicable for the use of temporary flexible hose assemblies. Hoses are considered as
temporary when they are not a fixed part of the process equipment or portable equipment. Examples of
temporary hoses are: Spray painting hose, connection of air-powered tools and equipment, compressed
gas cylinder hoses for supplementing construction use e.g., purging activity, utility hose to drain a vessel,
chemical injection hose, instrument air hose, etc.

The following are not considered to be temporary hoses: Choke and kill hoses, bunkering hoses, braided
machinery hose in machinery utility, machinery hose within vehicle or cranes, hoses within snuffing
system cylinders, CO2 hoses and fire water hoses.

The use of flexible hose assemblies presents the following hazards:

▪ Loss of containment of substances (fluid and/or gas) through imperfection, leaks at end connection or
from the punctured body of the hose.
▪ Sudden release of energy i.e rupture, parting or sudden disconnection of the hose leading to
personnel injury, asset damage and significant loss of containment.
▪ Hoses improperly run on site presenting tripping hazards or subjecting the hose to excessive stress or
abrasion.
▪ Static electrical discharge in hazardous areas of the plant.
▪ Selection of the wrong hose for the intended use (e.g., hose not suitable for the service pressure,
temperature or fluid).

This work procedure is applicable to all BSP staff and contractor. The following Life-Saving Rules (LSR)
and Process Safety Fundamentals (PSF) shall be adhered to.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 257

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

2 REQUIREMENTS
2.1 Identification
2.1.1 All flexible hose assemblies shall be physically tagged and identifiable by a unique
number, traceable to a hose register that allow workers to recognize the specific services,
identify and manage the associated risk accordingly. A flexible hose assembly shall not be
used unless a valid tag is securely attached. The hose register shall be kept on site and
accessible.

2.1.2 Each hose shall show a unique number, pressure rating, service rating and next test date
clearly marked. Hose tests shall be done at a frequency of 1 year. In some cases, it shall be
more practical to change out with a new hose after 1 year.

2.2 Hose Register

2.2.1 For BSP and Contractor hoses, a hose register shall be maintained for each installation and
shall contain the following information as a minimum:

2.2.2 For BSP hoses an audit between the register and actual on-site condition of the hoses shall
be done quarterly.
2.2.3 For contractor hoses that connect to BSP fixed equipment, entries shall be made in the BSP
hose register. A Management of Change (MOC) shall be required for these connections
unless the connection is documented in an operating procedure.

3 PRECAUTIONS
3.1 Ensure appropriate hose pre-use checks, usage, storage and end connections are applied as stated
in Section 4.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 258

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4 KEY POINTS
4.1 Pre-Use Checks
4.1.1 Prior to use, a flexible hose assembly shall be visually checked by the user:

▪ A flexible hose assembly shall not be used if there is visible sign of wear or damage to the
hose surface, coupling or tag. In such cases, it shall be removed from service.
▪ In offshore situation, damaged hoses may not be repaired, however with approval from area
operating technician hoses may be shortened to remove a damaged section and re-secured
with the same connecting device.

4.2 Hose Usage

4.2.1 Where hoses are used within maintenance activities, the hazard controls shall be managed
within the work permit.
4.2.2 Do not subject flexible hose assemblies to pressures and temperatures above the specified
maximum working pressure and temperature.
4.2.3 Flexible hose assemblies shall not be stretched, twisted or bent, kinked or used to support
any load.
4.2.4 Avoid pulling over or along sharp objects and dragging over rough floors.
4.2.5 With a suspended hose, always take into account the loads on the hose and couplings
subject to their own weight, distance and contents.
4.2.6 Cross connecting the hoses shall be controlled by the Permit to Work system together with a
Task Risk Assessment.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 259

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4.2.7 Hose connections using quick release couplings shall have locking pins and whip check
safety cables fitted. Such couplings shall only be used to connect with couplings of the same
type. Where the couplings are of the type specifically manufactured such that they cannot
be disconnected under pressure, only a whip check shall be fitted.

4.2.8 Hose assemblies shall be positioned, or barriered-off, to minimize the risk of accidental
physical damage and shall be securely anchored/supported at each end and at regular
intervals to prevent kinking and whipping in the event of failure. Where a hose shall cross a
walkway, a suitable bridge shall support the hose. The crossing of escape routes and
doorways, and the passage of the hose through doorways shall be avoided if practicable.
The housekeeping of the areas shall be maintained at all times. Any live hoses can be
identified by providing a “Live pressure hose” signage with red tape wrapping to alert
personnel that the hose is live and in operation.
4.2.9 A hose shall not be used on a pulsating pressure system unless there is clear manufacturer's
evidence (e.g. certificate) that it is suitable for such service. In such cases, consideration
shall be given to the hose /connection pressure ratings and the line shall be secured at
close intervals to prevent whipping.
4.2.10 Hoses used to drain equipment shall never be left unattended. Two points of isolation shall
be provided after draining is complete.
4.2.11 Where tools are connected to heavy hose assemblies, they shall be fitted with a light weight
leader hose. The leader hoses shall be at least 2 meters long, fitted with a swivel fitting on
the tool connection and a hose coupling at the upstream end. This is to aid the operation of
the tool and prevent the operator from needing to lift a heavy hose.
4.2.12 When a connection is made using flexible hoses between two objects which are not
electrically bonded together, the hose shall be an anti-static type to avoid the accumulation
of a static charge. Anti-static hoses shall not be connected in series in hazardous areas or
in areas where flammable fluids are being transferred, unless each joint is individually
earthed. In operations involving the use of two or more anti-static hoses in series,
procedures shall be reviewed to ensure that appropriate earthing arrangements are made.
4.2.13 Should a hose assembly fail in service, it shall not be replaced like-for-like. It shall be
immediately reported (to the line supervisor) to ensure root cause of failure is identified.

4.3 Storage
4.3.1 Hose shall be depressurised, drained and flushed (if necessary) after use and prior to
storage
4.3.2 Any defects or damage that has occurred during use shall be reported to the responsible
supervisor.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 260

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4.3.3 Hose shall be stored in dry conditions and away from direct sunlight.
4.3.4 Depending on length and diameter, hoses may be stored horizontally in racks that support
the hose along its full length, or loosely coiled.
4.3.5 Coiled hoses may be placed on hangers and stored in the vertical plane as long as the
hanger does not cause the hose to be bent below its minimum bending radius.
4.3.6 When coiled hoses are stacked horizontally, ensure that hoses at the bottom of the stack
are not crushed by the weight of hoses placed on top. Do not stow other objects on top of
hoses.

4.4 End Connections

4.4.1 Flexible hose assemblies shall be supplied complete with end connections fitted.
4.4.2 End connections shall be securely attached to the hose by proprietary clamps or
mechanically swaged.
4.4.3 The use of jubilee clips (shown below) to secure hose ends to fittings is prohibited.
4.4.4 Alternatively, heavy duty Oetiker clamp Series-167 as minimum made of SS316L grade
could be uses to secure hoses onsite.

4.4.5 End connections can be typically any of the following types depending on the service:

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 261

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

5 REFERENCES AND RESOURCES

5.1 BSP-71-Procedure-013 - Hose Register Procedure

6 IMPLEMENTATION
Managers and Team Leaders shall ensure implementation of this work practice within their areas of
accountability.

7 INTERPRETATION AND UPDATING

Head Mechanical Engineering shall ensure interpretation of this procedure.
BSP Safety Operations Committee (SOC) shall ensure 3 yearly update of this procedure.

8 APPROVAL SIGNATURES
Role Name Publish Date Signature
Owner Head Mechanical Engineering (AED/1) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Reviewer Head of Static Equipment (OME/2) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 262

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

32. Work Management Procedure – Waste Management

1 OVERVIEW
Waste refers to both residual materials that may be segregated and identified for resale, reprocessing,
recycling, reclamation or energy recovery, as well as to any remaining materials that must be discarded
for final disposal (e.g. landfill or incineration).
The purpose of this procedure is to provide guidance and instructions on waste handling and disposal.
Offshore disposal of drilling related materials will not be covered in this work procedure, the activity is to
be undertaken in accordance with:
BSP-09-Standard-024 : Drilling, Completion, Workover & Abandonment Waste Disposal Principles &
Management Standard

This work procedure is applicable to all BSP staff and contractor. The following Life-Saving Rules (LSR)
and Process Safety Fundamentals (PSF) shall be adhered to.

2 REQUIREMENTS
2.1 Any person responsible for the generation and disposal of waste, including contractors operating
on BSP sites, shall ensure that only BSP approved disposal facilities are utilized for disposal of
wastes from BSP activities. See 4.3 for list of approved Waste Management facilities.
2.2 All personnel involved in the storage, handling and disposal of waste shall be made aware of any
hazards and risks involved, as well as the proper handling methods, risk controls and emergency
responses.
2.3 BSP Waste Disposal is controlled by the electronic Waste Disposal Form (EWDF) (Refer Appendix
1) which can be raised electronically by the originators through the EWDF system via BSP website.
All shipments of hazardous waste must have a unique WDF. The EWDF system can only be
accessed by BSP employees. For contractors, their counterpart from BSP can help them to raise the
EWDF ticket (i.e. BSP rep, supervisor, contract holder).
2.4 Wastes must be properly segregated based on their disposal routes.
2.5 For offshore discharge, ensure MARPOL Annex I - V requirements are followed. This applies to all
types of ships, vessels, rigs and fixed or floating installations. The most common items and
requirements are described below:
▪ Only Food waste that are macerated or grounded1 are permitted to be discharged overboard, if
fixed location is more than 12 nm2 from nearest land. Or if ship is en-route, >3 nm and as far
as practicable from land.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 263

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

▪ All other garbage including plastics, synthetic ropes, fishing gear, plastic garbage bags,
incinerator ashes, clinkers, cooking oil, lining and packing materials, paper, rags, glass, metal,
bottles, and similar refuse are prohibited to be discharged overboard.
▪ Oily water3 (from bilge/cargo residues contained in washwater3) that is passed through a
filtering system and oil content without dilution is <15 ppm, are permitted to be discharged
overboard.
▪ All sewage and sullage (waste water from wash basins and showers) from living quarters shall
adhere MARPOL with respect to the permitted forms of discharge. The position of the facility
with respect to land is critical to the overall design with limits being placed on the forms of
discharges as can be seen from Table 1 below:

DISTANCE FROM
DISCHARGE LIMITATION IMPLICATIONS
LAND
No discharge – storage Storage and transfer
Under 3 nautical miles
required system required
Comminution or disinfection Black and grey
3 -12 nautical miles required through approved separation required for
sewage treatment plant treatment
No visible floating solids or
12 nautical miles and
discolouration to result from
beyond
discharge
Table 1 Discharge Requirements

3 PRECAUTIONS
3.1 No waste materials from BSP activities shall be accepted at the waste facility unless the driver is
carrying a copy of a completed and authorized BSP Electronic Waste Disposal Form (EWDF) which
specifies the final disposal/treatment destination.
3.2 HSE/5 Environmental Team shall be consulted if there is any uncertainty with the details of this
procedure and/or if additional waste management training is required for the activity/location.
3.3 Waste management planning, including waste identification, storage, schedule and disposal is
important to minimize the waste generation and optimize the reuse, reduce and recycling of waste.

4 KEY POINTS
4.1 Waste Generation and Storage
4.1.1 Handling
▪ PPE shall be worn by everyone involved in the handling and transporting of wastes. The
minimum mandatory Standard PPE required is covered in WMP - Personal Protective
Equipment (PPE).
1 Macerated or ground food wastes must be able to pass through a screen with mesh no larger than 25 mm.
2 12 nm (nautical miles) is equivalent to ~22.2 km
3 These substances must not be harmful to the marine environment.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 264

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

▪ For chemical handling, additional guidance on PPE is also provided in the relevant
MSDS. Refer to WMP – Handling Chemicals.
4.1.2 Training
▪ Personnel involved in handling waste shall be trained to carry out their duties. This will
include knowledge of this work procedure and the details associated with proper
handling of wastes, waste minimisation, waste segregation and storage and waste
documentation/transfer note procedures.

▪ Site supervisors shall ensure that all personnel generating, and handling waste are
aware of the hazards (as described on the SDS sheet) as well as personnel expectations
of this procedure and will be communicated to personnel through toolbox talks, team
briefings and safety meetings.
4.1.3 Segregation
▪ Waste material should be segregated at the point of generation. This is to ensure the
correct disposal for the waste stream.
▪ Oily contaminated waste not to be mixed with non-oil contaminated material. There
should be a dedicated bin for oily contaminated waste.

Good Practices

▪ Waste chemicals (or empty liquid chemical containers) should not to be placed into the
same skips as industrial waste. They should be separately stored and labeled (with SDS
available). Waste chemicals must be segregated based on their reactivity (refer to
Appendix 3).
▪ Recyclable materials (paper, aluminum cans and plastic bottles) to be segregated from
non- recyclable waste.

▪ Segregated recyclable materials received from offshore platform or mobile facilities

(vessel) should not be mixed up with non-recyclable waste received at onshore waste
receiving point.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 6 December 2019 265
RESTRICTED

4.1.4 Storage
▪ Waste containers (Skip, drums) shall:

- Be labelled with sufficient information to clearly communicate the contents and any
specific hazards (e.g. flammable). See examples below:

- Be compatible with contents (Refer to SDS sheet for restrictions on container types
and chemicals)
- Be in good condition, undamaged, leak proof and suitable with the content
- Not be exposed to direct sunlight/rain

- Be covered or enclosed, (for hazardous waste)

▪ All waste storage areas shall be:
- Equipped with spill containment/drip trays (For Hazardous Waste)
- Provided with warning and directive signage to facilitate proper storage of wastes
- Managed to ensure physical separation of incompatible wastes. See Appendix 3 for
waste compatibility
- Managed to ensure stacking of waste drums no more than two drums high
- Secured so that access is only allowed by authorised personnel only
- Provided with adequate emergency response equipment/spill kit

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 266

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

▪ Below are the examples of good and bad storage.

Wastes are covered and

sheltered
Sufficient secondary
Containment in place
Waste Labelling
PPE Signage

Waste Storage 1

Wastes are covered and

sheltered

MSDS Available on site

Spill kit available
Bunded area providing
secondary containment

Waste Storage 2

No Secondary Containment
No segregation of chemical
waste
Containers are covered with
waste residue
Waste Storage 3 Labels are hard to read

No Secondary Containment

Drums are badly corroded and

cannot properly contain waste
No labels

Direct exposure to sunlight

Waste Storage 4

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 267

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

▪ Maintain good housekeeping at all time (Refer to WMP - Housekeeping).

▪ For chemical wastes, more specific guidelines on the storage and handling of these can
be found in WMP – Handling Chemicals.
▪ Damaged waste containers should be removed from service, repaired and labelling
checked before use is resumed.
4.1.5 Secondary Containment System
▪ The preference is for all hazardous waste to be stored in a bunded area. If there is no
bunded area available, then secondary containment or a spill tray as a system to
accommodate any potential leaks or spill. See example below:

▪ The secondary containment system must have sufficient capacity to contain at least 10%
of the total volume of the primary containers or 100% of the volume of the largest
container, whichever is greater.

4.2 Transportation of Waste

4.2.1 Waste Sampling
▪ As and when necessary, BSP may require laboratory analysis on waste characteristics to
determine best disposal and treatment method. Typical waste streams that may require
laboratory testing are as follows:

WASTE TYPE ANALYSIS REQUIRED

Contaminated Soil TPH & Moisture Content
Mercury Contaminated Waste Mercury Content
(Liquid)
Mercury Contaminated Waste (Solid) Mercury Content
Painted Concrete Waste TCLP for Lead

▪ The activity owner shall consult with HSE/57 on the required analysis, suitable sampling
container and approved laboratory.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 268

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4.2.2 Waste Disposal Form

▪ Originators of the waste are required to raise an electronic WDF through BSP Website
and submit to HSE/57 (at least 3 working days in advance) for approval and
designation of appropriate disposal location/route. See Appendix 1 – Sample of
approved Waste Disposal Form.
▪ The EWDF system can only be accessed by BSP employees. For contractors, their
counterpart from BSP shall assist to raise the EWDF ticket (i.e. BSP rep, supervisor,
contract holder).
▪ Original hard copy of approved WDF is to be presented at the disposal location to gain
entry.

▪ All shipments of hazardous waste must have a unique WDF.

▪ For certain types of wastes, additional documentation must be attached together with the
EWDF upon submission for approval by HSE/57. Examples:

WASTE TYPE SUPPORTING DOCUMENT

Chemicals SDS

Write Off Materials Write Off Form

Analysis Result (TPH and %
Hydrocarbon Contaminated Soil
moisture)
Mercury Contaminated Waste Analysis Result

4.3 Waste Management Facilities

▪ Wastes shall be consigned to only licensed third party facilities, approved by BSP. Licensed
facilities are listed below:

FACILITY NAME WASTE TYPE

CIC Environmental Services Sdn Bhd Hazardous wastes
Non-Hazardous Waste and
DD Pykes Sdn Bhd (K37 Landfill)
Asbestos
Sg Paku Landfill (Government Owned
Only for Clean Concrete*
Landfill)
JKR Mumong Domestic wastewater

* TCLP test on Lead has to be conducted on the concrete prior to disposing the concrete to Sg Paku Landfill.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 269

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4.4 Spills or Loss of Containment

▪ Ensure incident is reported in Fountain Management System

5 REFERENCES AND RESOURCES

5.1 Shell HSSE & SP Control Framework (2010) Waste Manual
5.2 Waste Handling Procedure - BSP-02- Procedure-1636 (HSE Module 51)
5.3 Work Management Procedure – Housekeeping
5.4 Work Management Procedure – PPE
5.5 Work Management Procedure – Handling Chemicals

6 IMPLEMENTATION
Managers and Team Leaders shall ensure implementation of this work practice within their areas of
accountability.

7 INTERPRETATION AND UPDATING

HSE/5 shall ensure the interpretation of this procedure.
BSP Safety Operations Committee (SOC) shall ensure 3 yearly update of this procedure.

8 APPROVAL SIGNATURES

Role Name Publish Date Signature

Owner Head of HSE & Security (HSE) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Reviewer Head of Environment (HSE/5) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 270

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 1 – SAMPLE OF APPROVED E-WASTE DISPOSAL FORM

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 271

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 2 – LIST OF BSP WASTE CATEGORIES

In the absence of defined legislation in Brunei Darussalam governing the classification of waste
streams, BSP has defined the following broad categories of waste:
WASTE WASTE DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES
CATERGORY
➢ Construction and demolition
Any operational waste produced debris
from industrial worksites, onshore ➢ Excavated sand (clean)
and offshore, also termed as ➢ Batteries (e.g. small alkali
general waste. There may be sealed Lithium or Cadmium
hazardous as well as non- batteries)
hazardous types of industrial ➢ Wooden pallets/wood scrap
Industrial Waste wastes. ➢ Blasting medium:
There is often considerable potential Garnet/Grit
for reusing and/or recycling ➢ Insulation (non ACM)
industrial wastes. This generally ➢ Scrap metals/mixed metals
requires segregation into discrete ➢ Plastic/Cardboard
sub-categories, e.g. scrap metal, packaging material
plastics, wood, etc. ➢ Empty and dried paint
cans/aerosol cans

These are generally wastes

produced from offices or residential ➢ Used stationery and other
dwellings. They are generally non- waste paper
hazardous but there may also be ➢ Food wastes and scraps
Office/Domestic
some types that may be considered ➢ Plastic or cardboard
Waste as hazardous and would be more packaging material
suitably categorized under different ➢ Cleaning agents
waste category such as chemical or ➢ Office furniture
oily waste.
Organic wastes generated from
➢ Tree trunks and branches
grounds maintenance of gardens
Garden Waste ➢ Leaves and grass
and Company owned public
➢ Shrubs and other vegetation
areas.
➢ Waste oils
➢ Waste cooking oils
➢ Waste grease
➢ Oily water
These are any waste materials that ➢ Oily contaminated soil
Oily Waste contain or are contaminated with ➢ Oily contaminated solids
oil. (sawdust/rags/sacks/filters,
etc.)
➢ Oily sludge
➢ Empty oil drums/IBC

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 272

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 3 – WASTE COMPATIBILITY

WASTE MATERIAL INCOMPATIBLE WITH

Acids (pH<2) ➢ Caustic (pH>12,5)
➢ Machinery Cleaners ➢ Reactive Metals
➢ Oil Removers ➢ Alcohols
➢ Hydrobromic acid ➢ Water
➢ Hydrochloric acid ➢ Aldehyde
➢ Nitric acid ➢ Halogenated, Nitrated, Unsaturated Hydrocarbons
➢ Phosphoric acid ➢ Reactive Organic Compound and Solvents
➢ Rust removers ➢ Oxidizers
➢ Sulphuric Acid
Caustic (pH>12,5) ➢ Acids (pH<2)
➢ Acetylene Mud ➢ Reactive Metals
➢ Alkaline cleaners ➢ Alcohols
➢ Alkaline oil removers ➢ Water
➢ Lime ➢ Aldehyde
➢ Potassium hydroxide ➢ Halogenated, Nitrated, Unsaturated Hydrocarbons
➢ Rust removers ➢ Reactive Organic Compound and Solvents
➢ Sodium hydroxide
Reactive Metals
➢ Aluminum ➢ Acids
➢ Beryllium ➢ Caustic
➢ Calcium ➢ Alcohols
➢ Lithium ➢ Halogenated, Nitrated, Unsaturated Hydrocarbons
➢ Magnesium ➢ Reactive Organic Compound and Solvents
➢ Sodium ➢ Oxidizers
➢ Zinc dust
Reactive Organic Compound and Solvents
➢ Alcohols
➢ Aldehyde ➢ Acids
➢ Chromic acid ➢ Caustic
➢ Cyanides ➢ Reactive Metals
➢ Hypochlorite
➢ Organic Peroxides
➢ Permanganate Sulfides
Waste Cyanide and Sulfur Solutions ➢ Acids

Oxidizers
➢ Chlorine gas
➢ Nitric acid ➢ Acetic acid and Other Organic Acids
➢ Sodium nitrate ➢ Concentrated Mineral Acids
➢ Ammonium nitrate ➢ Reactive Metals
➢ Perchlorates ➢ Reactive Organic Compound and Solvents
➢ Perchloric acid ➢ Combustible and Flammable Wastes
➢ Peroxides
➢ Calcium Hypochlorite

Acids + Oils = Fire

Acids + Caustic = Heat + Splash
Caustic + Epoxy = Extreme Heat
Flammable Liquids + Hydrogen Peroxides = Fire + Explosion

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 273

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

33. Work Management Procedure – Worker Welfare

1 OVERVIEW
Worker Welfare consists of factors that support the needs of the individual worker, their relationship with
their family and connections with their fellow workers. Proper focus on worker welfare helps to provide a
‘home away from home’ for all workers, by delivering a standard of accommodation and facilities that
improves quality of life and worker wellbeing, so promoting safe and productive work.

BSP and all business partners, suppliers and sub-contractors shall provide quality accommodation (where
company contract requires), facilities and healthy working conditions.

This procedure identifies below the Worker Welfare 8 Elements that are applicable to BSP staff and
contractors. Development of a Welfare Management Plan is a contractual requirement for all business
partners, suppliers and sub-contractors working with BSP.

Worker Welfare – Welfare Management Plan 8 Elements.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 275

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

2 REQUIREMENTS
This procedure applies to BSP and its business partners, supplier and sub-contractors. Following
requirements shall be met:

2.1 A Safe and Healthy Environment

2.1.1 Accommodation (as specified in contract)
▪ The workers accommodation should be a safe, secure and
comfortable environment. It should encourage workers to have
healthy lifestyles and improve wellbeing, morale and productivity.
▪ Good housekeeping, tidiness, and cleanliness shall be maintained.
▪ Accommodation and grounds shall be adequately screened against
and cleared of insects.
▪ Ensure appropriate provisions put in place for occupants with
disabilities.
▪ Electrical appliances, accessories, panel and fixtures shall be in
good condition and shall comply to approved electrical standards.
▪ Workers accommodation and all buildings shall adhere to local fire
regulations, including smoke detectors, fire extinguishers, fire blankets.
▪ There shall be an Emergency Response Plan and assembly points.
▪ POB list for occupants shall be available and displayed.
▪ Clear signage for fire exits and muster points.
▪ Employer shall ensure emergency lights are available near staircase
and exits.
▪ First aid kits shall be provided and easily accessible.
▪ Adequate number of trained first aiders and fire wardens shall be
available.
▪ Accommodation should be well-maintained with adequate and
stable power supplies, clean water and waste disposal systems.
▪ Facilities shall have hygienic and properly operating toilet,
bathrooms and shower facilities.
▪ Laundry washing machines and drying facilities shall be provided
to accommodate all occupants.
▪ Employer shall provide garbage collection and disposal at a
minimum frequency of twice per week.
▪ Electricity shall be provided 24-hours a day for (not limited to)
lighting, refrigeration, ceiling fans, air-conditioning, etc.
▪ Shoe racks/ shoe storage area shall be provided.
▪ Accommodation shall be air conditioned.
▪ Basic necessities shall be provided by employer in the
accommodation:
Mattress, bedsheets, pillows, stainless steel pots, hand soaps and detergents.

2.1.2 Learning Opportunities

▪ All workers shall have access to the training they require to perform their job safely and
efficiently at no cost to the worker.
▪ Training shall not be provided during entitled off days or private time unless agreed by the
workers.
WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 276
BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

2.1.3 Medical Facilities and Support (where accommodation provided)

▪ BSP case management shall be followed if a worker sustains work related injuries and they
shall be immediately referred to Panaga Health Centre.
▪ For non-work related injuries, employer should identify a medical facility for the worker to
access should any medical treatment be required.
▪ A company representative shall be present to assist worker in registering for medical
treatment and translating if needed.
▪ Worker requires to have valid identification on them at all time and a phone number of a
company representative.
▪ Employer shall ensure the company representative has funds to pay for medical treatment
and/or medications at no cost to worker.
▪ Workers shall be provided with medical insurance in accordance with their employment
contract.
▪ All workers shall have a ‘fitness to work’ medical examination (at the cost of employer).
▪ Medical surveillance should be undertaken for workers most at risk identified under health
risk assessment.

2.2 A Secure Environment

▪ External doors shall be secured at all times.
▪ Accommodation bedrooms shall be lockable with keys
provided.
▪ Lockers in accommodation to be provided to store
personal belongings.

2.3 Ethical Labour Practices

BSP requires that a minimum standard of worker rights is upheld, to protect worker’s wellbeing and
provide adequate support for their welfare.
2.3.1 Worker Rights
▪ Honest and transparent contractual relationships between all workers management/
employer must be maintained.
▪ Workers will be treated with respect, dignity and action, conduct or behaviour which is
humiliating, intimidating or hostile will not be tolerated.
▪ All workers shall have access to management to discuss employment policy.
▪ Workers shall have access to their personal ID documents and documents shall not be
withheld by employer.
▪ Provide effective mechanism for workers to raise concern on working conditions and/or
treatment.
▪ A company representative shall be present to assist worker in registering for medical
treatment and translating if needed.
▪ Worker requires to have valid identification on them at all time and a phone number of a
company representative.

2.3.2 Recruitment and Demobilisation

▪ Employer shall provide all workers with a copy of their work contract prior to deployment
or departing their home country.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 277

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

▪ Allow worker to leave the company after 3 months’ notice period.

▪ Employer shall not charge worker for the cost of passage, agent fees, visas, and any
transport and/or administrative cost necessary to be present, lawfully reside and employed
in Brunei.

2.3.3 Personnel Salaries and Benefits

▪ Workers shall be informed about their salary prior to signing their contract.
▪ Employer shall provide salary including overtime payment on time to worker based on
contractual agreement.

2.3.4 Working hours and rotation

BSP defines the following rotas that shall be applied:
▪ Onshore non-shift workers shall have a minimum 1 day off each week.
▪ Workers supporting 24hr/7days operations onshore or offshore under equal time rotas
shall work a maximum of 28 days on shift and 28 days off shift.
▪ Workers supporting 24hr/7days operations onshore or offshore under non-equal time
rotas shall work a maximum of 21 days on shift followed by a minimum of 4 days off shift
according to agreed contract terms.
▪ Deviations from these rotas can be approved by Managers (Asset Managers, Wells
General Manager, Asset Engineering & Project Manager, Operations and Maintenance
Managers or equivalent). Refer to Appendix 1 for Worker Rota Waiver Form.

2.4 Quality Sleep and Privacy (where accommodation is provided)

▪ Maximum room occupancy is 4 persons to a room and up to 6 persons in exceptional
circumstances with prior approval from BSP (HSE).
▪ Rooms will have adequate natural and artificial lighting for reading and writing and a
privacy screens / curtain to separate individual sleeping areas.
▪ Each occupant shall have an allocated bed (hot bedding is not allowed).
▪ Female shall not share a room with male occupant. Applicable to offshore accommodation
and onshore contractor housing.
▪ Each room shall have air conditioning adequate to cool the room.
▪ All workers should have access to washrooms.

2.5 Good Nutritious Food (where accommodation is provided)

▪ Employers shall provide kitchen and dedicated dining area, kept in a clean and sanitary
state.
▪ Kitchen and/or dining facilities shall be equipped with cooker, fridge and freezer.
▪ If catering is provided, food choices must support a range of cultures, medical conditions
and religious beliefs.
▪ If catering is provided, food shall be served at convenient times, taking account of working
hours, shift schedules and religious requirements.
▪ If catering is provided, employer shall ensure hygienic practices in food preparation.
▪ Provide sufficient food storage facilities with adequate protection from pests.
▪ Potable drinking water with filter shall be provided free of charge.
▪ Dining facilities shall be equipped with hand washing amenities.
WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 278
BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

▪ Dining area shall have sufficient capacity to accommodate all occupants.

2.6 Connections to Home (where accommodation is provided)

▪ Facilities shall enable workers to maintain connectivity and communicate via a range of
communication forms including mail, telephone and internet.
▪ Internet connections Wi-Fi (wired connection – optional) in internal and external communal
areas shall be provided and free of charge at any time.

2.7 Leisure Activities (where accommodation is provided)

▪ Leisure and recreation facilities shall be provided and suitable for cultural mix of the
workers to provide areas for exercise, relaxation and enjoyment.
▪ TV shall be provided with channels in the most common languages spoken by occupants.
▪ Entertainment and internet connections shall be provided.

2.8 Safe and convenient transport (where accommodation is provided)

▪ Employer shall provide safe transportation for workers to return to home country and vice
versa in accordance to company policy.
▪ Provision for safe transportation shall be eligible for workers with no means of
transportation to reach their workplace.
▪ Transportation arrangements shall be provided to workers with no means of transportation
to attend religious events and facilities in between working times (i.e Friday prayer).
▪ Transportation arrangement from accommodation to commercial area for banks, grocery
shopping, recreation shall be provided once a week. Applicable to onshore contractor
accommodation only.
▪ Transport services such as company buses, and worker parking shall be easily accessible.
▪ Employer shall provide transportation to and from the medical clinic and/or hospital in
case of illness and/or injury.
▪ Onshore accommodation shall provide adequate vehicle and cycle parking for workers
and visitors.
▪ All parking areas shall be sufficiently illuminated and secured.
▪ All transportation must be provided with 3 points seat belts, adhere to 12 Life Saving Rules
and local Road Traffic Act 2007.

3 PRECAUTIONS
3.1 Day and night shift occupants shall lower their volumes around sleeping areas to not cause
disruption to resting occupants.
3.2 Bunk beds increase risk of trips and falls. If bunk beds are used, appropriate precautions shall be
taken and ensure adequacy of access and structural stability.
3.3 Ensure adequate security control on internet use to avoid illegal downloads, streaming and
overburdening of the network.
3.4 Transportation may result in increase in levels of fatigue leading to stress and anxiety. Refer to
WMP – Fatigue Risk Management.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 279

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4 KEY POINTS
4.1 BSP and all business partners, suppliers and sub-contractors shall provide quality accommodation
(where company contract requires), facilities and healthy working conditions. Requirements above
shall be met.
4.2 Accommodation checklist (see Appendix 2) shall be used as reference document.

5 REFERENCES & RESOURCES

5.1 SHELL Accommodation & Welfare Guide
5.2 BSP Worker Welfare Survey
5.3 Workplace Safety and Health Order, 2009
5.4 Employment Order, 2009
5.5 Workmen's Compensation Act, 1984

6 IMPLEMENTATION
Employers shall ensure implementation of this practice within their areas of accountability.

7 INTEPRETATION AND UPDATING

HSE shall ensure the interpretation of this procedure.
Work Management Committee shall ensure updating of this procedure.

8 APPROVALS SIGNATURES
Role Publish Date Signature
Owner Asset Engineering Project Manager 1 Nov 2019
st
Retained on sign-off form
Reviewer Head of HSSE 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Reviewer Chief Medical Officer 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 280

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 1 – WORKER ROTA WAIVER FORM

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 281

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 2 – ACCOMODATION INSPECTION CHECKLIST

ACCOMODATION INSPECTION CHECKLIST

CONTRACTOR: DATE:

INSPECTION TEAM NAMES:

LOCATION:

Y N N/A REMARKS
1. GENERAL
- Is the accommodation clean?
- Is the housekeeping and cleaning done frequently?
- Who is doing the cleaning?
Note: May require remark.

- Are ACs fitted in all rooms and functioning?

- Is hot water provided 24/7?
- Are all electrical appliances, accessories, panels
and fixtures in good condition?
Note: Two pin plugs are not safe.
Sockets must not be located next to bedside.
- Is potable drinking water provided?
- Is there a water filter in the kitchen?
- Are there shoe racks available?
- Are occupants using it for storing shoes?
- Is there a TV, WiFi or any form of entertainment?
2. EMERGENCY RESPONSE
- Is there any assembly point in case of emergency?
Marked? People know where?
- Are there any signages displayed for “No Smoking”,
“Exit” & “Assembly area”?
- Are emergency lights provided (ie. Near staircase,
Exits)?
- Are smoke detectors available in every room &
kitchen area? Are they functioning?
Note: Test smoke detectors
- Are fire extinguishers available?
- Valid with stickers showing expiry date?
- Is there an emergency escape procedure or layout
available and displayed?
- Are first aid kits provided and well equipped? Items
not expired?
- Are they easily accessible?
- Is there an adequate number of trained first aiders
and fire wardens? Known?
- Are drills conducted regularly? Evidence?

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 282

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

- Is there any POB list? Is the list of occupants

available and displayed?
3. SLEEPING ROOMS FACILITIES
- Are rooms clean and tidy?
- Is housekeeping being take care with? By who?
- Are windows and lighting provided? Is the room
well ventilated?
- Are beds, pillows and mattresses provided? Are
they clean and in good condition?
- Are bed sheets & covers provided? Are they in
good condition?
- Are lockable cupboards provided?
- Are cloth hangers provided?
4. TOILET AND WASHING FACILITIES
- Are toilets clean and in good condition?
- Are showers available, cleaned and in good
condition?
- Are wash basins cleaned and in good condition?
- Are there any basic hygiene products such as hand
soaps and toilet papers provided?
- Is there adequate number of toilets provided?
- Are there adequate facilities for washing and
drying clothes?
- Are they functioning?
- Is detergent material provided?
5. KITCHEN & FOOD STORAGE
- Are there any cooking material (e.g. frying pan,
pots, crockery and cutlery) provided for use?
Note: Stainless steel pots shall be used - Aluminium
pots are not allowed.
- Is there any kitchen storage space available? Are
they enough and clean?
- Is the kitchen area having all relevant fire-
extinguishers, fire blankets, smoke alarm?
- Are refrigerator and freezer provided?
- Are they functioning properly (ie. temperature
control)?
- Are the cooked food kept separate from uncooked
food stuff to prevent cross-contamination?
- Is the refrigerator/freezer clean and hygienic? How
often they get cleaned?
- Are the food storage/cupboards clean and free
from spillages and pests?

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 283

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

34. Work Management Procedure – Working at Height

1 OVERVIEW
Working at Height (WAH) is any activity where there is a risk of injury from falling e.g. situation where
people are exposed to a potential fall distance equal to or more than 1.8m above any level. This
procedure describes the equipment required to prevent falls where permanent engineered fall protection
such as permanent handrails and ladder cages are not in place.

This work procedure is applicable to all BSP staff and contractors. The following Life-Saving Rules (LSR)
and Process Safety Fundamentals (PSF) shall be adhered to.

2 REQUIREMENTS
2.1 A risk assessment shall be done for all WAH activities. When a task potentially involves work at
height above 1.8m, the risk assessment tool shown in Figure 1 should be used.

Figure 1-Risk Assessment Tool

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 285

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

2.2 When the identified work area is equipped with guardrail or handrail systems on all open
sides, no additional secondary fall protection system is required. For all other situations, secondary
fall protection is required. Secondary fall protection such as harness and lanyards are shown in
Figure 2.

Types of Fall Protection

Full body harness Sit harness with full body harness

Applicable Standards
Applicable Standards
• EN 361
• EN 361
• EN 813
• AS/NZS 1891
• AS/NZS 1891
• ANSI/ASSP Z359
• ANSI/ASSP Z359

Double lanyard with shock absorber

Applicable Standards
• Lanyard: BS EN 354
• Shock absorber: BS EN 355
• AS/NZS 1891
• ANSI/ASSP Z359

Fixed length lanyard Adjustable length lanyard

for fall restraint system for fall restraint system

Retractable Fall Arrester (Self-retracting Lifeline, Connectors

Inertia Reel Device, Personal Fall Limiter or Fall
Arrest block)

Applicable Standards
• BS EN 360
• AS/NZS 1891
• ANSI/ASSP Z359
Carabiner Carabiner Snaphook
(autolock) (screwgate) (autolock)

Applicable Standards
• EN 362
• AS/NZS 1891
• ANSI-ASSP Z359

Figure 2 - Secondary Fall Protection

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 286

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

Full Body
;
Harness
Double Lanyard
Shock without Shock
Absorber Absorber

Double
Lanyard

Fall Arrest Equipment Fall Restraint Equipment

2.3 Working at Height (WAH) personnel shall hold a valid WAH training certificate and have the
certificate readily available at the working site.
2.4 Authorized rescuer shall hold a valid WAH and Rescuer training certificate and have the certificate
readily available at the working site.
2.5 You shall follow the ‘10 Questions for Safe Work at Height’ and ‘5 to stay alive’ prior to
performing working at height activity (See Appendix 1 & 2). WAH and Authorized Rescuer
trainings shall be provided by BSP Authorized training centre or recognized training provider
(International Providers).
2.6 Assess the fall hazards and determine the type of fall protection equipment required for the task.
Available Total Fall Distance: TFD will determine the type of fall protection equipment. Use shock
absorbing lanyard if TFD > 6.5m. See Figure 3 and 4 below.

Figure 3 - Total Fall Distance Measurement

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 287

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

Types of Fall Protection

Anchor devices

Applicable Standards
• BS EN 795
• AS/NZS 1891.2
• ANSI/ASSP
Z359

Improvised Engineered Anchor Engineered Anchor

Anchor (Horizontal Lifeline) (Vertical Lifeline)

Engineered Anchors (Eyebolt) Engineered Anchor (Anchor Beam)

Figure 4 - Types of Fall Equipment

2.7 Between 1.8m to 6.5m, shock absorbing lanyard is not effective as the fall protection equipment.
Use of primary fall protection, such as advance guardrail with temporary board platform erected
from below or use of fall restraint equipment is recommended. Fall restraint lanyard shall be as
short as possible to anchor point to prevent any free fall.

Figure 5 - Setup For <6.5m Height

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 288

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

3 PRECAUTIONS
3.1 The main risks for WAH are fall, dropped objects and suspension trauma.
3.2 While Work at Height is ongoing, the ”Drop Zone” below the worksite shall have barriers.
3.3 Each WAH job with risk of suspension trauma (fall distance above 5m) shall have a rescue plan
and authorized rescuer shall be available on site together with WAH rescue equipment. A rescue
plan shall consist of rescue method, rescue equipment, communication method and authorized
rescuer (see Appendix 3). The rescue plan shall be attached to the work permit and displayed at
the worksite.
3.4 Suspension trauma begins from 5 to10 minutes and rescue shall happen quickly to minimize the
dangers of suspension trauma. It is important to NOT allow injured party to be laid on the ground
as it may damage organs due to rush of blood flow. Rescued personal shall be lowered into a
sitting position and keep them in that position for at least 30 minutes.
3.5 Chain and rope ladders shall only be used with a retractable fall arrester.
3.6 D-ring extension devices shall not be used and the use of non-compatible fittings can lead to
damage and/or protection system failure. Refer to figure 6 below.

Figure 6 - Examples of incompatible connecting components

3.7 All personal fall arrest equipment (harness, lanyard with shock absorber, connectors), shall be
visually inspected before use by the competent person and the person performing the WAH to
verify no damage or defects. Look out for cuts, abrasion, broken stitches and chemical
contamination. If in doubt, return the fall arrest equipment to the stores or rigging loft and request
for a replacement. Request for the equipment to be inspected. Refer to figure 7 below.
3.8 Fall protection equipment subjected to light duty use (i.e, inspection, surveying, etc.) will require
6-monthly visual inspection, and equipment for heavy duty use (i.e., scaffolding, painting, grit
blasting, demolition, steel erection, etc) will require 3-monthly visual inspection. Annually, the fall
protection equipment will need to be thoroughly checked. All checks to be done by a competent
person and recorded in a logbook.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 289

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

3.9 All manhole covers need to be able to hold the mass of the person to prevent people falling
through them.
3.10 Fall protection equipment life span is not more than 10 years or the life span recommended by
manufacturer, whichever is less.
3.11 Fall protection equipment shall be on a register, have a unique identifier in the form of color code
(cable tie) or inspection tag and shall meet international standards (e.g. EN361). It shall be
specified as per fall protection equipment colour coding below. Check before use.

Figure 7 – Fall Protection Equipment Colour Coding

3.12 Not all types of lanyards are compatible with a retractable fall arrester device. The rebound effect
caused by stressing the lanyard may disengage the locking pawl of the inertia reel, allowing
second phase falling of the person.
3.13 Retractable Fall Arresters shall be used within the safe operating envelope limits (See Figure 8). Do
not use a swing angle of more than 30°.

Figure 8 - Safe Operating Envelope of Retractable Fall Arresters

3.14 When using a mobile elevated work platform, team members shall not alter the equipment or
override the safety devices, climb the boom or scissor arms. They shall follow manufacturer’s
operating and maintenance requirements and ensure equipment is safe when left unattended.
3.15 Holes at work area shall be highlighted with ‘Open Hole’ marking and holes shall be protected by
hard barricades or guardrails.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 290

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4 KEY POINTS
4.1 The following requirements for Anchor points shall be followed:
4.1.1 People who gain access to and work at height shall use personal Fall Protection Equipment
and are Responsible for tie-off 100% of the time when moving to and from the work at
height. If vertical or horizontal movement is required a double lanyard system shall be
used. Use a certified harness and lanyard to tie-off to a manufactured anchor point or one
that is certified by a professional engineer.
4.1.2 Identified anchor points shall be as high up as practicable but not lower than the worker’s
shoulder height to reduce the potential fall distance.
4.1.3 Anchor points shall, where practicable, be located vertically above the worksite to reduce
the tendency to swing in the event of a fall.
4.2 The following requirements for Ladders shall be followed:
4.2.1 A ladder climbing safety device shall be used when ladders are 6.1 meters or longer and
no ladder cage is installed.
4.2.2 Worker shall always use three points of contact when climbing up or down ladders. Work
shall not be executed from a ladder except where written supervisor approval is obtained
under a permit.
4.2.3 Aluminium ladder is prohibited at hydrocarbon facilities. To use aluminium ladder, a
permit to work shall be raised and ensure controls are in place for spark potential risk.
4.3 Retractable Fall Arrester (Self-retracting Lifeline (SRL), Inertia Reel Device, Personal Fall Limiter (PFL)
or Fall Arrest block) shall be used with a certified harness and shall not be used if potential swing
angle is more than 30°. Always ensure the wire is fully stored inside the device to avoid exposure
to the weather. Always test the brake device prior to use, if faulty, do not use the device and
remove it from service.
4.4 The following requirements for Scaffolding shall be followed:
4.4.1 When planning to erect a scaffolding, assess the risks associated with natural elements,
(e.g. rain, sun, wind, etc.). Assess the weather forecast and ensure the scaffolding is
secured to withstand the forces.
4.4.2 Scaffold material can only be used for fall arrest by scaffolders in the construction of the
scaffolding.
4.4.3 Scaffolders shall comply to National Access and Scaffolding Confederation (NASC)
standards or equivalent. Scaffolders shall carry a valid scaffold certificate at all times when
working at BSP sites.
4.4.4 All scaffolding shall use a tag type tagging system. A “DO NOT USE” tag (typically RED) is
used for restricting access by scaffolders only until the scaffolding has been inspected and
handed over for use. The green tag shall be completed and located at all the access points
by the competent scaffolding personnel to validate scaffold for use.
4.4.5 Inspection of scaffold shall take place at least every 7 days or after any event likely to have
affected the scaffold’s stability and recorded in the scaffold register. The tag type insert will
also be updated to record the inspection.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 291

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4.4.6 A register of all scaffolds erected at a work site shall be maintained and register shall be
updated once a scaffold is dismantled or no longer in use. The register shall be available at
the work site.
4.4.7 All scaffolding shall be erected with toe-boards to prevent dropped objects.
4.4.8 The maximum height of an unbroken ladder within scaffold is 3 meters and the ladders
shall always be located inside the scaffold structure.
4.4.9 All exposed scaffold clamps with the potential to hurt or injure personnel shall be protected
by ‘scaffpad’ or equivalent protective equipment and scaffold poles shall have end caps
fitted.

Figure 9 -Example of Scaffold Clamp Protective Equipment

4.4.10 Scaffolding material shall be checked by scaffolding supervisor. Only compliant material
shall be sent to site.

4.5 The following requirements for Lanyards and Body Harnesses shall be followed:
4.5.1 When lanyards are used to secure to a fixed point, they shall
incorporate a shock absorbing pouch which progressively tears open in
the event of a fall and will allow some freedom to move. Lanyards
(without shock absorber) can only be used to prevent a fall. The shock
absorber pouch that has been torn shall not be reused, as it has lost the
shock absorbing effect. The shock absorber that has been subjected to
fall but has not been torn open has also lost the full shock absorbing
ability.
Shock Absorbing Pouch
4.5.2 A full body harness and lanyard without shock absorber shall ONLY
be used as Fall Restraint Equipment. Fall Restraint equipment prevents
worker from falling off an edge.
4.5.3 A full body harness and lanyard with shock absorber shall ONLY be used as Fall Arrest
Equipment. Fall arrest equipment safely stops a person already falling.
4.5.4 Do not drag harness and lanyards over floor. Personnel shall be responsible for their
Personal Protective Equipment.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 292

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

4.6 To prevent dropped objects, the following requirements shall be followed:

4.6.1 Tools and portable equipment used at height above 3m shall be tethered to either the user
or the workplace.
4.6.2 Tools used at height shall have a lanyard attachment point that does not compromise the
tool’s effectiveness.
4.7 When working on a mobile elevated work platform (e.g. Cherry Picker or Scissor Lift) a safety
harness with lanyard shall be worn and connected to the provided anchor point. The lanyard shall
be of sufficient length to allow the worker to perform his/her work.
4.8 Rope Access abseiling is a highly specialized activity and only qualified and competent personnel
with relevant training and certification shall deploy rope access at the worksite. Rope access teams
shall demonstrate valid certificates to Permit Issuer Point and have the certificates available at the
work site.

5 REFERENCES AND RESOURCES

5.1 Brunei Workplace Safety and Health (Construction) Regulations, Part IV, Section 22 – Falling
Hazard
5.2 National Access & Scaffolding Confederation (NASC) technical guide TG 20:13 standards and its
associated documents. Section 20.13
5.3 Brunei Ministry of Development HS&E Manual – HSE-23-Scaffolding

6 IMPLEMENTATION
Managers and Team Leaders shall ensure implementation of this work practice within their areas of
accountability.

7 INTERPRETATION AND UPDATING

HSE Manager shall ensure the interpretation of this procedure.
BSP Safety Operations Committee (SOC) shall ensure 3 yearly update of this procedure.

8 APPROVAL SIGNATURES
Role Name Publish Date Signature
Owner Head of HSE & Security (HSE) 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form
Head of Personal Safety (HSE/4)
Reviewer 1st Nov 2019 Retained on sign-off form

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 293

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 1 – 10 QUESTIONS FOR SAFE WORK AT HEIGHT

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 294

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 2 – WORKING AT HEIGHT 5 WAYS TO STAY ALIVE

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 295

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

APPENDIX 3 – WORK AT HEIGHT RESCUE PLAN

Working at Height Rescue Plan
This rescue plan shall be filled prior to start of Work at Height activity and to be attached to the work permit on daily basis.

Company Name:__________________________________________
Permit No:_______________________________________________
Work Location/ Area:______________________________________
Method Statement (MOS) available? Yes / No (Please circle)

Job Task
Working at Height date, from ___________________ to ___________________
Task description
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Work Crew:
Names of personnel who are involved in the work at height:
1) 2)
3) 4)
5) 6)

Rescue Method
Select the most relevant rescue method from your company’s rescue plan procedure. Sketch the selected rescue method
applicable to actual worksite in the space below.

Communication
What communication systems will be used between the suspended worker and supervisor/rescue team?
✓ as appropriate
1) Direct Voice Communication
2) Two-way Radios/Headsets
3) Mobile Phone
4) Whistle
5) Plant Emergency Alarm
Other Visual or Audible Communication

Emergency Contact
In the event of an emergency / fall from height the WAH supervisor should immediately alert the rescue team and first aid
assistance:
Rescue Team Name: Certification & no.
Contact no. Certified date
First Aider(s) Name: Certification & no.
Contact no. Certified date
If the site rescue team is unable to perform a rescue, contact BSP Control Room. If control room is not available, contact BSP
Command Centre at 3372999.

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 296

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

Rescue Considerations:
✓ as appropriate
Are Rescuers trained/competent & in date in the use of rescue equipment? Yes No
Are there sufficient numbers of rescuers available? Yes No
Is rescue equipment selected appropriate for nature of work? Yes No
Is rescue equipment in good condition, certified and inspected as required? Yes No
Have assessments including in date been made of anchor points for the rescue? Yes No

What equipment is needed to perform a rescue for this Job Task?

✓ as appropriate
Self rescue kits/decent devices Aerial ladder truck
Remote rescue kit Suspended access equipment
Suspension trauma straps Climbing/abseiling rescue kit
Safety ropes (Rescue ropes) Crane personnel basket
Winch/ GIN wheel, Descent Reel Immobilization device (stretcher, Sked, etc)
First aid-kit or trauma kit AED (automatic external defibrillator)
Rescue ladder or standard dropper Resuscitator

Others:____________________________________________________________________________________________________

Rescue equipment checked by ________________________________________________Date____________________________

What obstructions are in the way of reaching the suspended person? What additional controls or
mitigations are to be employed? (Detail):

How will rescuers get to person? (Detail):

How will rescuers perform the rescue using the above listed equipment? (Detail):

What method will be used for attaching and if necessary immobilizing injured person? (Detail):

Working environment- lighting, weather, etc. (Details):

Language barriers (Details):

Agreed by Rescuer
Name: Signature: Date:
___________________________ _______________________________ ____________________________
___________________________ _______________________________ ____________________________
___________________________ _______________________________ ____________________________

Approval of Rescue Plan by Permit Holder

Name: ____________________________________________
Signature: _________________________________________
Date: _____________________________________________

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 297

BSP.SSE.CP.01.3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last printed on 27 November 2019
RESTRICTED

FEEDBACK FORM
Users of Work Management Procedures are encouraged to provide suggestions for improvements. Please
send this feedback form to HSE/2 or HSE/21 in hard copy or by email. If you don’t have access to a
computer, don’t hesitate to ask your supervisor.

Name: Company: Date:

Title of Work Management Procedure:

Suggestions:

WORK MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 299

BSP.SSE.CP.01-3.0
REVISION 3.0 Printed copies are not controlled. Last print date on 27 November 2019